40 DAYS 2014 Booklet - Talk - Meditation - Diamond

40 Days Meditation Retreat 2014 SELF MASTERY Sri Vasudeva
SELF MASTERY
Sri Vasudeva's 40 Days Meditation Retreat 2014
CONTENT PAGE
Day 1 – The Need For Self Mastery 6

– Wednesday March 26
Meditation 9
Diamond 11
Day 2 – Desire to Grow in the Consciousness 12

– Thursday March 27
Meditation 16
Diamond 18
Day 3 – Soul Sports in a Consciousness Field 19

– Friday March 28
Meditation 23
Diamond 25
Day 4 – Our Most Powerful Tool 26

– Saturday March 29
Meditation 29
Diamond 31
Day 5 – Wake Up to What You Already Are 32

– Sunday March 30, 2014
Meditation 36
Diamond 38
Day 6 – The Process of Waking Up 39

– Monday March 31
Meditation 43
Diamond 45
Day 7 – Stay With What is 46

– Tuesday April 1
Meditation 50
Diamond 52
Day 8 – The Guiding Power of The Universe 53

– Wednesday April 2
Meditation 56
Diamond 57
1
Day 9 – Readiness, Openness and Shaktipat 58

– Thursday April 3
Meditation 62
Diamond 63
Day 10 – Take Charge of Your Journey 64

– Friday April 4
Meditation 68
Diamond 70
Day 11 – The Relationship between Inner Guru and Outer Guru 71

– Saturday April 5
Meditation 75
Diamond 77
Day 12 – The Energy Path in the Consciousness 78

– Sunday April 6
Meditation 82
Diamond 84
Day 13 – Be Mystic – Explore Within 85

– Monday April 7
Meditation 89
Diamond 91
Day 14 – Involution and Evolution in the Consciousness 92

– Tuesday April 8
Meditation 96
Diamond 98
Day 15 – Developing Chakra Awareness 99

Meditation 103
Diamond 105
Day 16 – The Play of Light and Darkness in the Consciousness 106

Meditation 110
Diamond 112
Day 17 – Prana - Life Force 113

– Friday April 11
Meditation 117
Diamond 119
2
Day18 – Keep an Eye on the “I” 120

Meditation 124
Diamond 125
Day 19 – The World as a Stage 126

– Sunday April 13
Meditation 130
Diamond 131
Day 20 – Yoga of Self Mastery 132

– Monday April 14
Meditation 136
Diamond 137
Day 21 – Use The Most Powerful Tool In The Practice 138

– Tuesday April 15
Meditation 142
Diamond 144
Day 22 – Humility And Surrender On The Journey 145

Meditation 148
Diamond 150
Day 23 – Learn To Work With The Source 151

Meditation 155
Diamond 156
Day 24 – Deepening the Relationship with the Source 157

– Friday April 18
Meditation 161
Diamond 162
Day 25 – Learn to Ride the Waves of Life Masterfully 163

Meditation 167
Diamond 169
Day 26 – The Practice is in the Here and Now 170

– Sunday April 20
Meditation 174
3
Diamond 176
Day 27 – Break Free from the Prison of Beliefs 181

– Monday April 21
Meditation 182
Diamond
Day 28 – Managing Thoughts in the Mind 183

Meditation 187
Diamond 189
Day 29 – Cultivating a Silent Mind 190

Meditation 194
Diamond 195
Day 30 – Kundalini As Guide 196

Meditation 200
Diamond 202
Day 31 – Yoga – Science of Being And Art Of Living 203

– Friday April 25
Meditation 207
Diamond 209
Day 32 – Stay in Your Own Seat of Power 210

Meditation 214
Diamond 216
Day 33 – Use All Your Intelligence in the Human Experience 217

– Sunday April 27
Meditation 221
Diamond 223
Day 34 – Manifesting Love Consciousness in the Human Experience

– Monday April 28 224
Meditation 229
Diamond 230
Day 35 – Transforming the Human Experience Through Love 231

4
Meditation 235
Diamond 237
Day 36 – Working Through The Karma Of Relationships Masterfully

– Wednesday April 30 238
Meditation 242
Diamond 244
Day 37 – Mastering the Centre of Vitality 245

– Thursday May 1
Meditation 249
Diamond 251
Day 38 – Heal, Stay Well And Transition From Immortal Consciousness

– Friday May 2 252
Meditation 256
Diamond 258
Day 39 – Develop a Masterful Practice 259

– Saturday May 3
Meditation 263
Diamond 265
Day 40 – The Ultimate Secret to Self Mastery 266

– Sunday May 4
Meditation 270
Diamond 272
40 Days Closing Satsang 273
(content)
5
DAY 1 – The Need for Self-Mastery
– Wednesday March 26
The topic I have chosen for this year is “Self-Mastery.” Why self-mastery? Because we are
very powerful beings, more than you can imagine. If you look at the world around you, you
will see what havoc we have created. How we have been destroying nature and continue to.
How we have separated ourselves from each other through class of different kinds. How we
war with each other, having weaponry that can destroy the planet. How we continue to have
broken relationships with the people who we consider near and dear. Look around you and you
will see what we have done with the power that we have as human beings. We are the most
evolved creatures on the planet and so we need to be guardians of the planet.
We carry enormous power
But what is the reason for this destruction? If you look very carefully wouldn’t you say it is
ignorance of who we really are and the power that we carry? If you could understand just for a
moment how much power you carry, you would never do what you do in terms of destruction.
You carry the power of the Universe within you, the same power that created everything around
you and sustains it. It is the same power that is working in and through you.
The Universe, in its universal form, had to create an intention. It had to create a thought in its
Universal Mind to create this Universe. And it continues to sustain it through its attention and
intention. The moment that disappears the Universe is going to disappear as well, as it is. It is
going to dismantle. So some Universal Being is holding all of us in its cosmic Being. The same
power that was used to create a Universe and to sustain it is the same power that we have within
us, that we create things with; that we sustain things with.
We carry enormous power. You cannot imagine the power of thought. Every time you create a
thought you create an energy wave in the space that goes through your body, that permeates
your body, and also influences the space around you. It is an energy. It is a vibration.
Take responsibility for your power
Can you imagine when this vibration is negative, what it can do? It is energy with negative
intent. I am sure you have seen violence somehow in your life. And you have seen when we
cross the intellect, and reason becomes blind and passion is strong, what we can do. We can
destroy. So can you imagine if the leaders on our planet become barbaric with the weaponry
they have, what would happen to all of us? If you look carefully you will see that it is because
of ignorance of who we really are; and in that ignorance we don’t control the vast power that
we have as human beings.
We are the most evolved creature on the planet. We carry a brain, a nervous system capable of
allowing us to know who we are whilst in the body. No other creature can have that. We have
6
the ability to know who we are inside of the body and to know that we are not the body. Wrap
your mind around that for a moment. We have the ability in this body to become aware that we
are not the body and that we have powers far beyond the physical.
The moment we begin to become aware of our Being beyond the physical, the awareness of
responsibility will come. In that ignorance of who we are we can be like “a raging bull in a
china shop” when we get angry. If the bull knew what it was causing, certainly if it had the
intellect to realize that, it would not charge in the china shop like that. But look at what we
have become, look at the leaders around and see what rage and passion can do when the intellect
becomes blind.
We produce thoughts, energy waves and we produce feelings as well, passion. And if these
energy waves of thought and feeling do not work in harmony, can you imagine what will
happen? If passion does not help intellect and if intellect does not help passion, what will
happen? One will be blind and one will be lame. So we need both, and the call of this 40 Days
is to come into a greater awareness of Self, of the power we carry, and to learn to be responsible
for the execution of that power.
The impact of greater Self-awareness
When we begin to experience that Being that we are beyond the body, and the intimate
connection we have with all of life, with fellow human beings, with nature, we will begin to
see life differently. We will not be able to harm another. We will not be able to amass wealth
while others are in poverty. We will have absolutely no need for weaponry because we can
solve every issue through peaceful dialogue.
You can see how many people across the planet are becoming more aware of who they are,
and how they are the peacemakers. Even the little ones who are growing up, you can see already
the higher Consciousness in them and you know they are going to be part of the co-creation of
a different world. My passion is for inspiring these people. So it is extremely important that we
become more aware of all that we are in the human experience.
That in itself is an excitement for me because we are told that we are spiritual beings in a human
experience, that we have a divine part of us whilst having a human part of us. The human part
of us is governed by biology and the Consciousness of every cell, and the Consciousness of an
organism. The inner part of us, the Divine, is an energy being, the quantum Self. It can pulse
energy into the space simply by intention.
Where are you placed?
Every time you create an intention you are pulsing energy in the space; you are driving energy
in the space. Just as a knife can be used for good and for evil, so too can your thoughts and
intention be used for good and for evil. Where are you placed? Are you the raging bull in the
china shop or are you the peacemaker? When you get angry, when you become negative to
7
another, when reason becomes blind, where are you placed? You are no different to the bull in
the china shop, completely irresponsible with awesome power.
Look at what we, as a society, have done to the peacemakers. That soul that wanted to unite
India, free India, what did we do with him? Gandhiji, what did we do with him? We shot him.
We shot him and then we revere him after. The real message we have forgotten. We idolize
him, but we have forgotten the message. What did we do with Martin Luther King, asking
simply for the human rights that we deserve? What did we do with Mandela who was seeking
freedom for his people? Those are the souls in human form that we needed to emulate, to be
like, to understand. We tried to destroy them.
The importance of these 40 days
Until and unless we come into that space of true self-awareness, self-realization we are not
going anywhere. Some of us like those of you here and those of you viewing have decided to
be committed to self-transformation, to banishing the ignorance from inside, and to seeing the
world differently. We need that.
So this 40 Days is a call to come to Self, true Self. I have been blessed with the joy of having
made that journey and living with a different way of seeing the world. I want nothing for
myself. I want to share everything that I am and have. I honour no one but the Supreme Self
within each one of us. I bow to no one except That, that greatness in me, and that greatness in
you, that greatness in everything. And I am an agent of peace. My goal is to inspire people to
see the world differently and to connect across differences. That is why Blue Star was born,
and that is why these 40 Days are so important.
Since 1999, I have been committed to having these sessions. Every time that I come into it I
feel refreshed, I feel excited, I feel motivated. I don’t know what the magic of this period is
fully because even the time of the year chosen for this period has been really great. Why 40
days? Why did I have to go through 40 days? I do believe that 40 days is a powerful number
for self-discipline. You do something for 40 days something is going to change.
Join me on an incredible journey of trying to understand who we are a little bit more, seeking
to be more responsible for that power we carry that we are not fully aware of, and working as
agents for the co-creation of a new world. Join me.
That is what these 40 days are about. It is a period of discipline. It is a period of excitement. It
is a period of transformation. Those of you who are viewing across the world, you are a part of
this. This hall becomes more charged because of you. I sat here this morning and I could feel
your presence even before the camera came on. You are a part of this. This is a global gathering
not just a gathering in Trinidad and Tobago.
So join me for the rest of the days, this is how we begin...the need for self-mastery. And we are
going to create a road map for this journey. Join me on an incredible journey of 40 days.
8
Day 1 – Meditation “The Need for Self-Mastery”
Let us centre in the inner space. Just observe the inner space, that we may become more aware
of who we really are. There is a seeker in there, there is an “I,” an ego that is seeking. We are
conscious beings. Centre in that space where we are aware that we are conscious beings. We
can be aware of every thought that arises in the mind. We can be aware of every emotion that
is in the Consciousness. Stay aware. We can be aware of the very Source of our being that is
holding us in our existence. Come into that silent space of being that allows us to experience
all that we are. In this space no belief is required, but just to explore without judgment.
Observe
Now observe your physicality. It is important to observe the experience of the human form, but
do so from a space of pure observation. Observe the human experience: warmth of the body,
weight of the body, the posture of the body, the connection to nature around you. Observe the
human experience.
And now, extend the awareness to the Divine experience of being. Observe the peace that we
feel in the inner space: it is an energy experience in the Consciousness. Peace. There is infinite
peace in that space. Observe the silence. Silence is a space of all possibilities. [Pause] Observe
the beauty of the silence. Observe how silence brings you a more expansive awareness of being,
far beyond the limitations of a physical body and its posture and its experience. Silence fills
the entire space. Observe what a positive thought can do in this space as you think, “peace,”
with every breath that you take. Hold the awareness of peace. That is a thought, “peace.” Hold
the awareness of peace. And open up to the possibility that the peace within you has no end,
limitless, boundless.
Begin to observe your emotional being. “Where are my emotions?” Begin to explore the
emotions of the compassion, kindness, love. And observe what those thoughts and feelings can
do. Observe what has become of your “I,” the Observer inside, the Meditator and give attention
to the very Source this is coming from. Hold your Consciousness in that Source of infinite
peace, of infinite love. As much as you can, open up the space to the possibility. [Pause]
Stay in that awareness of spirituality and physicality
Now, learn to create balance in your energy field simply by rhythmic breathing: breathing out
slowly and completely, and breathing in slowly and deeply, with attention to the pauses at the
end of the out-breath and at the end of the in-breath. Stay in the awareness of being, exploring
the inner space. And begin to open up to the possibility “I am Divine. I am a Divine being in a
human experience.” Just open up to the possibility, “The love within me is of the Divine, the
peace within me is of the Divine, the centre of awareness is of the Divine. The human
experience is that of the body.
9
Observe for a moment what this space is doing to the brain and to the cells of the body. Observe
what this love is doing to your nervous system and to the physical experience. Divine in human.
“I am a spiritual being having a human experience.” Stay in that awareness of spirituality and
physicality; spirituality holding physicality. [Silence]
Freedom space
Observe this Consciousness space very carefully; it is the space that will take us to freedom.
Clear the mind of thoughts and beliefs so that you can stay in Grace. Can you observe the
feeling of being carried? We are being supported by other dimensions of existence at the
moment. Be in gratitude to all your Guides, for the Masters of the Light. And let us create that
desire, that intention to grow in awareness through these 40 Days. Let us hold that commitment
to stay aware in the inner space of our thoughts, our feelings of the human experience that we
may stay in well-being.
The lightness that you feel is your connection to your Higher Self. It connects you to everything
around you. The expansive feeling that you feel within is the experience of your connection in
the inner Consciousness to the rest of creation.
Intention for today
Let us look ahead to this day and to keeping this awareness throughout the day. I begin these
40 Days with a noble intention of growing in the Consciousness, making another step in the
evolution of my Consciousness. Today I seek the Grace of the Masters, my Guides. Help me to
stay centred, help me to be disciplined in the awareness, help me to grow in the Consciousness;
guide me, protect me as I make this journey.
O Supreme One, I ask that you open my Consciousness to the fullness of what I am. I seek only
to be an instrument of your Divine nature and to be a blessing to my world. Thank you, O
Supreme One.
Peace, peace, peace.
(back to content)
10
(back to content)
11
DAY 2 – The Desire to Grow in the Consciousness

- Thursday March 27
What are we going to speak about today? “The desire to grow in the Consciousness.” How do
we ensure that our desire to grow is firm and strong, because without a strong desire for
anything, how are we going to achieve? The extent to which we achieve would naturally depend
on the strength of the desire, wouldn’t you say? So how strong is your desire to grow and to
evolve?
Use desires that help you to grow
I know that some on the spiritual path think that desire should not be there. We should not have
desires. But the soul’s natural impulse is to evolve and to grow. There is a desire deep within
our being to evolve, to grow and to manifest. We need to align ourselves to that innate desire
to evolve. So it is not that we should not have desire, but we should stay with those desires that
help us to evolve.
It is more important to learn how to grow the desire and make it strong because for a number
of us, we struggle on the path. Why? Because one foot is here and one foot is there; we have
one foot on the worldly side and one foot on the spiritual side, and then we are in between. We
feel guilty when we stay too much on the worldly side, and we feel that we are missing out on
something when we stay on the other side, the spiritual side. If we go on the worldly side, we
feel “Wow, I am missing something, something is wrong, I am too worldly,” and when we go
on the spiritual, “Something is missing, look at everybody.” So there is division. You know the
saying, “United we stand, divided we fall.” Internally, there must be integration, there must be
wholeness; there must be firmness of desire. So we need to identify those desires that will help
us to grow.
Anchor yourself in the spiritual domain
I want to say that the secret of one foot here, one foot there, is to have two feet on the right
side, the spiritual side, and then you will have all the other sides. What did the Master Jesus
say? “Seek ye first the Kingdom of God in its righteousness and all these things will be added
to you.” If you go to the Bhagavad Gita, you get a similar quotation. “Think of me,” Krishna
says, representing that Supreme Self. He says “Think of me, be focused on me firmly and
nothing else, and I will bring personal security to you and I will take care of all your needs.”
This is a verse in the Bhagavad Gita. What is it saying? The more we grow in spiritual
Consciousness, all the worldly things will be fulfilled naturally. The Masters say it.
You do not need to think about whether this foot is here, or that foot is there. Anchor yourself
in that spiritual domain, in that centre of Being where there is light, not darkness, and all the
worldly things will come to you just in the prefect way. It is not that you should not have
pleasure, but do not be so captured by the pleasure. Pleasure is just part of the human
experience. It makes us comfortable, it makes us motivated. But do not be captured in it to the
12
extent that you lose that impulse to evolve in the Consciousness. Everything must contribute
towards evolution in the Consciousness.
Some people would say, “Well I have to work out my karmas here and then I will give a little
more attention to the spirituality.” It is the spirituality that would help you to work out the
karmas and the karmas are placed there to help you to grow spiritually. So whilst in the karmic
crunch or struggle, you should be thinking for the spiritual solution, because that will bring you
the release from the karma.
Be strong in your desire to evolve
So that desire to evolve in the Consciousness needs to be there within us strong. Masters are
happy when seekers are determined to achieve the freedom of the spirit. Doctors are happy
when the patient is strongly determined to survive and to be healthy. So we need to have a
strong desire. Think about it. If you are with someone and they have a strong desire to be
positive, to be good, to light up a space, to be happy, to be loving, how do you feel with them?
Naturally you feel better around that kind of positive energy.
We too should be strong in our desire to stay firm on the spiritual path, to grow and to evolve
and to see that the material is placed in the spiritual domain. When you go out into your world,
the spirit is still with you. You carry your spiritual Consciousness wherever you are and that
spiritual Consciousness allows you to stay in the Light. When you leave out the spiritual
Consciousness, you are leaving out the light and you can become caught in the darkness of
materialism.
Keep the spiritual in the secular
But I don’t like to think of secular as being different to spiritual. We need to have a new vision,
that secular should be in spiritual. But now we have the tendency to divide the two. If I am in
the secular or the worldly, I think that I am losing the spiritual. No, keep the spirituality with
you. Your spirit is with you, your Consciousness is with you, all possibilities are with you.
How would you rate yourself in terms of that strength to evolve in the space? I think the real
issue is when we get involved in the worldly and we have desire for the worldly and it takes us
away from the spirituality, then we feel insecure. But if we are in the worldly with a strong
sense or Consciousness of the spirituality, there will be the feeling of security. Do not let
anyone make you think that secular and spiritual are different. It is the spiritual that holds
everything. So it is more important for us to generate that strong desire in our being to grow in
spirituality.
Yesterday, I spoke about the need for self-mastery, that we have awesome power inside that is
not always under our control. And that awesome power comes from our spiritual being. We
have the power, similar to the power that created the Universe, on a smaller scale. We need to
take responsibility for that power and we need to grow a desire to understand ourselves, to
13
understand our true nature. That is spirituality, to understand the tools that we have within us,
those powerful tools that we use in spirituality and in worldly life, and learn how to use those
tools responsibly.
Etch your desire firmly in your being
Now how do we grow that strong desire, because for a number of us, we struggle on the spiritual
path. We feel we do not do enough; we feel that we are not strong enough; we feel that we are
not disciplined enough. How do we get stronger? The first thing is that if you want to set a goal
or acquire something, you need to have it firmly etched or impressed in your heart and in your
mind. What does that mean? When something is firmly etched in your being, it is always with
you, no matter where you are, no matter what you are doing, somewhere behind that is there
and that influences what you are doing.
If your desire is to grow spiritually, if your desire is it to master yourself, if your desire is to be
free, then that should be with you in everything you do. No matter where you are you are
thinking, “How do I make this better, how do I bring the spirituality here, how do I fill this
with light?” That thought will be constantly with you in your heart and your mind. So that is
how you firmly etch something inside of you.
Associate with positive company
Even if you try to be disciplined and it is not happening, another important thing is the company
you keep. It is an energy. When you are in positive or spiritual company what do you think will
happen? Naturally that energy will inspire you. Make use of all the positive company that is
around you; make time to associate. Observe what happens when you are with the other kind
of energy. When you are surrounded by negative energy, observe what happens and always
remember that you have a choice.
If you stay around people who are really interested in liberation, if you stay around people who
are really interested in being good and doing good, naturally that will grow in you more and
more strong. Those of you who come to our centre, you see it happen all the time. You come
and spend three weeks here; you spend six months here and look at what happens. You go back
differently because of the discipline, because of the community. Just observe the effect and
when you go out into the world, you tend to forget because everything out there is about
satisfying physical desires, pleasure seeking, power trips, ego games. Those are out there until
our world transforms. So stay with the company of the spiritual even though it is one person,
two people, three people; it makes a difference.
Watch the thoughts you keep in your mind because that is company too. Watch the thoughts
that you keep in your mind. Look at what you read. Look at what you look at in terms of media.
And look at the effect it has upon you. We get caught up in all kinds of stories and that saps
our energy away. If we get caught up in the right kind of stories, we grow in the Consciousness:
14
the company of good thoughts, the company of good ideas, the company of good affirmations,
the company of good surroundings, fellow human beings.
Protect yourself through discipline
The next thing to strengthen your desire is discipline. Discipline is not to restrict us; it should
be to protect us, to protect the light that is growing in us. That is why we need to be disciplined;
disciplined in our actions, disciplined in our thoughts, disciplined in our feelings, disciplined
in the connection we make with the Divine. Meditation helps us. Spiritual practices help us.
But every day in our lives, there must be some kind of discipline, because if there is not, we
are going to find ourselves being more and more weak, more and more divided within. So
discipline is really a protection that helps us to grow in the light.
We need to grow that desire for higher spiritual Consciousness. We need to stay in the
company. We need to keep those thoughts. We need to constantly feed ourselves that positive
energy and you will be amazed. That is why I am interested in co-creating community that is
based on spiritual values. That is going to make all the difference. Can you imagine our little
ones growing up in that kind of energy? Then we will have no problems with them.
We need a better world. We need a better energy in our world and it will come from those of
us who believe in goodness, truth, freedom, happiness, unconditional love, no judgment. From
the people who believe in that, when we create community that is going to inspire our world,
and that is going to ripple into our world. So stay strong in your desire to evolve. Align your
desire with the soul’s natural impulse to evolve, and a whole Universe will support you because
that is the trend of the times, to grow in the Consciousness. Let us not stay behind.
(back to content)
15
Day 2 – Meditation “Desire to Grow in the Consciousness”
Observe the inner space, the Consciousness space. It is the space of all possibilities. It is the
space of the Light! If only we can see it. It is the space of all the Masters. It is the space of
freedom – this same Consciousness that you are experiencing, that we need to grow in our
awareness of it.
Allow the Divine to manifest
Give attention to the silence inside. We will remember today that the natural impulse of the
soul within us, the Infinite within us, is to evolve, to grow in the Light. Let us align our desire
in the meditation to grow in that Light, that inner Light, that is already there. We need to only
be attuned to it. Let us work on the attunement to the Light.
Let the body relax. Scan for the stresses that may be there. Look at your posture. When your
body is relaxed and comfortable, relax the mind. Let go of the hold of imagination, belief,
expectations. Just let go! Detach from the worldly – no need to worry about anything at all.
The Universe is taking care of itself perfectly. And Grace will support us. Let us attend to the
most important business of the moment, allowing the Divine to manifest in and through us to
work with that natural impulse to grow in the Consciousness.
Break down every wall that restricts you
Let us use the power of the breath to bring balance to all levels of being. Be breath aware.
Breathe out slowly and completely pausing for a moment. Breathe in slowly and deeply pausing
again. And keep the rhythm of the breath, natural, comfortable, flow. As you do that observe
the space, the Consciousness space.
Attune yourself to peace, the infinite peace of the Source, the peace of the Masters of the Light.
Attune to that unconditional loving and forgiving, of your Higher Self. Let your desire be to
let go, that we may unite by merging into and working with the source of the Universe. “I exist
in the source of Infinite Being: infinite love, infinite peace, infinite goodness.” Hold that
awareness. The more you hold it as your possibility, the more you will allow the Universe to
flow in and through you. Break down every wall that restricts you. [Silence]
It is a beautiful space. I can feel it. Observe what it is doing to you. It is helping you to let go.
Observe the tremendous Grace that is there. It is helping you to let go! Allow it to. If you feel
the need to keep a thought, choose a thought that will open up the space. If you feel the need
to pray, pray in that space. [Silence]
Observe the fruit of the meditation
For those of you who are observing the space carefully, you will see that this space is so
expansive; it is global. As we meet together as souls across the world, we are creating that
16
marvellous network of Light, supported by beings of higher dimension. Observe what is

happening! It is rippling into the space. It is passing through your physical body. It is uniting
us across every divide. Observe this space. It is the space of the One, and it is the space of the
All. [Silence]
Observe the strength that is coming to you, as you will want to stay with this. It is the fruit of
your meditation: the strength of higher awareness. Observe the power of peace; observe the
power of love; observe the power of letting go; observe the power of opening up to the Divine;
observe the power of attuning. If we are firmly centred in this space, then it means that our
desire to grow is strong. If we are struggling, remember to seek the help of the Guides and the
Supreme, through prayer.
Intention for today
Now let us centre ourselves in the Divine, as much as we can. As we look ahead towards this
day, that we keep this desire to stay in the Light so strong that it will never leave us. The Divine
is always with us, we never have to worry about that, we need to stay firmly connected to that
Grace. Let us hold that desire strong in our Consciousness.
I centre myself in the Source of my being, that Source of infinite peace, love, goodness and
wisdom. I stay centred there. That my every thought, word and action in this day are a blessing
to my world. I give thanks for all the blessings I have received, and all the support I get from
the Universe. My sincere prayer is to continue to be worthy.
Post meditation remarks
My prayer and wish is that you are going to keep this throughout the day. Make this day yours,
you have the power, you are connected to the power that created the Universe. Observe your
thoughts, observe your feelings, observe your actions and be wise in the space. Stay aligned,
stay connected and you will be protected – like the Master Christ said, like the Krishna says.
Have a blessed day everyone, Namaskar.
(back to content)
17
(back to content)
18
DAY 3 – Soul Sports in a Consciousness Field

- Friday March 28
What will I speak about today having spoken of the strength of desire yesterday? Today I want
to speak about the space in which the soul sports. It is extremely important to understand the
space in which the soul is having its sport; it is nothing more than a sport in the Consciousness
field. So let us talk about that Consciousness field that holds everything, and in which this soul,
this individual soul, this “I,” is having an experience.
Would you not say it is extremely important to understand this space? When we become caught
up in the material existence, our minds are externally focused using the senses and we do not
give attention to this vast space on the inside that the mystics give attention to; it is the space
of really knowing Self. How can we know Self without knowing that inner space? What is in
that space? Are you not curious about what is in that space? When we are told that that space
holds all power, all possibilities, are you not curious about that space?
Give attention to the inner space
The important thing in that space is really understanding who is the one who is saying, “I want
to know this space.” Who is that entity inside of the space that we have become aware of, that
needs to know, that feels ignorant, that feels separate, that has lost some kind of knowledge, so
it is seeking to know, “Who am I?” Who is that one inside and how did this one come about?
For me, it is tremendously fascinating that there can be a “one” or an individual in that
Consciousness space that is seeking. It can only be seeking itself. It can only be seeking to
understand the root of its existence.
The attention should be to the inner space. Does it make sense to you that we are so caught up
in the things of the outer world, using the human senses, that we do not give enough attention
to what is happening in the inner space? So this “one” that is in there, that is searching, that is
seeking, that feels separate, that feels that it is ignorant, that one is called the ahamkar in the
Vedantic teachings; the ahamkar, the “I” maker. How did this “I” come about inside there?
That is also interesting to note.
Be curious about the existence of the “I”
Consciousness is a field; it is like a clear screen on which or in which anything can appear. So
the “I” appears in this Consciousness space. What is the cause? How does an “I” appear in the
Consciousness space? If you look at a screen on which a film is being projected, the screen is
just this clear space and the picture is projected on that space, and you are having quite an
experience of looking at the projection in the space, when the projection disappears, what
remains? Clear space; what has always been there. The light is playing with its colours and
forms on a clear space that continues to exist after the play.
19
So an “I” appears inside of you. Why? Because of the embodiments, the forms that have been
created. This physical body is a gross embodiment, so this is giving you an experience of
“human.” You have a human identity because of this body. This is growing old and will
eventually disappear. As the mystics say, the seers say, the knowers say, the sages say: there is
another embodiment on the inside which we need to know, and that too is existing in this space
of Consciousness.
Forms give the experience of identity
The human form is an experience in that Consciousness space and this gives us an identity. It
embodies the Consciousness. So that which was like a screen, a clear field, now has an
embodiment, a physical embodiment, and the physical embodiment allows us to view and to
experience this plane.
But we do not only have a physical embodiment, we have a subtle energy embodiment on the
inside. We do not perceive it because we do not look carefully. But the moment we begin to
explore the other energies that are in the Consciousness, we will begin to become aware that
we are more than just a physical embodiment.
My mind can project waves in the space. The body cannot do it, the brain cannot do it.
Something inside of me is projecting a wave towards another person, and they can pick up the
vibes that are coming from there. Thoughts are vibes in that Consciousness space. Who is
producing those? It is not a brain; they are produced in the brain. But what is the source of the
projection? It is another part of you, a subtle part of you; we call it the Atma, the soul, the
individual embodiment that is energetic.
Go beyond form to the essence of being
So every form is giving you an experience of an “I” and we need to penetrate every form to
really understand the essence of our being; to go back to that screen on which everything is
playing out. That is the Consciousness screen. So really, on this journey, you need to give
attention to everything that is happening in this Consciousness space. That little statement is a
sutra: “My body, my gross body is an experience in my Consciousness space.” That is a sutra
if you think carefully, because it would lead you to a phenomenal experience if you begin to
try to understand that “My body, my gross body is an experience in my Consciousness space.”
And then begin to search for that subtle energy identity or existence in the Consciousness space
too, and then we will feel the presence of chakras on the inside.
Emergence of a new identity
The mystics tell us that there are seven chakras on the inside, in the subtle energy body. It
forms the axis of the subtle energy body. So if they say that, we need to test it, to explore, be
open to the possibility. When you do, you will be amazed as I was. When I went to India in
1975, I had no expectations of getting involved in anything to do with the subtle energies. I
20
simply wanted to have the highest experience in the Consciousness field – that is what I wanted
– that a human being could have. And suddenly in an ashram in India, in 1975, about a month
after I was in India, I had an explosive experience of energy inside and the physical body was
now transcended in a way. I got into a new space; suddenly a new identity emerged in me. I
began to feel myself as an energy being and I began to feel that the body was only an instrument
in which this energy being was functioning. And I started to feel the presence of chakras.
Can you imagine the shift in Consciousness, from just being able to be aware of another part
of you that you did not even think existed? And before that, I can remember very clearly I felt
a whole blank in the Consciousness screen as I tried to understand, “Who am I? Who am I?”
There was only darkness, a wall. That switch made all the difference; suddenly there was light
in the space. “How is this possible?” I felt an incredible surge of energy in my heart chakra,
the emotional centre. Then love appeared in my space as an energy. Wow, that was the most
beautiful experience that I had. That started a journey that was phenomenal. And after about a
month or so, I started to feel a throbbing in my eyebrows, and that improved my mind.
I became aware of an energy identity in the inner space. That is why I speak about it. That is
why I am so passionate about it. In speaking to you now, I am anchored in that energy being. I
am driving the physical body from that energy space. But to master that energy space, even to
understand it, required time, discipline, and effort.
The importance of being self-conscious
But the most fascinating journey happened in my inner space; suddenly, my inner space came
alive. I could do nothing without being conscious of this inner space. I think even as a child I
was highly self-conscious of my thoughts and what was happening on the inside. I thought it
was a bad thing when you became too self-conscious. But as I started to have spiritual
experiences, I realized that self-conscious was the more important thing.
Begin to become aware of what is inside and give more attention to it, and then you will begin
to understand the power of negative and positive thoughts in the field. Then you will begin to
understand that behind thoughts there is a space of silence – some call it the “gap”– that has
the possibility of every thought that you can generate. And then we can begin to become aware
that we are the generators of thoughts. We create the thoughts in the space. When we create the
thoughts in the space, we become more responsible for them knowing that we are creating
them. Thoughts do not appear without our creating them, consciously or unconsciously. You
cannot imagine how incredibly powerful the mind is. That is why in spirituality, a lot of
attention is given to training the mind.
My world is an experience in my being
So it is extremely important to observe this Consciousness space in every experience that you
are having. I go to sleep in this space. I wake up in this space. I act in this space. I speak in this
space. I relate to you in this space. Everything is an experience in this space.
21
Do you think that the person that you are looking at is really “out there?” Light is creating an
image through your eyes and the image is in the brain, so I am seeing you in my brain. You are
an experience in my brain, and my soul is picking up your presence and I am experiencing that
in my field. So you are really inside of me. If something were to happen to my optic nerve, you
disappear. If something were to happen to my sense apparatus, I lose all contact with outside
because you are an experience in my being. My senses report everything around me and I am
having that experience inside. So my entire world is an experience in my being.
When we are relating to another person they are really an experience inside of us. When they
are negative, we begin to feel that negativity happening where? In our being! When someone
comes to us negatively, what does it invoke within us when we allow it to? Negative energy.
And if we remain in our space and hold our own positive energy, they cannot penetrate. They
cannot make us have an experience of them that we do not want to have. We choose the
experience on the inside.
When we begin to realize that “everything is an experience in my space,” then we will decide
in a much better way what we want to have in our space. That is how the more aware person
thinks, “Everything is an experience in my Consciousness space.” So being highly conscious
of this inner space in which everything is happening, the very screen of existence, the
Consciousness space, is extremely important.
So our third day relates to the field in which the soul is sporting. How important this field is. It
is the field of every possible experience and it is the field that we need to give attention to,
from the moment we are conscious, throughout the day, keeping that field as immaculate in
energies as we can: clean, pure, pristine. It is our space. It is our Sacred Space. It is the space
of all possibilities.
(back to content)
22
Day 3 – Meditation “Soul Sports in a Consciousness Field”
Let us observe that inner space that I spoke about in my talk, the Consciousness space and be
aware that it is the space of all possibilities. What do I want to put into my space? What do I
want to have in my space? Let me be aware that I have a choice in this space: the choice to be
silent, the choice to allow thoughts to ramble in the space, the choice to let my mind be scattered
in thinking, or the choice to stop the noise on the inside, detach from it and give attention to
the peace that is there in a clear mind. Let us give attention to the clarity that we can tune into
in the inner space and observe the beauty of that experience.
Let us observe the experience of the human body, it is an important vehicle. It is held by gravity,
the earth has a pull on it, but my soul feels light and buoyant. So I can feel on one hand the
earth has a pull on the physical body, but on the inside I feel the sense of lightness and freedom
in the Consciousness. I am choosing to keep the mind clear so that I can really observe the
beauty of a silent mind. I chose to be silent.
Play in the field
As you observe body and mind let us begin to play with that tool that is called pranayama, the
movement of prana. Begin to observe the breathing which connects you, the physical, to your
energetic being: atma. Begin to observer the breath really objectively, breathing out slowly and
breathing in slowly, focusing along the spine, that you may experience the axis of your subtle
existence. Can you feel that breath is about energy? Can you feel that there is some kind of
energetic experience as you focus on the prana of the breath or the chi? Open the mind, be
relaxed. You focus too much and you miss it…ease, flow…yes, that is better.
Besides clearing the field of thought, observe what you can do in the inner space. You can
bring in a heart quality, emotional quality, and see how it lights up the space, warms the space:
loving being, compassion, kindness. Observe how your mind helps you to do that by thinking
about loving being –we engage the heart. See how powerful the mind is with its intentionality
and focus?
Learn the art of staying steady in this space. Rhythm helps you to stay steady. Rhythmical
movement. Stay with the breathing and you will be able to keep the balance and peace in the
space much more powerfully. Give attention to the pauses at the end of the out-breath, and the
in-breath. They are important points too. They allow you to see or experience the silence of
mind, as you go deeper into the feeling of peacefulness.
Observe the field
Now observe the “I” in there. Isn’t it fascinating that “I” am having an experience in this field?
Observe the field. Doesn’t it feel expansive? Though the body is held in a fixed position, I feel
the expansiveness of my inner being. Observe the experience. If I am having it, you can as
well, we are all the same. And every little discovery that you are having there, celebrate it!
Wow! This is where the “I” begins to realize that its existence is in a field of enormous Grace.
23
It is never alone. The space of the Consciousness is also a space of Grace. Really observe,
joyously! [Silence]
More and more, this “I” will be held in rapture! Look at the possibility! If only we can have
this while active with the senses operating in the world. Right now we are withdrawn into the
inner space, but just imagine the possibility of carrying this in our activities.
Prayer to the Universe
This is the space in which we are going to explore the self-mastery. This is our space. The
entire Universe is in this space. May I never lose connection to this space. May this space light
up my human eyes with love and peace and goodness. May this space lift me to my highest
awareness. May this space allow me to feel my connection with all of life that I will realize
that everything is connected to my being and exists in that one Infinite. May I never lose this
awareness of Self. I breathe into infinity and I breathe out as a human creature. I feel the prana
of my soul moves with the breath. [Silence]
Observe very carefully, what holds you there. Observe what you need to do to keep this
awareness. Observe the detractors, what takes you away. Make the choice of staying. Observe
the Universe of support; every person around you vibrating with the same energies is
supporting you. Be in gratitude. Every plane of existence supports us when we connect with
the different chakras. Observe that.
My sincere prayer is: “Let me realize all that I am in this earthly lifetime. Let me uncover my
infinite Self, and grant me the strength, the wisdom, the Grace, the power, to manifest this Light
fully in the human experience.” This is my prayer.
Stay in gratitude. This is a most powerful posture: acknowledging that we exist in infinite
abundance, infinite Grace, and infinite existence. We exist in the Supreme. We are nothing but
sparks of a divine fire. Let us stay centred in the Light.
Intention for today
I centre myself in the Source of my Light, my infinite Self, as I begin a new day. I stay there,
that my every thought, word and action in this day becomes a blessing to my world. I give
thanks to my Universe for every blessing, and I pray humbly to continue to be worthy as a
seeker.

My excitement today is seeing what you make of this day as you observe your greatness in the
inner space and the fascination of having an “I” that can connect to an entire Universe. Have
the perfect day everyone!
24
(back to content)
25
DAY 4 – Our Most Powerful Tool

- Saturday March 29
Yesterday, we spoke about this magnificent space of Consciousness in which we experience

every quality imaginable: the space of all possibilities, the space of all potentiality, all power.
Of course, the thing we need is how to use that, how to tap into that.
In the human species, we have been blessed. We have the most powerful tool in that
Consciousness space that can help us to liberate the “I” in the Consciousness that is in darkness
or delusion: the seeker. We have been blessed with the most powerful tool in the Consciousness
space to liberate this “I” within that is in bondage, that is in limitation.
Looking for what we already have
As I have been saying to you, it is a sport, it is a game. That Infinite Self within me has limited
itself for the sake of a play. So though that “I” is in bondage, at its very Source there is freedom.
So the “I” is looking for something that it already has. That is the game. At its very core it has
freedom, it has everything. All it needs to do is wake up to it, recognize it. So the journey is
really a journey in the Consciousness; to wake up, to liberate the Consciousness that is already
there. So you are already where you need to go. The thing is we are not aware of it – that the
“I” is in the bondage of ignorance.
Manifesting intelligence in the human experience
As a human species, that is why the human birth is so powerful, we have an upper brain.
Although we carry a lower brain, a limbic brain like our friends in the animal chain, we have a
magnificent upper brain that allows for greater intelligence; that allows the soul inside to
manifest its power of intelligence. The upper brain allows the soul to manifest it and know it
is manifesting it. That is the beauty of the human experience; the soul can be aware that it is
manifesting the power of intelligence. What is that power? The sages have given us that clue.
Of course, we need a refined intellect to help us…well, there am I. I have given you the clue!
The most powerful tool on the journey
The sages say that in the Consciousness space, you have powerful tools. In Sanskrit it is called
antahkarana, inner apparatus. You have inner tools. The ahamkar that we spoke about, that
“I” that is in there is one of those. But the most powerful one is the buddhi, the intelligence,
the faculty of reason, the intellect. That is the most powerful tool we have been blessed with
on the journey in the Consciousness space. The other is chitta, that Consciousness that stores
everything and brings out everything. And manas, that ability to think, to use the intellect with
the thinking. So manas, buddhi, chitta, ahamkar are the antahkarana, the inner instruments.
Of that, the buddhi, the intellect, is the most important.
What is important about intellect? It is what we use to reason, it is what we use to investigate,
it is what we use to question. That distinguishes us from the other animals. They do not
26
question, they do not investigate as we do in a conscious way. They cannot reason to the extent
that we do. So that ability to reason is a very powerful one. The moment you ask yourself the
question “Who am I?” do you know how powerful that is? That begins the journey of the seeker
to liberate itself. “Who am I?” And then if I really begin to question that “Who am I” and look
for an answer with determination, with that unrelenting passion or desire, the Universe will
open its doors to such a one. “Seek and ye shall find. Knock and it shall be opened to you”:
words of the Christian Bible.
A tool to build or destroy
The intellect is a most important tool. It is what has brought humankind, to where we are now,
to the extent where we can destroy the planet, life on the planet. So powerful is the intellect.
We can devise schemes or plans to create and destroy anything; that is how we have been using
the intellect. Now you can see very clearly that the intellect that we have can be used for
destruction or for building. So an intellect that is in bondage, that is in delusion, that is in
darkness, can be a very destructive tool, but an intellect that is operating in the Light, in
constructive mode, rebuilding mode, what a powerful intellect that can be. You know this tool
do you not? It is the tool that we have used to create all these learning institutions, to develop
all these institutes of technology, to bring ourselves to what we call or term a “civilized
society.”
But look at the other side of the intellect. We may think, “Oh what a great tool we have, and I
have been using it really well.” Have you? Every time that you know something is right and
you should be doing it, you should be doing it. That is reason speaking to you. How many times
we do not do it simply because of vice, passion, greed, jealousy. So are we really using the
intellect to the best advantage when we cross the boundary, doing things that we know we
should not do, yet we are driven by passion and jealousy and greed and pride and lust and hate?
What do we eat as a society? How do we take care of our bodies as a society? Do we really use
the intellect? In terms of helping each other and caring for each other, are we really using the
intellect to see the benefits? Or are we driven by power and greed, to destroy and to maim? We
create war to have peace and then we give no attention to the casualties of the war. No issue;
this goes with war. But every life on the planet is sacred. We did not create it, nature created
it. It is sacred. It carries the Divine in it. If we have the right reason, the refined intellect, we
will know this, we will see this and we will be influenced by this.
Using intellect to best advantage
So look in our own life. Look into our own lives if we dare! See how we cross the boundaries,
knowing deep within our soul that this should not be done. That is the deluded intellect. All
those noble souls on our planet who are thinking of rebuilding the planet, working
harmoniously with nature, nature is a great teacher. It teaches us about colours, about music,
about forms, about health, about rhythms, about harmony. Nature has everything to teach us;
we have been destroying it slowly, and as a result, destroying ourselves. So this intellect, this
27
buddhi, is a tool which we need to use to make this journey to liberate the Consciousness. And
how can we do that?
Follow those who are centred in the Light
We need the help of those with refined intellect, those who have the intellect centred in Light,
in goodness, in non-judgmental being, in unconditional loving. Those beings who are centred
there are the ones we need to follow. They should be the leaders in our society. Then we will
learn first-hand in the way of apprenticeship, true studentship, what a refined intellect is, what
an intellect that is operating in the Light is.
So this is the most important tool on the journey. It is the tool of the Master. It is the tool of the
Guru. It is the tool of liberation. So it is important to ask the question, “Am I using my intellect
that has been given to me as a human species, to the best advantage?”
That is the tool on the journey. That is the tool that I honour. That is the tool that I continue to
use in the most powerful way to help to co-create a better world, and I am passionate about it.
Of course, it is the intellect. It is this tool of reason and intelligence that helps us to focus better,
to help us to love in a more unconditional way, to bring the heart to its best energy. It is this
intellect that helps us to really discipline ourselves and protect us from our lower nature.
Take responsibility once you know
How have we been using the intellect? And remember once you know something, once you
understand it that is the moment to take responsibility. That is when you are really using your
intellect correctly, to the best advantage. When you know that something is right, when you
know that we should do something, honour that knowledge, and then you will be using your
intellect righteously.
(back to content)
28
Day 4 – Meditation “Our Most Powerful Tool”
Let us begin by being aware of that vast space in the Consciousness. That space of all
possibilities. Let us give attention to it, as seekers of the Light. Observe this space. This is the
space in which we create thoughts, and sustain them with our attention and intention. Observe
this space.
Let us use the intellect

Let us use the intellect to really see what is in that space, using reason. I create thoughts in the
space, let me observe them – some come unbidden, and some I create consciously. Observe the
space. The goal is to manage the inner space, using that power to observe, to think, to feel, and
to really centre on that leader inside – that leadership ability we have – to use all these qualities
that we have, nobly.
Let me think, if I use my breathing as I have been taught in meditation, I can bring harmony at
every level of being. Let me breathe out slowly and breathe in slowly, maintaining rhythm. Let
me reason. If I use rhythm, there will be more harmony within me, I will flow. Let me observe
this carefully. Let me use my reasoning power to observe what I am doing and to observe the
experience. Let me observe the experience of the breath, in rhythm.
Let me observe what it is doing to my body. Does it relax me? And if I think of breathing away
stresses within me, and just breathing into peacefulness, how do I feel? Is my mind straying,
or am I on course? Now, you see how I am using reason at every point, to monitor, to create,
to direct, to sustain, to protect. I am using the reason at every point – highly alert. Is there a
greater power within me that is empowering me? Where do these thoughts come from? Where
do they get their energy from? How do the cells of my body stay together? Where does that
intelligence come from? What is this power that is holding me?
Noble use of the power to reason

Then I am giving attention to that which is greater, that which holds my very existence, and I
am staying aware. Here I am using my reason to observe. I am using my mind to think, and to
think in a space of silence, listening. I am using my power of observation to observe exactly
what is happening through my entire being. Observe the space now. I am really beginning to
feel tremendously carried and connected to those of you who are meditating with me across
the world. I can feel it.
This is how we use reason nobly in the meditation. The intellect cannot take us to the space of
eventual freedom and still be there. It has to surrender to Grace. It cannot know everything. It
has to rest at some point in submission. So when you begin to feel that wave in the space of
support, of being held, of being carried, let the intellect rest and enjoy. Just monitoring the
Grace, just staying in the surrender mode, and all knowledge will come to you. It is the Universe
who teaches us.
29
Stay in that Grace everyone. This is a marvellous energy that is being created across our planet
in this moment. This space knows no hate, no lust, no pride, no greed, no jealousy, no war.
This space knows unity in the Light. I am using my reason, my power of reason, to observe
this space and to hold it magnificently. This is victory for me. The power of reason at its best!
Now, I can justify having the gift of an upper brain, that my soul can manifest in all its glory
the Light. In this space, I take ownership of being a guardian of the planet: manifesting light,
manifesting peace, manifesting harmony, manifesting unity with all souls. I take the
responsibility. I want to be a co-creator.
Prayer
O Supreme One, I am in your Play. You have created this play where I have an “I,” an ego.
You have become me, and yet you are in your transcendental form. I want to merge in you. I
want my “I” to disappear in you. If I must exist, let me be in total unity with you. Help me to
stay in the Light. I want the Light not the darkness. The darkness is pain. The Light is your joy
and goodness, I want to stay there. I know that I live in a physical body, it is a pain body, it is
a body of duality. But hold me in that space, beyond duality, that I can carry this body in the
Light, regardless of the energies that it is around. Hold me in that space, hold me in that space.
I am yours. I am yours. [Silence]
Learn to go deeper
Observe that to maintain this state of Grace and connectedness, we need to protect this space.
Observe it. You are focusing and you are seeking to stay in that focus. You have opened your
space to the Infinite, and you are seeking to hold that posture. You are keeping every other
thought away. You have opened your heart – observe it – to connect with the hearts of all.
Observe what you are doing, that is how we learn to sustain it and to make it even deeper.
In that space, you are using your intelligence and you are opening up to intuition. It is the
Universe that teaches us. The guidance will come right into this Consciousness space. Seek and
ye shall find, knock and it shall be opened to you. The Universe has all knowledge. Every book
was written from this space. Every discovery was made in this space. Hold this space and open
up the Consciousness to guidance.
Now observe the multi-dimensionality of your being. Observe your physical body. See how it
becomes in this state. Let your heart be full of gratitude for the gift that you now enjoy.
O Supreme One, help me to keep this! Let me keep this throughout my day today, and forever!
Let me keep this. I want to stay with you. I pledge to stay with you. Lead my every thought,
every word, every action on this day, and bless me eternally. I pray to be worthy.

Thank you for listening to me. You fulfill my purpose in this world just by listening to me and
I pray that you will heed what I have awakened in you. I have not given you anything; I have
simply awakened something in you.
May we all be blessed. Namaskar everyone.
30
(back to content)
(back to content)
31
DAY 5 – Wake Up to What You Already Are

- Sunday March 30
Life is a journey in the Consciousness space. It is not a journey in a material space; life is a
journey in the Consciousness space. It is in a space of awareness. And we move from ignorance
or darkness in that space, in the same Consciousness space, to enlightenment, to understanding
all that we are.
It is happening on the inside. All the information of our relationships and everything else, the
world, come into this space. All our interpretations, all our points of view, all our imaginations,
our outlook, are in this space of Consciousness. We are relating to our world and everything
from this space inside of us, continuously. Whether we are sitting alone in meditation or
engaged in activity, we are still operating from a Consciousness space. So the journey from
ignorance to enlightenment is a journey in the Consciousness space. That is why we need to
give a lot of attention to this space.
We are already where we need to go
We are moving from ignorance to enlightenment. The Upanishads say, “Asato maa sad
gamaya. Asato maa sad gamaya.” Take away that ignorance from me: asato maa. And grant
me true knowledge, true awareness, grant me awareness of my reality: sad gamaya. Asato maa
sad gamaya. That is the powerful prayer from the Upanishads. It is asking for my
Consciousness space to open up, that I may wake up to all that I am. Remember that we are not
looking for something we do not have. We are trying to wake up to see that it is already there!
We do not need to go somewhere where we are not. We need to see where we are, actually. If
you really understand this, it can make all the difference on your journey. We are already where
we need to go. It is only recognizing that we are there. So it is a journey in the Consciousness.
The “I” that is separate is an illusion
We speak about this “I” inside. I have spoken about this “I” that is there; a product of form,
having forms. And that this “I” seems to evolve in its awareness of Self. The truth is that “I”
that seems to evolve is really the Self inside opening up to itself. Think carefully, the “I” is not
becoming something that it was not; the “I” is opening up to all that it already is!
Looking at the evolution of the “I”, we are really looking at the uncovering of our true Self.
And the truth is that “I” is illusory. This “I” of separation, that we are separate, is illusory. That
is why we say, “asat, asato maa,” illusion. Lead me from the asat, “asato maa sad gamaya,”
lead me from the illusion that I am separate. And that is what creates loneliness, that is what
creates vulnerability, that is what creates darkness, the idea that I am separate, asat, ignorance.
So I need to wake up to all that I am.
If you are already what you are looking for, should there not be some kind of excitement that
“I am That, already”? Should there not be some kind of an excitement that “I am already there
32
where I am going”? That “My Infinite Self is already with me”? That “I have everything within
me that I could ever look and ask for”?
The Self inside is seeking to manifest
That is why we say that there is abundant Grace; because this Self inside of you is seeking to
manifest in all of its fullness. And that is why it is a game, because this illusion, called maya
has been created. It is an energy wrap, embodiment, of different layers. And this has caused
this contraction in the Consciousness that creates the illusion of separation.
So if my Infinite Self is already there and this maya is creating the illusion, then I need to be
confident that I am already Divine, I am already where I need to go. That is the idea of Grace,
that that Self inside is already holding you, it is really seeking to manifest in you. That is why
we say “the evolution of Consciousness.” It is really seeking to manifest in you. At every point
it is with you. It is your Higher Self. It is you! It is seeking to help you in the illusion, which is
the game. So “Although I think that I am lost or I am separate, I am really not! This Self is
holding me, whether I think I am lost or not. Because it is my Self it cares about me. It is bigger
than me, it is the All that I am, that I have forgotten.”
Excitement in the journey of remembering
This “I” that is separate, in the illusion of separation – it is going to open up more and more to
its true nature. And the illusion of separation is going to disappear more and more when it
remembers. That is the play! The play is coming back to the awareness of All that I am. So
every step I make in coming back to that awareness will create some kind of joy, some kind of
excitement.
That has been my excitement. Feeling completely lost, as I have told you: darkness, heartache,
loveless, ignorant, stupid, foolish, miserable, I remember all those qualities clearly. It might
have been over the span of an entire year. Terrible! And when I got this, what is called
Shaktipat, this dose of energy, I woke up. In the midst of a meditation hall, I woke up! While
the kirtan was happening, something was happening in my soul, and I became awake.
It was magical! Suddenly some kind of energy opened up and my field was different, it was
full of Light. Love is the first thing that came in there. My heart opened up. The loveless
individual began to feel that love is inside of me. A new “I” was emerging. My “I” started to
remember. And it took a journey of almost three years of remembering, but a magnificent
journey. Every step of that journey brought only more and more Light.
Have a strong desire to wake up
The darkness that we feel when we begin the spiritual journey is still an illusion. We are still
in separation. And it calls for a very strong desire to want to wake up. If you are having, a
dream, and you realize that it is a nightmare, what would you do? Not force yourself to wake
33
up? The solution is not trying to deal with whatever the terror might be in there, it is striving
to wake up! The moment you wake up, it is all gone.
That was a magnificent journey of waking up in the Consciousness to All that I am. It is a
journey of remembering and it is journey of stages; it is not going to happen immediately. For
some of us it may happen when we have done the work already, but for some of us, we need
to take time.
Observe where you are centred
But certainly, what is more important is that strong desire to wake up. And it is that strong
sense of observation in the space. How we use the intellect in the space, that strong sense of
observation. We need to give attention to the Observer inside through the whole journey, using
the power of intelligence, the intellect, to see, “Where am I centred in this journey from
darkness to Light? And because it is a journey of several stages, we can be centred in different
places. I can be centred completely in body Consciousness, just concerned about physical
issues. Or I can be centred in a field of vitality, trying to use the power that I have in the physical
space. Or I can be centred in emotions, becoming very emotional about everything. Or I can be
centred in the mental field, continuously in a world of thoughts. Where am I centred?
Yoga: the path back to unity
As the Observer, that intelligent Observer, look at where you are centred on the journey,
because wherever you are centred, there is a way out. That is why the science of yoga is such
a beautiful science. Yoga means to reunite or to merge back in that space from where you have
come. It is a path to mergence from that space of emergence. It is taking the “I” back into that
pristine Self from where it has come.
There are different kinds of yoga in making this journey: the physical yoga or hatha yoga that
makes us become more aware of the energy that can flow through the body, the Consciousness
in the body, and how to unite those; or the emotional yoga, bhakti yoga; or the jnana yoga, the
path through the intellect and mind; or the Kundalini yoga, the path simply through energy and
movement in the Consciousness; or the raja yoga, meditation, simply going through the path
of meditation, mind control, mind mastery; or the karma yoga, using the vitality through action.
Through any of these, or all of these, we can make the journey in the Consciousness space from
separation to unity. And we can unite all the yogas into one.
This journey is in the Consciousness space. It is not in the physical world that you have to
journey to a mountain or to a cave. It is a journey on the inside of you, from that place from
where you view the world. And each one of us is centred in a particular place. We see the world
from a particular place. Is it physical? Is it vital? Is it emotional? Is it intellectual? Is it
energetic? Look and see where you are seated, from where you view the world. There is a path
from there to go back, to reunite.
34
Are you excited?
But the most important thing I would like you to remember is that you are going to a place that
you already know. You are returning to that place in your Consciousness that is always there.
So the joy should be that “I am already there. I do not know it, but I am already there! And this
part of me that I do not know is also seeking to manifest in me.” There should be excitement
in this journey of being already there, and being supported by the bigger space that is inside of
you. Are you excited as I am?
My joy is just telling you how beautiful the journey can be, and to remove any fear from you
of separation, of damnation, and to see only hope, only Light. Because that is where we are,
and that is where we are going. Only Light, the darkness is an illusion. All we need to do is to
wake up to the Light. Treat the darkness with respect, but wake up to the Light!
(back to content)
35
Day 5 – Meditation “Wake Up to What You Already Are”
Give attention to the Consciousness space. Just observe the presence of the seeker inside of
you. ”I am a seeker. I am seeking to experience all that I am. My journey is a journey in the
space of Consciousness.”
I am the seeker in the Consciousness space

What is this space of Consciousness? Open up to really observe and understand this space. It
is the space where I experience my Self and the world around me. I have a physical body that
is connected to the world around me. I am experiencing that connection and my physicality,
but I am conscious of it! I am conscious of my weight, my posture, the warmth of my body. So
I am having an experience in my Consciousness of a physical body. I am conscious that I have
the power to observe this space and make changes in how I think, how I feel, and what I
experience in my body. I have a power in this space. I am a seeker in this space, because I am
seeking to experience all that I am.
I want to learn how to observe this space that I may open up in my Consciousness to everything
that is possible in this space to see and to experience. First of all, I accept that I am in a human
experience, but I want to understand more of my inner being. Where does my mind come from?
How do I create thoughts? Some thoughts arise in my mind automatically, thoughts from my
past, but I can see them when they come. I don’t need them now. So I am going to detach from
the thoughts that are coming up in my mind. I want to clear this space so that I can really
observe this thought space.
I can feel silence when I let go of thoughts, and I can feel that there is peace in there. I want to
explore that more. Let me give attention – because I have the power of attention, to place my
attention anywhere – let me place my attention on the peace of this space. I have an innate
feeling that is going to take me deeper. So I place my attention on peace – peace in my mind,
peace in my body, peace in my emotional space.
As I centre on peace, I feel that I need to listen more. Listen. A thought is arising in my mind
at this moment, and it is that I am going to that space that I already am. Every layer of peace
that I touch has always been there. It feels like home. And I want to feel more of this. This
brings me into a state of beautiful restfulness. And I want to know the Source of this
Consciousness. What is in there? What is behind the mind?
Surrender to the Higher Self

I am the seeker, and I am using my intellect, my power of reason, to explore this phenomenal
space where energy moves. If there is more of myself to know, and if the wise ones say, “That
part of me is seeking to manifest in me,” then I want to allow it. I want to give it exclusive
attention. I don’t want to waste time on this journey. I want the best meditation.
So the thought is arising in me that I need to surrender, I need to let go of any thoughts or
beliefs that I have of what this Self is. I want the experience. So as I let go, I am holding that
36
intention of experiencing the more that I am. I am reaching out to my Higher Self. ”Hold
me…open up my mind, my awareness.”
Then I begin to feel an emotion, that in opening up to this space I am opening up to some kind
of love, some kind of feeling of unity. That as I open up to this that is holding me, I need to
unite with it. I need to blend with it. I need to flow with it.
I am thinking of flow and the idea of floating is coming to my mind. Floating like on an ocean
of water, a body; the idea of floating in infinite space.
Here is where I seek to surrender to that which is holding me, and to be in harmony with it,
even though I don’t know the All that I am. But I can feel that there is something there to be
experienced and I know that my mind cannot grasp it. So I have only to hold the intention of
staying with it, and let it give me the experience. My feeling is that there is nothing more
important than this in the moment. This is the Consciousness space.
For those of you who are with me, joining me, even if you cannot feel this, just open up to the
possibility. The journey of darkness opens up to the Light to the sincere seeker. Just stay with
me in the silence of the space. Relax your focus, allow yourself to open up to the peace, and
the Light will emerge, it will.
This is the space of Grace, where the Seeker is opening up to its Higher Self. If your breath is
moving, keep it in rhythm, if it is shallow, keep it almost still. The collective space is full of
Grace, open up to it.
Connect to infinite Being

For those of you who pray, the prayer should be, “Take away the illusion from my mind. Let
me wake up to all that I am.” For those of you who can feel more of the Divine, affirm it inside,
“I am Divine. I exist in Infinite Being.” Choose the thoughts that resonate with you. Choose
the images that resonate with you. Stay with the Light. There is nothing to fear in this space.
You are already held in the Divine. Your destiny is assured; you are going to wake up in this
play.
Now here you can see the difference between soul and body. In the soul there is buoyancy,
lightness, the feeling of floating, the feeling of being more than a physical body – the physical
level is there, but it is a different reality to your soul. Observe carefully.
Intention for a new day

Now let us reintegrate. Let us bring this into the body. Breathe into the navel area. Bring this
Consciousness into the body, lengthening the breath, until you can feel grounded again. That
is the journey from the gross to the subtle and the subtle to the gross.
As I prepare for a new day, I centre in my Infinite Self, in my highest awareness. Today I seek
to be a blessing to my world. I seek to stay in that space of Grace, that my every thought, word
37
and action become a blessing to my world. I give thanks for all the blessings that I receive, and
I pray that I continue to be worthy.
(back to content)
(back to content)
38
DAY 6 – The Process of Waking Up

- Monday March 31
Let us recap a little bit what you have experienced in the last five days.
Need to master Self
First, I spoke about the need for self-mastery because we have such potent power: mind power,
emotional power, vital power, soul power. We have such potent power; we can build or destroy.
And I said look at what we have done on the planet; we need to change our ways and that can
only happen when we begin to be aware of the power we carry and the need to hold it in check,
or to manage it. That is the idea of self-mastery: to serve, to be compassionate, to help the
world, to master Self.
Align to soul’s desire to evolve
Secondly, we spoke about the desire to want to do this, that we need to have a desire. Desires
are not bad things as we tend to think on the spiritual path, but it is the soul’s innate desire to
manifest its fullness in the space. So that innate desire is there. We should align our minds, our
hearts, our energies to that soul’s desire to evolve and to grow.
Be aware of the Consciousness space
Then I spoke about all of this happening in the Consciousness space; so the need to be more
conscious of the space that we are operating in. Everything happens in this space: every
relationship is happening from this space, every experience is happening in this space. And I
said even the physical body is an experience in the Consciousness space that we carry.
I said the most powerful tool that we have in this space is our intellect, the ability to reason.
And I spoke about the Antahkarana, the inner instruments in the space. There is an ego in the
space, we have a sense of “I” in the space, and this is a result of having a form. Once you have
a form and the Consciousness becomes embodied in the form, then an “I” automatically comes.
If forms disappear, then “I” disappears. But the Consciousness does not disappear, the Source
does not disappear.
Where are you placed on the journey?
I spoke about the need to be aware of where we are on the journey. Where is this “I” that is
going to move from limitation to its fullness of Self? Where is it on the journey? Where are
you placed on the journey? And I said that the journey is a journey of waking up, that we are
already there. We need to only recognize that we are there. So it is in the recognition, in the
self-recognition. We are not looking for something that we do not have, we are looking for
something that we already have, and there should be some excitement in doing that. This is
what I have been saying over the last days.
39
Phenomenal illusion of capture
Naturally, you will agree with me that we have become captured in the human experience. This
soul, this Infinite Self, this phenomenal being inside that carries everything we can think or ask
for, is captured in a human experience. It is imagining that it is the creature, so it is binding, or
contracting its infinite Consciousness into a little form and thinking it is the form. It is much
like a lion that has such power, thinking that it is a sheep. Can you imagine what waking to its
true nature as a lion can be? I have often told you the story of waking up: lion wakes up to
realize it is not a sheep.
Can we wake up to all that we are? What can help us to come out of this illusion? I said that
the illusion is really an energy wrap, an energy hold. Different layers of energies, different
qualities of energies have contracted the Consciousness to come into this limitation, so it
creates the illusion that we are the body. It is a phenomenal illusion. And I said it is a “play”
or a “game” simply because we are already there, but we do not think we are there. So it has to
be a game. If we are already there and we are wrapped in an illusion like hide-and-seek, you
put a blind fold, a veil and you do not see. We are not seeing all that there is to see, so we are
wrapped in an illusion. We are already there, it is there, but we are in darkness. We cannot see
it. That is why we call it a “play,” a “game.”
The process of waking up in the play
We need to wake up in this game and come out of the capture. The moment we begin to have
that strong desire to wake up, the Universe is going to respond to it. That is why I am telling
you “Have this desire.” I have been asking you, “How strong is your desire?” Your desire needs
to be strong. How do you know that a desire is strong? The desire is with you all the time.
Waking, sleeping, eating, drinking, moving, relating; the desire stays with you. That is how
you know it is strong. It is totally in the mind, totally in the heart, like how the Master Christ
told us we should think about God.
We need to wake up and the waking up is what is called “spiritual awakening,” the waking up
to realize that we are more than a physical being. The moment we begin to realize, even in the
smallest way, that we are more than a physical being, the journey begins. For some of us, we
already have a certain awareness that we are more than the body, so we may need another jolt
on the inside, another stage of awakening.
Caught up in the human experience
There are several stages in the awakening process to take us back “home.” And if you think of
the capture, you will see that our vital energies can be caught in the capture, which means my
lower self has taken up my mind. Physical self – physical drives, survival drives have taken up
my mind, my heart – has pulled my all into it. So my vital energies are there.
40
Then I can become emotionally caught up in the human experience. Even though I can control
some things, my emotions are still attached. And even if I have some control of the emotions,
I can still be mentally attached. So I can be caught up in the world with my vital energies, my
emotional energies and also my mental energies.
So you can see that there are different stages in the awakening process to help us to detach or
to master the physical and to be detached from the physical; to be detached from the emotion,
and to be detached in the mind from the hold of the physical.
Creation of a spiritual identity
These blocks on the inside that we have to unwrap are called Granthis or knots. So we have a
physical knot to break and when we break that physical knot and we can get the tremors of
spiritual awakening, we call it the Brahma Granthi. Now we have the creation of a new identity.
Brahma means the “creative power.” So there is a creation of a spiritual identity.
As we go further, as we begin to become aware and to see that we are more than just a physical
body and our needs become more than just physical needs, we are not driven any more by the
survival. There is a need for something more. We may not be able to identify it, so we are still
caught up in the physical because we think it is somewhere there. But we know that we need
more. So we are searching for perfect love in the physical world, perfect pleasure, perfect power
in the physical world, but it is not there. We get the rude awakening again and then we begin
to search for more.
Breaking all attachments
Then we begin to refine our emotions in the space, and realize that we may be emotionally
attached to the whole experience. Though we may suppress some of the physical things, we
are so caught up in it emotionally. We realize now that we have to purify the emotions. We
need to bring more love, more compassion into the space, more unity. And then even that may
become a bind because we are attached to all of this. Then we need in the mental world now to
understand the nature of attachment and how the subtle mind can hold onto things even though
it is “golden.” And then we have to break all the final attachments.
So the opening up of the emotional field to become more and more pure is the Vishnu Granthi,
when the heart begins to open up into more soul Consciousness. And then we have to break the
final knot to detach completely, even in the subtlest ways to the human experience. And that
becomes the Rudra Granthi, the final block. So the stages of awakening may be different.
Always a need for self- discipline
So we need to look at where we are placed. Are we emotionally caught up? Are we mentally
caught up? Are we identifying with the human experience so powerfully? You can imagine the
power of that capture. It captures all of us, even the best of us. That is why Masters keep self-
41
discipline, even after they have been enlightened. They keep the discipline there because the
human experience can be such a powerful experience that it pulls even the best of us. So the
need for self-discipline in any space is important, otherwise you are caught up.
Open your eyes to the many forms of Grace
So we need spiritual awakening at different levels, and of course as I say, “The Universe is full
of Grace and will help us.” The Universe is not a punishing Universe as we have been
conditioned to think; the Universe is a benevolent Universe. It is pushing us to evolve, so there
is an evolutionary force in our being pushing us to evolve. It is a benevolent Universe seeking
our interests. The moment we pray for that change, wherever we are caught in the drama, the
Universe is going to respond so beautifully and magnificently in the most amazing ways. A
whole Universe comes together to serve us, if only we have the eyes to see.
But sometimes you may think that the package is not the right package. So you are looking for
it in a different package when it is coming in a package you did not expect at all. So you need
to keep your eyes open to the packages that come to you when you begin to ask for things,
when you begin to seek. Look for the packages, it might be a simple package just next door,
but you are looking for a package in a cave. Or you may be thinking that the one right before
you is not enough, so you are seeking a new teaching every day, but it might be right there.
Open your eyes! The saying is: “When the student is ready, the Master will appear.” The
Universe will support us in every which way.
And Masters do not have to appear only in physical form; they can come in the astral state, the
dream state, and initiate you. They can come through a book to you. You get the book and read
the words of the Master and the blessings of the Master are there. You can get it through the
disciple of a Master who is carrying the energy of the Master. The disciple does not have to be
enlightened, but the disciple is carrying the energy of the Master and can help you to connect
with the Master. Masters can come to you in any which way. It is the Universe that is acting in
and through them. There is no scarcity of guidance in the Universe, a whole Universe comes
together to guide us.
See where you are pulled
Are you really strong in your seeking? Can you really see the need for observing how you are
pulled to the world? Are you pulled with your vital energies? Are you pulled with your
emotions? Are you pulled with your mind? Where are you pulled? Where is the strongest pull?
Even if you are spiritual, even if you have spiritual awakening already, where are you pulled?
Focus on that and seek help. The Universe is going to respond magnificently.
(back to content)
42
Day 6 – Meditation “The Process of Waking Up”
Let us give attention to the inner space, the Consciousness space. The space where we
experience all energies. The space of support, the space of enlightenment, the space of bondage,
it is all in this inner space. Let us begin to observe the extent of capture in the human experience.
Where is my mind as I centre in meditation? Where is my emotion? Where is my Consciousness

placed? Is it in the body that I am so caught up in body sensations? If it is, give attention to the
physical. Observe it carefully and you can ask the question “Is this all that I am?” If you are
spiritually aware, if you had spiritual awakening and you can feel that you are more than the
physical body, hold it, lovingly and peacefully in your inner space, Consciousness space.
Giving attention to the space is most important in the meditation. This space is the field of
exploration, the field of experience, the field of growth. Observe that space. You may seem to
have a different space to me but in reality we share the same space. You can experience what
I am experiencing and I can experience what you are experiencing, if we open up the space to
each other. It is the same divine space that we are all existing in. So giving attention to the
space is extremely important.
Continuing to observe the human experience from whatever space we are in, we will feel the
gross nature of the body: body has weight, body is pulled by gravity, body has warmth from
cellular activity, body breathes, and body has sensory power, energies, capability. Observe.
That is the human experience. Body is connected to the physical plane, body is sitting on the
Earth, body is breathing the air in the Earth's atmosphere, and body occupies space together
with all of material life. Observe how we are connected to the world and keep your awareness
as much as you can in the vastness of the inner space.
Open up to Grace
Can you feel the silence in the inner space? Behind the thoughts? Between the thoughts? As
you breathe? Can you feel the silence in the inner space? Can you see that you are using your
most powerful tool, the intellect, to manage this space? Can you feel your "I," your ego, the
seeker? And are you aware of the space of Grace where the Universe is responding to your
seeking as you seek more peace? Are you aware that you can feel more peace if you open up
to the Universe and its support, to guides, to the energies that are coming from around you?
Can you observe now your emotional relationship with yourself, with the world? Can you feel
the Grace that is there, to hold you in a greater space of love and unity and compassion?
However much you are feeling that, can you open up to the possibility that there is more? Are
you open to all possibilities?
Can you observe your mental field to see how quiet you are, how surrendered you are, how
your intellect does not want to reason too much as your ego desiring a deeper experience of
silence and intuitive awareness? Can you observe now the totality of your being: the mental
field in silence, intuitive mode, connecting to grace, heart opening up to unite with all the
43
positive energies, opening up to love and compassion, higher values. And all the vital energies
are directed towards expansion of the Consciousness. This is the space of meditation.
My "I" is in loving surrender. It is using the intellect most carefully to open up to intuitive
awareness –magnificence of unity in the Consciousness space. As much as your spirit is awake,
hold it in that space, and hold the intention of humbly seeking more Grace. [Silence]
Observe this space of Light

Is this what Christ meant when he said to love God with your whole mind, whole heart, whole
soul, with all of your being? Is this what the Vedas declare in the Mahavakya, “Aham
Bhrahmasmi,” that my "I" is in the Divine, of the Divine? [Silence]
Observe the space carefully. It is you who have entered the space. Remember how you came
here, to the space of Light. This space is always available to you. Observe its magnificence, its
beauty, its power, and let your desire be to take this into your day. Slowly, extend this
awareness to include all of your body. Breathe deeply into the physical body, observing and
appreciating its grossness and connection with the material world. “This is my vehicle for the
physical experience that I may grow in Consciousness.” Connect with the body and the world
with all of your being.
Intention for today

Today, I centre myself in the Source of my being, that source of infinite peace, love, goodness
and wisdom, my Higher Self. I stay centred there with my attention and intention, that my every
thought, word and action in this day are a blessing to my world. I give thanks for all the
blessings that I have received, and I hold the intention to stay worthy of the Grace of my Higher
Self.
(back to content)
44
(back to content)
45
DAY 7 – Stay With What Is

– Tuesday April 1, 2014
I have been speaking about observing where you are in terms of your level of Consciousness,
in terms of where your preoccupation is. Where are you: physical, emotional, mental, centred
deeper? Where are you? We all want to make the next step on the journey. We are seeking to
make the next step. What should we do? How should we go?
We spoke about Grace supporting us on the journey, that at every point there is abundant Grace;
a whole Universe comes together to respond to us. That is our benevolent Universe. That is the
Divine in all its mercy. It is seeking to manifest in and through us. What do we do as the seeker?
The blueprint is inside of you
My advice to you is to honour right where you are. Do not try to be somewhere else that you
cannot be. Honour right where you are. Stay with what is. Be here and now. Be here and now
with what is. What is the importance of this? You may not realize it – but it is important to be
open to it – you would have planned all of this before. Everything that is happening before you
now would have been a part of a plan before you came down.
Remember, when you came into the physical body, your Consciousness was contracted and
you have forgotten to a large extent why you are here. But do you think that we can be here
without a cause, without a purpose that is intelligent? If you look around you, we are in an
intelligent Universe. Do you think that we can really be here without a purpose? Then, can you
appreciate that the blueprint is somewhere inside of you that is forgotten for the moment? If
you cannot remember all of the blueprint, then could we begin to decode it? Is it part of the
game that the blueprint is there, but we need to decode it at every step?
The step that you are on will take you to the other
Do we need to worry about when the enlightenment is going to be? How it is going to be?
Imagine about it? Or should we stay with the step before us and begin to look at it carefully,
clearly, to see where it is leading. If you are climbing a ladder and it has many steps, would
you be thinking about the final one or would you want to stay with each step that you are on,
that is the most important, so you can see clearly and you can grab it and hold it and move to
the other. The step that you are on will take you to the other.
That is the importance of being with what is; that this is a plan that would have been created
before, if we can be open to it. That is why a clairvoyant can give us an idea of what is in the
future. Some of them we cannot trust completely, but some are transparent; they are clear and
they can tell us. But we do not really need that if we are constantly in touch with our Inner
Being and looking at the step right before us and being open to Grace.
46
So what is before you? That is the idea of what preoccupies your mind, what pulls you, what
disturbs you, what triggers you? Right before you, that is the important step. You are not going
to go anywhere until you get this right, would you not say? The family that you have, whoever
the members are, you would have attracted them in your life. The relationships that you got
involved in, whether they may seem to be accidental, they were all planned before. The
thoughts that come up in your mind constantly, disturbing you, they were the important ones
to surface. They are the current ones to work on. The challenges before you, whether they are
physical, emotional, mental, they are the ones you need to give attention to.
I said respect the darkness, do not deny it, do not suppress it. Bring it before you and look at
it, remembering that you have Grace with you. You have every tool you need to deal with what
is before you. As you are given a challenge in the play, you are also given the skill set to deal
with it. It is right before you.
The key is right before you
Someone was saying to me in a comment, “Guruji, what you speak about is like a beautiful car
that I can drive. You are describing this beautiful car for me. But I cannot find the key. So you
are telling me to be excited about the car but I cannot find the key. How can I be excited?” I
have not replied to the person yet but perhaps this is an appropriate place. You have the key
too, if only you can see where it is! You have the key. You have been given the key. You would
not be given a beautiful car without the key. The key is placed right before you. You need to
look at it, it is right before you. Hold it.
So give importance to the challenges before you. They belong to the next step. Where you are,
the challenges will take you to the next step. Are you being challenged to forgive? Are you
being challenged to love unconditionally? Are you being challenged to have no judgment? Are
you being challenged to be more disciplined? Are you being challenged to take care of your
body? Are you being challenged to be humble? Are you being challenged to be compassionate?
Are you being challenged to take care of those before you because you owe them something
that you cannot remember? What are you being challenged with that you are denying, that you
are refusing to deal with? Take the things before you seriously, and observe, “What are my
challenges and what do I need to do?”
The moment you begin to take responsibility and really seek out the solution, the whole
Universe will come together to support you. The moment you change your attitude, you change
the play. The moment you become more open, more humble, more in surrender, more ready to
work with the Universe, the whole Universe opens up. But it is we who block ourselves. We
are the obstacles. The ego within us in its ignorance, in its separation, thinks that the goal is
somewhere else.
47
Explore your own power
When enlightened beings describe something, it is not that we should become caught up in
that; they are giving an idea of where the steps are. Take their teachings that say, “Stay with
what is. Work on the steps that you have before you.” Those are the best Masters who make
you stay with what is, who bring you to the here and now and who show you that the power is
within you. The power is not with the Masters. They are here to inspire us, to model for us, but
the power is with us.
I try to get you in the conversations, in the mediation, to come into the space where you can
see it for yourself and you can navigate the journey by yourself. That makes me more happy,
when you are strong or when you can see it, not when you depend on me. Connect with me,
but respect your own power. Begin to explore your own power. You have everything that you
need for this play.
The challenges before you are the karmas that you have to work through. Do not deny them;
honour them. Look carefully for what is before you. It is so easy to think that “This is not the
real thing. I need to be in some sort of mystical state when I chant a mantra. My mind should
not be like this. This god is supposed to help me. This deity is supposed to help me.” How is
the deity going to help you in the first place if you do not help yourself and just depend on the
deity? The deities are all within us and the idea of honouring a deity is to come into that space
of the deity. It is to become the deity. The idea of honouring the Master is to become the Master.
So here we are challenged to really live the teachings.
Be open to Grace
Grace is right before you in every possible form, in every possible way. The Universe never,
never, never leaves you alone. It is holding you at every step. And it is trying in every which
way to remind you of what you need to do. It may do so through pain. When you become a
little truant and you do not listen, it may remind you through pain. It may remind you through
darkness. It may remind you through your troublesome neighbour. It might remind you through
your unreasonable boss at work. It may remind you through the family members that challenge
you. The Grace is everywhere. So take it seriously.
What is before you, the next step is right there. Use your intellect to reason it. Open the space,
be humble to intuition. It is difficult by yourself. There are lots of Beings in the Universe who
are in ready support to you, do not deny it. Do not try to do everything on your own. Open up
to that lifeline and all that is there will be yours. That is the call of the Universe. “Come to me
and all will be yours. Unite with me and I will protect you on the journey. I will guide you. I
will take care of you. Unite with me. Stay with me, do not forget me.”
Be here and now. Stay with what is. Look for the challenges before you. Decode the step that
is before you. Be strong and joyful, knowing that you have every tool that you need and the
journey becomes a joy. That is the journey I had. I did not get there through anxiety about the
48
end. I got there with the joy of every little experience I got. I became enthusiastic with every
little experience and I stayed with what is, always holding on to the Light, but extremely
disciplined in my awareness, as I have always been. Stay aware.
(back to content)
49
Day 7 – Meditation “Stay With What Is”
Let us centre in the inner space. Inner space means the Consciousness space; the space where
we experience every quality of energy. Let us stay with what is, let us be here and now.
Whatever is coming up within you, give it attention. Observe every level of your being. A very
powerful way to start is observation, is with the mental space, because thoughts and thinking
are the most powerful part of us. Observe the mental space.
Be fully in this moment
Stay with the peace that you can feel in this space because then you connect to the Masters.
You connect powerfully to Grace when you stay with the peace. That is the energy that the
Masters channel, the beings of the Light and noble souls. Stay with the peace.
Clear the mind. It requires detachment from worldly thinking. Stay with the moment, the now.
Be fully conscious of this moment and all its possibilities. If you hold every moment,
consciously, then life becomes timeless. You are only in a moment. You are dealing only with
a moment. [Silence]
Observe the experience of peace. Mind becomes quiet, the body becomes relaxed. There is
greater awareness of Divine presence within us when we open up to it: peaceful mind, no
judgment; no judgment means not being caught up in thoughts that may come. If thoughts come
up, don’t fight with them. Just detach from them and give the attention to the peace, which is
more desirable.
Stay with your best thoughts and emotions

Now give attention to the emotional space. Whatever emotion is there, accept it. Observe the
experience of the space. If you can identify the emotion that is predominant, then it helps you
to deal with it, to transform it, or if it is already a good one, to stay with it. In the emotional
space, compassion, loving yourself and all things, all beings, all of life. Peace supports that:
compassion towards every cell within you, compassion on the human creature that your soul is
inhabiting, compassion with your world, compassion to all of life.
As you open up to love and compassion, observe the quality of energy in the space; peace is
one quality. Observe this. It brings a healing energy into the space: a nurturing, comforting,
calming, healing energy. As you stay with thoughts of compassion and love, the challenge is
to learn to be unconditionally loving. Open up to loving everyone whoever they are. [Silence]
Observe the power of peace and compassion: it is what we call “the Buddha nature” in the
inside. It is a magnificent space we are co-creating. But for those of you who are still challenged
in the space, just stay open. Honour your best thoughts and emotions and stay with it. Grace
will pull you in there. It is your own obstacles that block you, and the more you stay with Grace,
the more they will begin to disappear. [Silence]
Work with the Universe

Observe what the emotion of gratitude can do in the space. “I feel blessed for all that I am
aware of that helps me to grow, for all the challenges before me that make me more aware and
50
stronger and more committed to the path, for the company of fellow beings who are part of my
journey, however they support me through challenging me or being kind to me in expressions.”
In this space, can you observe flow? That the more you let go, the more that you give attention
to the space of Grace and support, the more ease and flow there is. This is how we work with
the Universe, staying with the qualities that connect us deeply even as we engage the physical
senses. [Silence]
Observe the space very carefully and learn from it. [Silence]
Preparation for a new day

How beautiful this inner space is. Now let us connect this to the gross world, without fear.
Bring the physical body in, and the material world. Breathe into the lower area and hold it in
the Light. Give attention to the world around you, harmonize with it. It is the plane of our
human existence, the plane of learning and growing. It is a place of working through the
karmas. It is called karma bhoomi, the place where we work through the karmas.
Let us look ahead to a new day and to keeping this Grace with us.
O Supreme Self, what love you are manifesting in my space, what peace. How I would like to
stay here! Be with me as I engage in my external world; help me to be with You. I know you
are always with me. Remind me when I forget. I centre myself in You and hold the intention of
staying there. Grant me the Grace to stay there that my every thought, word and action will
come from You, my Higher Self. I thank You for the incredible blessings of this moment, and
every moment that you shine your Light powerfully through me as I open to You. I pray in my
heart that I stay worthy, that I stay connected on this journey.

I hope that you have been inspired by the talk. Be here and now. Stay with what is. Celebrate
the little victories. Celebrate most of all the awareness of being able to stay with what is.
Have a blessed day everyone, Namaskar.
(back to content)
51
(back to content)
52
DAY 8 – The Guiding Power of the Universe

From that journey of darkness returning to the Light, it can be a very difficult journey. This
Play can be a very challenging one, I am sure you will all agree. Though we are told that the
Divine is within us, all possibilities are within us, all qualities are within us, and we
acknowledge that, it can be a really difficult and challenging journey. I have made it, so I know
it.
The Universe provides a way back
The important thing, and I want you to remember this, is that it is a caring Universe. We have
been conditioned to think of hell, punishment and demons, so fear has been generated. We go
to the God or to the Divine out of fear of darkness or demons, but it is a caring Universe. To
come out of that conditioning is very difficult. I have seen how difficult it is to inspire people
to the Light when they are so held in darkness and they believe that all the demonic things are
against them in the Universe. But it is a caring Universe, very caring. It is we in our imagination
who give power to the darkness and the demons. Every time we think about something, we
give it power. Every time we consider it to be greater than us, we give it power. We are giving
our power away.
On this journey, involution – the Light entering the darkness, and the darkness re-entering the
Light, the Universe has provided a way back. It has provided guidance at every step, using an
entire Universe to do that. So this Play is built in with guidance – of course, if you play games
then you need to have guiding principles or guiding rules to the game that will help you to
navigate. In this Universe there is a way back and there is guidance at every step. It is called
the “Guru Principle.” Some of us think that we can do it on our own. Of course we can, it may
take very long, it may be a very difficult journey, but we can and we will. And some of us to
spare ourselves all those hardships, we look for shorter routes. The Universe has the highways
and it has the paths that are so, so difficult to tread. You can choose any; it is a free Universe.
You are a child of immortality, of greatness; you can choose whatever you want.
Guidance through many forms
The Guru Principle is there in the Universe, manifesting through people, manifesting in
situations, manifesting as energies, manifesting as a Universe. Anything in this Universe can
teach you, from a bird, an ant, to a God – Divine beings. Do not let any escape your glance.
Learn to see the teacher in everything so that you can learn from a Universe. That is exactly
what we were chanting this morning. If at all, you move a step more in the chanting rather than
just chanting the mantra as a discipline and you try to understand what you are chanting. Wow!
It is phenomenal, that is a blue-print to freedom – Guru Gita – as it says. It tells exactly the
qualities of the guiding principle, the Guru Tattwa. It tells how to see it in the physical Master,
how to recognize it and how not to get lost. And it tells you exactly how to treat with the Guru
Principle.
53
We see, even as a child, how we are guided by parents. And we see how society tries to continue
that guidance through schools, educational institutions; and we have teachers, again guides. All
of them are trying to educate us, which means bringing out the best from within us, helping us
to learn how to live on the earthly plane. They are all trying to guide us in some way so we can
become efficient, that we can become knowledgeable, that we can live the life in such a way
so as to attain what the Hindus call the four goals of life: dharma, which is righteousness; artha,
which is wealth; kama, which is pleasure or comfort; and moksha, which is liberation. I love
these four values. It is saying that we sing the Guru Gita for those four values. You sing that
at the very beginning: that you should acquire wealth and pleasure in a dharmic way, in a
righteous way, and you should use all of these to liberate yourself. Moksha – that is the final
goal.
In this quest the Universe has provided parents, academic teachers, spiritual teachers, and we
find that when we use the guidance the journey is easier. If we try to do it without the guidance
it becomes more difficult. So all of these are also instruments of the Universe in the process of
helping us to liberate ourselves from ignorance, all these. Look at how Masters are trained, we
test them and get them to the level where they can guide the others through their own examples
and through their knowledge, through their skills.
The Divine ordains great Masters
In the world that we have, in this world of education, we have all these guides who need to
have some diploma, some certificate that says they are the guide. The ultimate guide is the one
who can lead us to the moksha; not just the one who can teach us some dharmic principles, not
the one who can help us acquire some wealth, not the one who can teach us all the pleasures
and comfort in life – how to acquire them; but the ones who can actually help us to get to that
space of freedom – the moksha teachers.
So who do you think will give them a certificate? Who will ordain these great teachers who
can help us to liberation? Who is going to test them? Who? So when we tend to make these
“gurus” with certificates, are they really tested? Are they really qualified? We have to be
careful. It is God who ordains these special Masters. How was the Buddha ordained? How was
the Christ ordained? How was Mohammed ordained? How was Moses ordained? And if you
think of some dharmic teachers, the ones of righteousness like Ghandi, how was Ghandi
ordained? How was Mandela ordained? How was Martin Luther King ordained? It is God. It
is God. It is the Divine, it is the Supreme. These are the ones who come from the other plane
and they can only be ordained by the Divine, not the human. Unless the human is a complete
representative of the Divine, only then that human who is an instrument of the Divine, can play
that part in the ordination process. But it is the Divine that ordains the greatest Masters in the
Universe, and they are the ones who can help us to freedom.
54
True masters and their power
We have all kinds of teachers, but the ones who lead us to freedom are the most important ones
on the journey. If we can find these teachers, that can make the greatest difference. These are
the ones who lead us through the final leg. All the teachers along the way are important;
whether they teach us how to keep the body healthy, whether they teach us how to improve the
intellect or deal with the emotions – all these teachers are important. But the one[s] who can
actually teach us to reconnect to that place of Light, who can lead us out of the darkness of
ignorance of our true nature and lead us back into the experience of our true nature, such
teachers are called Sadgurus.
They are the ones who are ordained by the Divine and they are the ones who can lead us back
home. They carry an incredible power, when they come into a space, even without a word, they
begin to influence the space. What is this power that they carry, this electricity, this magnetism
that extends in the space, creating waves? What is this power that they carry, this power of
presence? They need not say anything, they do not even have to make an announcement of who
they are, but the moment they enter the space their presence is felt. What is this power that they
carry that even when we think of them and bring them to mind we feel their vibration and we
feel a lift in the space? What is this incredible power they carry? It is the power of staying
completely connected to the Divine such that they become pure instruments of the Divine. The
power they carry is that through every word they utter, through every look or glance, through
every benevolent thought towards the Universe, through every touch they bring the energy of
the Divine. They bring the Light into the darkness.
Those of us who are ready and receptive feel it immediately. The moment we tune in to that
need that we have, we can actually feel that some kind of transmission is happening. Through
that voice, through that attention, through that touch, we feel that some kind of transmission is
happening. That phenomenal transmission of energy that comes out of a pure need and
readiness in the disciple, in the seeker, and flows freely from the Master, just like the sun offers
sunshine, that power is called Shaktipat. It is the descent of Shakti energy from the Supreme to
the Supreme, not from man, not from master with ego to disciple; from Supreme to Supreme,
Divine to Divine – Shaktipat. That is what I experienced on my journey.
My inspiration to meet a Master
Swami Vivekananda in his beautiful book, Bhakti Yoga, spoke on the need for a Guru. And
that book, at the age of twenty, did something to me. It excited me about meeting the Masters,
after I read that book. It says, “It is the Master, more than the temple or book or philosophy,
who can give that quickening impulse that can wake up our souls from darkness into the light.”
I thought “Wow, the Master, this impulse of energy, I want this, I want this, I want this!” That
is what took me to India on a fascinating journey. I did not know where I was going; I just
wanted to meet a Master of the Light.
I will tell you more about that in the next talk.
55
Day 8 –Meditation “The Guiding Power of the Universe”
We begin our meditation by giving attention to the Consciousness space. Observing the space
where we experience everything, every quality of energy. Observe the presence of a seeker in
there. After listening to my talk this morning, open yourself to the possibility that at this
moment my Universe is seeking to guide me. Open yourself to it, even if you don’t believe it
completely. Open yourself to the possibility that in this moment, That which is greater than I
am, That which I am seeking help from on this journey of darkness into Light, ignorance to
freedom, that Power is with me to guide me. I open myself to it.
Use the intellect to unite with the Light

The most powerful tool I have on the journey is the intellect that can help me to reason things
out. And I want to use this tool in the most powerful way, in this moment. I want to observe
everything that I can, and I want to do so with the greatest vitality, with passion, with focus. I
am giving my all to this process: in this moment I have no other desire but to unite with the
Light within me. So I am clearing my mind of unnecessary thoughts. If they come, I am not
going to fight with them, but I am going to detach from them. I will do that by focusing on
silence, seeing silence as a space of all possibilities and seeking to experience that space from
where thought arises. I want to understand the space fully. I want to tap into all the knowledge
that is there, that can lead me to understand what I am and the root of my existence.
Give attention to that space of silence. Open yourself to wisdom, to intuition. The intellect
cannot comprehend the Source of my being, as the Source of my being is greater. It created the
intellect. So I am using my intellect now to stay humble, to let go of beliefs, imaginings,
expectation and I observe this support system, the Guru principle within me that can help me
to return. I open myself to all wisdom in the Universe, to the Masters of the Light. I stay in that
openness, emptying myself of thoughts, of stress, beliefs, anxiety, that the Supreme will fill me
with what I need for my next step. I stay patient and humble.
I open my emotional field to explore how to use emotions on this journey and I open to the
Masters of wisdom to support me as I explore my emotional field. Immediately, the thoughts
come of love and compassion: love meaning openness and unity, willingness to embrace the
other in the duality, and compassion meaning I think kindly of my world, meaning well to all
of life. And as much as I can, I explore what these emotions can do to my space. They help me
to clear the field. They allow forgiveness, no self-judgment, no self-punishment, no negative
thoughts about anyone. They help me to clear my space. I extend this compassion to every cell
of my physical body in the awareness that it has a Consciousness of its own. And I stay in
peace, in harmony as much as I can, open to the guidance of my Universe. [Silence]
Hold on to the Light

My heart is at peace and my mind is lovingly calm. My body is held in that calmness, that
loving calmness, and my body is held in the compassionate energy of my heart that is peaceful.
I stay in that space, learning how to stay in the moment – avoid distractions, hold on to the
56
Light. And opening my mind and heart to the guidance of my Universe, I am in peace. I stay
completely vigilant, compassionate, focused, open.”
For those who are listening and may not be able to touch the space as yet, use a tool. Give
attention to the breathing; you can use an affirmation continuously that helps you to open up
the space; a mantra, or you can pray. Use a tool and stay open. It is a space of tremendous
Grace.
My mind is supremely quiet. My heart is so full of compassion. I feel in contact with all the
Masters of the Light. I feel like a child of the Universe, needing nothing, wanting nothing,
happy to rest in the love of the Supreme. My heart feels full and my mind feels clear. We are
in an amazing field of energy. For those of you who are seeking, and struggling a bit, we are
in an amazing field of energy. Open yourself to it as much as you can, lovingly. I am held in
the sweetness of the now. Stay with me. [Silence]
(back to content)
57
DAY 9 – Readiness, Openness and Shaktipat

Today, let us speak about readiness on the path, openness and Shaktipat. Certainly we are
seeking. You all are here listening to me, trying to understand what I am saying, and seeking
to experience that place I am guiding you to. There is a desire in there for an experience of a
greater reality. There is a desire within you. Are we really ready on the journey for where we
think we need to go? Because a lot of us are operating in belief systems: what we have been
told, what we have been conditioned to believe. If we think we are ready, are we really open
enough to receive what is there? Because you can go to the ocean that has all the water there is
and you want to fetch water. Your container will determine how much water you fetch. The
more open the container is, the more it will fetch. There is no scarcity of Grace in the Universe,
so we do not need to worry about the source of Grace and its limits. We need to be more
concerned with how ready and open are we on the journey, for the step we want to make or
think we should make.
Knowing when we are ready
Let us start with readiness. How does a seeker know that he or she is ready on the journey? I
have been saying that if you have your two feet in different places, it is going to be very difficult
to walk forward. Are you divided on the inside? Or are you single-minded in your purpose?
The path before us shows “spiritual, secular”; that is how we see the duality. In the ignorance,
we see the duality, “spiritual, secular.” So we want to be more spiritual, but are we really free
from the worldly pull that consumes the mind? You can imagine if we are trying to go on the
path of spirituality or the Light, and we are pulled back to the world, what can happen on that
journey. We are constantly being pulled back. I will say that we are all seeking knowledge,
happiness, freedom. We are all seeking to know more about ourselves, about the world, about
the connection. We are all seeking to be happy, joyful. And we are all seeking to be free of
every want or need that we can have. So this is the journey.
If you have a piece of wood as fuel and it is very wet, would it catch fire? When would that
piece of wood be ready to catch the fire? When it is sufficiently dry, would you not say? Then
when you put the flame, it catches easily. If the wood is very wet, it is going to be difficult to
dry out. If it is partially wet, then the chance is that the flame may dry it out and it will catch.
So, on the spiritual path when you think that this is where you want to go, you need to ask
yourself, “Am I really ready for this or is my mind in two places? I am doubting myself, I have
desires within me to go to the worldly and no matter how much I go on the spiritual path, I am
being pulled on the worldly again. My mind is on the worldly.” There is nothing wrong in
staying on the worldly until the readiness is there. Do not feel any guilt because so many people
are doing it but not you. The spiritual path happens wherever you are. The main thing is being
ready for where you think you need to go.
58
Readiness makes the difference
I remember clearly in India when I had this very powerful dose of Shaktipat that took me into
a new Consciousness. The Master was not there, but the energy was there in the environment
and I think because of the strong discipline and devoted people who were there and, of course,
the Masters of the Light, I had this amazing awakening. But I thought, “I need a physical
master.” So I decided, “Well if this ashram is so powerful and the Master is not there, what if
I travel and meet a Master who is there? I am certain to have some grand experience of
presence.” So I travelled through India, not finding any place as attractive and energizing to
me as that place that I had gone to, where I felt the Shaktipat.
I remember in one of the places, I met an artist. We became good friends and I am telling him
about this ashram, “You need to come and experience what is there.” He became excited and
when I returned to the ashram, he came. After a few days in the ashram with me, he is saying,
“Wow, this place feels like it has some kind of negative quality in here, some kind of dark
quality,” because certain things are coming up in him. I could not believe that he could not feel
what I was feeling in the place. He had a completely different experience. After a few days he
could not manage it anymore and he left.
I remember travelling on a train. A lady was sitting next to me and she was complaining about
everything. I am telling her, “Do not worry, you come to this ashram that I am going to and
you will have a great experience there. I am sure that you are going to have that.” I was so
positive and excited about telling her and thought that whatever I was experiencing, I was sure
that she was going to have that experience too. So she came. After a few days, she started to
complain about everything in the ashram and she could not stay either.
Whereas I felt this incredible energy in the space, these two people whom I thought would have
the same experience, did not. What made the difference? I was ready. There was no earthly
pull that could hold me. I had given up everything and had come to India simply to experience
the presence of a Master so that I could continue my journey.
Need sufficient detachment from the world
Even if you do not have the readiness within you, and you feel pulled by the world, stay where
you are. Stay where the pull is and make yourself ready, slowly, and you will become ready.
Keep entertaining the desire but do not fight with it. Keep it there, nurse it, do not forget it and
the Grace will come to help you to become ready.
You know when you are ready when you put your mind on something and there is no pull back.
In the teachings, that is called vairagya. You need to have sufficient detachment from the world
so that it does not pull you as the seeker, when you decide that you want to go within. It means
that detachment from the world, vairagya. We chant it every day in the Guru Gita, “Viveka-
vairagya.” Viveka means discrimination. The seeker needs to have that degree of vairagya;
otherwise the mind will always be filled with the worldly.
59
How open are you?
The next is openness. Are we really open enough, even when we think we are ready? I see
people with the genuine desire for spirituality but when they go to the ashrams, they want to
organize everything. They want to change everything. They want to do things how they would
like to. You see that even though they come, they can feel something, but they complain about
everything else and they want to change everything else around. The desire is there, but not
fully open to receive everything that the space has to offer. They think that what they want to
receive is what they want to receive! Not necessarily open to test everything in the space, to
explore everything in the space for the experience that they are seeking.
Are we really open to what is there; free from beliefs and conditioning, that we can judge it
and decide this is what we want from the space? That is the container that we come with. “This
is what I want.” When we are really open and we are really hungry, thirsty for knowledge –
that is the readiness – we will test everything in the space. We will listen completely to
everything in the space; we will leave nothing out. The desperate person, the person who really
wants to achieve, will test everything.
How open are you to everything that you hear, everything that you see, every situation around
you that has an opportunity for growth? How open are you? When you are open, you listen,
you look. You are careful not to make judgments. You want to test everything with an open
mind. That is the openness that is required.
Take responsibility for opening up further
When you have that degree of readiness and openness, can you imagine what will happen when
you come into the presence of a high energy source? That is when the Shaktipat really becomes
powerful. The moment you come into the presence of the energy source, something wakes up
inside powerfully. And depending on where you are, that is the dose of Shaktipat you will get.
I spoke to you about the granthis, that if we are still in the physical or we are in the emotional
or we are in the mental, wherever we are, that is the place we are going to get the dose.
The energy of Shaktipat is a jolt, a waking up, but we need to do the work. The Masters can
only inspire us, give us that energy to wake up, but we have to do the work. So a seeker has to
be diligent and not just depend on the Master to do everything. The Masters clear our doubts,
they inspire us, they create a space of discipline, high energy that allows further awakening. It
is we who need to go inside and open up the space more, using the inspiration, using the
knowledge, using the model of discipline. It is we who need to take the responsibility to open
up the space more.
60
Personal experience of Shaktipat
There are different levels. Do not compare yourself to another and their experiences. Wherever
you are, stay with your experiences. I can clearly recall, I would say that I had two powerful
Shaktipat experiences on my journey. The first was when I first went to this ashram. I felt my
heart open up; so that was Vishnu granthi immediately opening up. I had detachment from the
lower self already. Love came into the space, love came quickly. Movement came into the
space. And the energy of the voice came into the space. I felt my voice was flowing on its own.
I felt my body was moving with flow and ease, and I felt so much love in my being. That was
a marvellous Shaktipat experience.
The second Shaktipat experience came before the 40 Days, where my throat began to have
these tremendous experiences during chanting and I felt a new energy emerge in my being.
There was a firmness in the brow and a new Consciousness appeared in me. Those two were
the strong Shaktipat experiences. I was ready and I was open.
So we need readiness and openness on the journey and the Shaktipat will come to us. There is
no scarcity of Grace in the Universe.
(back to content)
61
Day 9 – Meditation “Readiness, Openness and Shaktipat”
Let us centre in that inner space, being in the now; staying with what is, not seeking to go
anywhere, but to open up ourselves to all that is within me. I seek only to be more open.
Readiness
How ready am I? I will know based on my degree of focus. I know I can get the Grace to be
more and more ready. If I value this journey and consider it important, the readiness will come.
I centre myself in the inner space. This is the centre of my Universe. I have the power of
thinking. I can choose my thoughts; I can choose to be silent. I am going to use that power to
open up my space allowing Grace to flow. I understand that the Universe is seeking to manifest
in and through me, and that I am the one to open up the space. I open up to silence, I open to
peace. [Silence]
I open up to the Grace of the Universe, to the Masters of the Light. I know there is no scarcity
of Grace; there is only the need to be open to it. I observe my entire being, ensuring that all of
me is in harmony, is united in purpose.
I use my mind to keep my body in relaxation. I use my breathing to let go of any stress that
might be in the physical body. I breathe it away, conscious that when I use my intention energy
flows. I hold my every cell in the peace of my mind. I give attention to my emotional being,
opening up to the experience of harmony, to the emotion of acceptance of what is, to the
emotion of being compassionate to all things including my physical self and my own emotional
self. I seek unity in my being and I keep my field clear, my mind open, my heart connected to
all the Grace around me: the peace, the love, the compassion. [Silence]
Openness
For those who are challenged by the inner space, accept what is there. Open your mind, more
and more to the Grace of inner wisdom, intuition. Pray if you need to. Use affirmations or
mantras that help you to stay strong. The weak can achieve nothing. Stay with every thought
that gives you strength, every emotion that uplifts you, and be open. Test every teaching you
know. Everything that you are seeking is already within you. The light of all lights is already
within you. It wants to shine in and through you. No need to imagine what it is, just clear the
space and be open. [Silence]
Shaktipat
This is the space of Shaktipat. It is the space where energy can come into you, to wake up your
own power. [Silence]
When you stay with what is, there is patience, there is openness, there is vigilance. [Silence]
Give attention to the lightness you feel within you. Focus on it, then you will feel that you are
being carried. The Universe wants to carry you. In this ocean of Grace, keep opening up your
vessel. Pray if you don’t feel open enough, patiently and humbly pray.
62
Now integrate this consciousness with your physical world. This is the Bhuva Loka, the
material Universe. Let us open up the consciousness to hold everything: our physical body, our
world, in the light of peace, love and goodness. Let us hold the intention of keeping this
throughout this day. Breathe deeply into the body consciousness and integrate with the space
around you.
Let us be in gratitude for all the blessings we have received, and let us hold the intention to
stay connected to Grace.
To my Higher Self, I humbly bow. May your Grace continue to be with me.
(back to content)
63
DAY 10 – Take Charge of Your Journey

– Friday April 4
The theme of the 40 Days is Self-Mastery. It is inviting you to come into that space, that
masterful space inside, where you can take charge of your journey. On this journey we become
highly dependent on others when we are in the darkness, and naturally so. But we should use
the help of others to learn to help ourselves. We should never allow ourselves to be entirely
dependent on others.
The whole idea of apprenticeship in the workplace and even in spirituality is to teach us to hold
the reins of our chariot and to drive with wisdom. So always keep that in mind. As you learn
teachings, be aware of dependency and do not become caught in dependency. It is not a nice
place to be! The life of a slave is not a nice life. It can be quite miserable, because if the Master
is not there, the slave is in real trouble, or the servant, or anyone who is dependent on guidance
from another. We have in the Consciousness the ability to guide ourselves.
Do you know what Buddha’s last message was? On his deathbed, it is claimed. It is a powerful
message, so I can hear him saying it “Appo deepo bhava.” Deepo is light. “Be a light unto
yourself!” Don't depend on others!
In the Bhagavad Gita, which is the Divine Song where Krishna is counselling Arjuna on the
battlefield, he is saying in one of the verses, “Lift yourself by yourself. Do not degrade yourself!
For that Self within you is your friend and that same Self can be your enemy.” What is the
message here? To move away from dependency, and to learn very early in the game to take
charge of your lives.
Inward support in parent’s transition
As a young boy growing up, my biological father passed away when I was 10. I can still recall
very clearly that time. There was absolutely no sadness in my being, it was amazing! But this
I will talk about at other times. I never really felt the absence of a biological father. I can just
imagine how nice it is to have that person, but somehow my Consciousness was more centred
on the inside. In fact, I can remember clearly the funeral ceremony, procession, and it was
typically traditional, and I am looking at people crying. I couldn't bring myself to have even
one tear as that little boy of 10. I couldn't understand it.
Only when my Mother passed away, then I understood very clearly why I didn't feel that way,
because I was very lifted in my Mother's passing. She was a really evolved soul. In her passing,
I ached humanly for what must have been an entire day. After that I felt such a wonderful lift
in my being. It was an amazing experience. And then I remembered I had the same lift when
my father passed away. I was in no high state of Consciousness in a conscious way [at] that
time, but deep in my soul there was no sadness.
64
Where did that Consciousness come from to be so strong? I dreamed that my father embraced
me on that night when he passed away. In the dream he was embracing me and I can still feel
that embrace, and that must have been the embrace that would have held me in another space,
just like my Mother.
Be attentive to the inner space to become like the Masters
So there is a space inside where we can feel complete and detached from everything and we
can observe everything from there. That is the Consciousness of the Masters, to be attentive to
the inner space. What is the tool in the inner space that helps us to be self-reliant? Masters we
must certainly respect, because they have made the journey, and they are worthy of respect,
but we need to understand how did they make the journey, and how can we become like them?
At every step of the way, whilst we are following instructions, “How can I become that way?
How can I be like them?”
Master Jesus has said, as it has been reported, “Be ye perfect, even as your heavenly Father is
perfect.” “Be ye perfect.” I always remember his words of inspiration when his disciples said,
“Master, why can't we heal as you can?” because they constantly had to call him for any issues.
“Why can't we heal as you can?”And he said, “If you have as little faith as a mustard seed, you
will tell the mountain to move and it will move.” [Matthew 17:20]
So can we go within to find that place where we can tell the mountain to move and it will
move? Where we will have as little faith as a mustard seed – so if we begin to come into the
Consciousness where we can feel our own divinity, how masterful it will be!
The journey of following any Master is a journey to Self. It needs to be a journey to Self, a
journey of awakening to our own Self. “How do I feel in this experience?” Whenever you are
in a relationship with the Master, you need to say, “How do I feel inside myself as I listen to
the Master? What is happening inside of me?”
Staying in my power in the Master’s presence
I remember with my physical Master I had a terrible time initially when I first saw him, because
I was in his energy, in that energy (that energy, not necessarily his), for two years and then I
met this physical person and I am trying to relate. The tradition is (I was born a Hindu so I
know the tradition), you come, you honour the Guru. For an entire week I struggled in adjusting
to how this inner guidance and this outer guidance is going to work. I ached, because my eyes
opened to look at him, I am listening to his words, I want to try to create a relationship with
this physical body; just didn't happen. “That is a body outside of me.” It was, wow, challenging
for me.
So one day I just gave up the outer looking and I went inside of me, “How do I feel in the
Master’s energy?” And it was incredible! I listened to the Master’s voice and a whole new
experience entered my being. I felt that voice was a voice from a deep, deep place, a divine
65
place, far beyond human. Then I gave up the human thinking of the Guru and I came into that
space. “This is the space that I want to get into more and more,” and I started to enter the inner
space, listening to his voice and understanding that, that voice is coming from another space.
And then I started to feel my own power returning. That got me comfortable in my relationship
with him. So whenever I was around him, I was content to be in my space and looked at the
lift I got from his presence, taking me into my own space.
That is the marvellous relationship I have had with the Master. I was able to leave India without
any issues at all, not feeling that I was leaving him or leaving my source of comfort or
inspiration or guidance. I felt I was carrying it inside of me. He was simply an instrument to
help me get there. And my respect for him, my reverence to him, was simply as an instrument
who has touched my life when I needed it. So I respect Masters for being present to us and
giving us that lift when we need it, that dose of Shaktipat, which he gave so graciously through
his being.
Intellect and brow chakra lead to greater self-reliance
We need to come into that space inside where we can use the tools masterfully to take charge
of our journey. The most masterful tool that we have is the intellect on the journey. It is the
tool of the Master. It helps us to reason, it helps us to focus, it helps us to guide ourselves. Of
course, we need that confidence. When the intellect is in darkness; we need the Light. So that
is where the Grace of Shaktipat will come, to wake us up. But when the Grace of Shaktipat
comes, we need to begin to understand, “What is happening to me? What do I need to do with
this? What is going to unfold?” And we need to take charge of the journey.
For those of you who have studied Kundalini – and this has been my background, the energy
path – the moment the brow chakra wakes up, the moment the energy comes into the head and
the brain starts to open up, we begin to feel more and more, that “I am Divine!” We begin to
feel more and more that, “I am in charge of my thoughts. I can manage my thoughts.” And we
begin to have much more power in using the intellect. So we need in an energetic sense the
brow chakra, and in the sense of the brain, it opens up our brain to more possibilities.
The moment I felt that energy around this [brow] centre – it is inside the brain, it is not at this
physical point – a whole new shift in my Consciousness came. Another tremendous shift came
during the 40 Days. The 40 Days took me into the heart of this centre, the very depth of it, to
change my thinking from being dependent even on the idea of a Guru. I lost that dependency
even on the idea of a Guru. It brought me in to complete oneness with the Guru. That was a
subtle shift, because even though I wasn't dependent on the physical Master, I still held the
image of the physical Master in my mind for reverence, because it connected me to my Self. I
still held on to that image, and then that image had to change with me taking ownership of my
space. That was my 40 Days, taking full ownership of my space. And that is the space of self-
mastery!
66
Masters and “us” are connected in the same Source
So the moment you feel, through the Shaktipat, through the Grace, the tingle in this brow space
and you begin to feel that, “Something is happening in my brain, I am seeing life differently,”
hold on to that experience. That is where the journey begins and your inner Guru is going to
wake up. Outer Gurus are only there to lead us to the inner Guru. The moment the inner Guru
wakes up, you will begin to see who the outer Guru really is. The outer Guru is never outside
of you. It is really your own Self from deep inside relating to you with an appearance from the
outside, but it is your own Self.
The Source of all of us is the same place! It is like a wheel: every spoke goes to the same place!
So if part of a wheel on the outside is in connection with the inner, it is the same space of every
part of the wheel! If some part of the wheel cannot communicate with the command centre at
the inner, at the hub, and another can, then what this other is telling the other on the outside,
the periphery, is about its own Source! Every Master is telling us about what is in our own
heart! We need to open to that centre of existence inside of us. Whatever the Master is saying
is coming from that same space inside of us, so we need to listen to the Master from this space,
not looking out there; from this space within us. Now let us go within.
(back to content)
67
Day 10 – Meditation “Take Charge of Your Journey”
We begin our meditation today by observing the inner space, the Consciousness space. Observe
this space. It is our space; it can take us to the centre of Being, and the centre of the Universe.
This same space we are experiencing can take us to the very centre of existence.
Centre in the very heart of existence
Give attention to the root of this space. It the centre from where all thoughts emerge. It is the
centre from where energy emerges. So give attention, not just to the energy that emerges, but
to the very centre of your being from where everything is happening. That is why we come into
silence as we begin the meditation. That we can centre in the very heart of existence. Even if
you cannot feel that centre completely, open up to Grace. Grace will pull you in there. Just
listen. Listen to this space. Listen to the silence.
Let the noisy mind become quiet. You can do this by observing the space, accepting what
comes from the momentum of habit, conditioned thinking. Observe what comes. Naturally it
will come, through the force of habit or the past. But detach from it, reserve your attention for
the very centre of your being. Centre in the silence, centre in the peace, just let go as much as
you can of everything that pulls you away from centre.
Masters whom you are connected to are guiding you now. There is an energy field, energy
network across our Universe that is supporting this evolution in Consciousness, helping us to
go to centre. The moment we hold the intention and keep our attention firmly there, of going
to centre, of staying in centre, the Universe supports it.
You are the guardian of this space
The moment we feel every lift in our being, it is our own. It doesn’t matter which Guide it
comes from, or is inspired by, it is our own. So reclaim your divinity, if you feel that it has been
lost. Create harmony in the space: harmony in the mind, harmony in the emotional being,
harmony in the vital being. Every area of your being that pulls you, give attention to it and
bring harmony to it. Breathe rhythmically into it.
If the body pulls you, breathe into the vital centre at the navel, seeking to create harmony in
the body. If the emotion pulls you, feeling isolated, struggling emotionally, breathe into that
space, letting go and opening up to kindness and compassion – kindness, compassion, unity,
harmony. If the mind pulls you, in the trying to analyze, into worry or doubt, just let go of
thoughts as much as you can, allowing the inner being to hold you.
Protect the inner space as much as you can, you are the guardian of this space. As much as you
can you can begin to test it, “I am a loving being.” Claim the qualities. “I am a peaceful being.”
I am the master of my thoughts. This “I” that I feel is centred in the source of all possibilities.
“I” am centred in the Divine.” Let your little “I” feel the strength of that support that is inside
68
of you. Let your little “I” be humble to the very Source of its existence. “I and my Father are
one. I and my heavenly Source are one.” Aham Brahmasmi, my “I” exists in the Divine. Aapo
Deepo Bhava, I am a light to myself.
Be watchful in that space. Observe how more expansive you feel as you are drawn to the very
core of your being, where thoughts fade away, where harmony emerges – openness.
Observe how the breathing adjusts itself to enhance the inner state. In this state you can follow
any guidance that comes from within you, knowing that it is coming from the very Source of
existence, if it helps you to stay in that expansive space, or go deeper.
Extend compassion to all
I am holding a seat of love and compassion towards all. The Buddhists call it Metta Bhavana,
compassion towards all of existence, loving kindness. [Silence]
“Lift yourself by yourself.” My little self is being supported by my bigger Self. Lift your little
self from your bigger Self, O Seeker. I am internalizing the message. Through the experience
of this expansive Self that you feel, lift your little self that it may rest in this, that it may know
this, that it may be nourished by this. [Silence]
Love and compassion to my own physical body. Love and compassion to my every cell that
serves me. Love and compassion to every fellow human being who gives me the opportunity to
grow in Consciousness. Love and compassion to the entire physical existence for allowing me
this journey on the earth plane. My heart is full of love and compassion to all of existence.
[Silence]
Now, let us slowly come into body Consciousness in a stronger way as you prepare for a new
day with love in our heart towards all.
(back to content)
69
(back to content)
70
DAY 11 – The Relationship Between Inner Guru and Outer Guru

Today the subject is “The Relationship Between Inner Guru and Outer Guru.”
The truth is there is only inner Guru, no outer Guru. It is only a matter of appearance that we
think that there is a Guru outside there. There is no Guru outside there. There is only the inner
Guru. What we see outside is a reflection of the inner. But because the Consciousness of duality
is so strong (dual, two) the tendency is there in the illusion to think that the Guru is outside.
The Guru is not outside nor will he ever be outside. Do we need an outer Guru on the path?
Held in duality, we see separation
Steeped in duality, which is part of the Play, the Maya, we see the “other.” Held in body
Consciousness, we see separation in different bodies around us. The absolute reality is that
there is no other outside. There is only one Consciousness that pervades the Universe. If the
drops in an ocean were to think they were isolated if they were in a maya, in an illusion, and
they were thinking that they were separate in the ocean, how can they be?
There is only Infinite Consciousness that pervades the Universe. But there is an energy
phenomenon that creates the duality. When you realize the truth of existence, you are able to
experience in your being, the oneness, the essence, and you observe the illusion, the
phenomenon on the outside. There is no other.
With unity comes oneness
As you grow in spiritual Consciousness, you begin to feel such unity inside that you can
communicate even without words, simply through the energy of intention. You begin to feel
that there is some kind of energy bond between you and the other. There is oneness in the space.
The two disappear at a particular time. “Wow, I am feeling that I and that person are one.” That
is the experience that comes as you grow in the Consciousness: the other is only a part of you.
The image will be there in the duality if you are still held in the physical plane, which is a plane
of duality. You will see the image of the other, but you will feel the oneness on the inside. The
idea of feeling unity in the world is not to see all as one, physically, but to experience the unity
on the inside, in the Consciousness space. The energy is creating the illusion. The gross energy
and subtle energies on the inside create the illusion of the two. But when that unity comes, we
feel oneness beyond that separation.
Need for the outer Guru
Anchored in the duality, held in the maya or the illusion, or in the Consciousness of separation,
we need that outer person who is clear in the Consciousness, who knows the unity, to help us
through the journey. Only in exceptional cases, where you have very evolved souls incarnating
on the Earth plane, they come with a very high Consciousness of unity already so they are out
71
of the duality from the very beginning. Just a little clearing of the maya is required and
immediately... So they would need no outer Guru because they are already born with a higher
Consciousness. There are such souls that exist.
But we should not think because they are like that, that we do not need a Guru in the space.
Sometimes, we listen to some of these Masters who came in with such awareness, telling us
that “We do not need a Guru, we need to be careful.” So long as we are steeped in duality, we
need the Master on the outside. But it is important not to lose our own power as we create a
relationship with the Master on the outside, because it is only an appearance, it is only an
illusion. The Master is really on the inside. So what do we do?
Outer awakens inner
When we meet a Master that we feel in connection with, in harmony with, and we need to feel
that connection, something must be awakened in us to really accept that Master as a Master.
This is what happened to me in India. Only when I felt that inner awakening very strong, then
I realized that it was coming from the energy of this Master. That jolt in my Consciousness that
Shaktipat was coming from the energy of this Master. So that is how I engaged in that
Master/student relationship based on that inner awakening.
Then the awakening continued, so I was able to trust in the teachings of the Master because
when I practiced, when I tested the teachings, that Consciousness grew inside of me and the
energy experiences became greater. So I began to trust the path. But it was such an interesting
process for me. Fate had it that I did not meet the physical Master, so I had to work with the
inner process. That was fantastic, because for two years I did not meet the physical Master and
trusted the inner process. I could feel this guidance coming up from inside of me, so
immediately I felt the inner Guru. And when I looked at the outer Master that helped me to
create a relationship that was really, really powerful. Outer inspired me, but I was feeling inner
very strongly.
So you need first that awakening, that jolt of Shaktipat, that sort of familiarity with the Master.
He must be like a friend, like a best friend; like someone who would not judge you; someone
who loves you unconditionally; someone whose truth you can trust in. You will feel it on the
inside. If you do not feel it, do not get involved.
Stay in your own power
Whilst you feel this, also stay in your own power, “How do I feel with this Master? How do I
feel with this teaching?” And continue to test that throughout. Do not give your power away
by believing blindly, not ever! Test every teaching, and test the relationship. Continue to do
that. If it is worth its salt, it will pass every test.
And remember, you can move from Master to Master until you find the right one. All true
Masters come from the same source. In fact, all Masters are operating from the same source,
72
so do not feel guilty if you have to move from one to another if you are not being satisfied.
Think of the Guru Principle. Follow the energy of the true Guru; it does not matter which
human body it is in. Do not feel guilty about moving from one Master to another.
The Master is a continuous model
When we meet this Master and we can feel this relationship, and there is trust, openness, and
growth, we need to think or to remember that the outer Master is only a model for us to make
it feel doable, to make it feel possible that we can touch this thing too. The Master continues
to show us non-judgmental attitude, unconditional love, power of presence, present moment
Consciousness. If it is a true Master, this will be continuously demonstrated: compassion for
all, kindness. You are going to see these qualities continuously in the space, and that is what
makes it feel that “I can do this too.” And the Master will continue to affirm the belief that we
can do it ourselves. A good way, or process is to spend time with the physical Master so you
can observe the model. You can watch these qualities in the human experience being expressed
from a different place. You can stay in the energy to become inspired, uplifted, that you believe
in the possibility. And then move away for a while and observe yourself – can you align to the
Master? Can you feel those qualities away from the Master? That is very important. Even if
you are around the Master, still go into yourself, away from the Master’s presence. “Can I feel
these qualities?” Test.
Come into the experience of oneness
If you are strongly awakened, if you are really centred in the inner Guru, you will be able to
connect with the Master no matter where you are. Because all Masters, all true Masters are
operating in the Source and from the Source. So once you come within your Inner Being,
connecting to your source, you will feel connected to the Master. You will feel that your
practices are almost the same as when you are with the Master, maybe not complete, but almost
the same and that is a good sign. So continue to watch that inner process.
The time will come when you are with the Master and you open your eyes and you will actually
feel the same as when you closed your eyes, because you will be so aligned to the Master.
When you are watching outside you see the modelling of that Consciousness manifesting, and
when you close your eyes you can feel the same within your own being. So when the Master
speaks you feel fulfilled. You feel as though the words are coming straight to your heart, and
that you do not even need to think. It is getting to a place that “I just know it is true.” It is as
though your whole being is resonating with the truth and there is no difference between you
and the Master. You can feel that you are one with the Master in this truth. And when you leave
the Master, the Master’s presence is still there with you; there is such oneness.
And finally, as you go deeper into this oneness with the Master, two yet one, a time is going to
come when there is no “two,” but only “one.” You will feel that you do not even need the image
of the Master in the mind that you can feel such oneness that you carry the Master without even
thinking. You carry that masterful Consciousness without thinking.
73
Experience Master Consciousness within Self
This is what happened to me in the 40 Days. I had to move away from the image even that
stimulated me and inspired me to become “That.” –There was no difference, so “I do not need
to think of the physical Master ever! I can feel the same power in me as being manifest in the
physical Master.”
This helps me to honour the energy in any Master. Even when you are vibrating with a Master
Consciousness, I feel so fulfilled. When you are speaking from that space, I feel completely
fulfilled. I have spoken. No two. I have spoken. So wherever that Master Consciousness is
being expressed, I feel completely fulfilled in just listening. That is me too; there is only one.
So this is the space we need to get to eventually. It will come through the various doses of
Shaktipat, through the Grace if our desire is really strong, and we use the principle of that
apprenticeship with the Guru to learn, but to grow in our own Consciousness.
Then we are really able to appreciate the Master powerfully, because when we begin to feel
the Master’s energy within us, or the Master’s Consciousness within us, then we are really able
to appreciate the Master. Otherwise, we cannot fully appreciate the Master. Only when we
become the Master, can we truly appreciate what the Master is: nothing but ourselves, nothing
but our own Self.
So a true Master will never let you become subservient. They will constantly push you to
experience the Master within you, or the Guru within you. So that is the journey in the duality
that leads us from the outer Guru to the inner, and then merging with the Consciousness in that
space where there are not two, but only one.
(back to content)
74
Day 11 –Meditation “The Relationship Between Inner Guru and Outer Guru”
Let us centre in the inner space, that we may experience the Guru within, the guidance from
within.
Already you have knowledge within you of how you should centre into silence. You don’t need
to hear my voice to even do that. Centre in that silence within you and then you are in the same
space that I am in. In fact, this voice is coming from the very centre of your being. It may
appear to be coming from the outside but it is coming from the very centre of your own being.
Trust that urge within you to centre in a deeper space and you will pick up my every intention
in this space because it will arise within your own being; it is inside of us. Let us give value to
that which we are. The most powerful Guru there will ever be is right within our own being.
Take a moment to give attention to your physical being because you want no distractions in
this space. Use the breathing to remove stresses from body, mind, emotional being. Breathe
away stresses and breathe into well-being.
Bring the oxygen in; bring the prana, or the chi in. Rhythmic breathing. Observe. Let the mind
breathe away any stresses that might be there, and breathe into that feeling of well-being,
holding your body in loving being with the image of wellness. It is your spiritual being now,
that is pervading every cell. The love is coming from the centre of your spiritual being. A
wonderful energy wave is flowing through the body as you think of wellness…well-being. That
image is producing a marvellous wave in the Consciousness space that pervades your body.
Open up to love
You have the power to open up that space to realize what I am saying. It is your own truth that
you can hold your body in the positive image of wellness, and you can hold your body in your
loving being. You know how to love. Everything within you warms up as you think of loving
being. You know what a positive image is; hold it in the mind.
You do have the power of choice, so you can hold an image continuously in the mind. If you
are challenged, don’t be disappointed, just keep on trying; it is practice that makes perfect. The
Universe loves you and will support you.
The Universe reflects your own potential to love. The love that you are asking for from the
Universe is coming from your own capacity, your own potential. When you make that plea you
feel your own heart open up. So it is really a tool. Prayer is only a tool to open up our own
Consciousness to its fullness, that is where the God is.
Be humble in the space as a seeker. One day the entire kingdom will be yours, but in your
seeking be humble.
75
Stay in the delight of every little experience
Now move away from expectations of what you should be receiving. Stay in the delight of
every little experience that you have. If you bring a positive image to mind and you feel your
space lifting, hold onto that, celebrate that little one. If you think of love and you feel your
heart opening up, celebrate that. Don’t think of how much you are not experiencing, let that
go, it is not important.
Staying with the Light, accept whatever darkness is there. But a little light that is growing in
you, give it importance, give it value, it will become a fire as you fan the flame. Now use
whatever you know, trust your knowledge, whatever comes up that you feel that you should
practice, trust it. That is how you learn to bring the Inner Guide in. Open up to the intuitive part
of you and whatever urge comes up that you feel you should follow, try it. Give power to the
Inner Guide.
You may bring Masters to mind, whom you feel in connection with. Just bring them to mind,
and observe the qualities that arise in your space by thinking of them. When the qualities
become strong, just let the image fade away. Bring their love, their peace, their presence, their
kindness, their compassion, and suddenly you will feel your own opening up. Then
respectfully, lovingly, let them fade away, and let their essence remain as your own. [Silence]
Observe the silence lovingly. Feel the support of the collective energy field – it is our Higher
Self. Our collective self is our Self, our expansive Self. Observe how the body can be there,
but our inner being is becoming vast. If you centre in the heart of your being, in the chest area,
you will feel your vastness. [Silence]
The heart connects you to boundless love. It is very powerful in healing. If the feeling comes
within you that “I alone exist,” that is the feeling to follow. Whatever you are feeling in this
moment: just stay in the most expansive space that you can and celebrate it with a heart full of
gratitude. “This is my space. Here I connect to my Universe.” [Silence]
Intention for today
In this marvellous space of love and peace, let us hold our world, our world that needs love. As
you think of so much suffering around the world, let us hold our world in the love of this space
with the intention: May all beings be awakened to this Consciousness. May there be peace,
love and harmony in our world. May we humankind, spiritual beings in a human experience,
co-exist harmoniously with all of life.
Hold the space of love and compassion. My heart is full of gratitude.
O Infinite Self, let me, limited self, be a blessing to my world today.
76
(back to content)
77
DAY 12 – The Energy Path in the Consciousness

– Sunday April 6
Yesterday, I spoke about the inner Master. There is an inner Master within us and when that is
awakened, we need to use the help of the outer Master to develop this inner Master in the right
way, in the best way. We dealt with that subject at length – how to work with the outer Master
and inner Master.
My experience of hopelessness
Today, I want to come to another subject that is dear to my heart and takes me right back to my
own journey. When I went to India in 1975, I was twenty-one and had no intention of getting
involved in what I did eventually. I simply wanted to experience the highest state of
Consciousness that a human being can have. I was determined to make full use of my earthly
life and thought the best use of the earthly life was to come into the highest space any human
being could come into. That is what I wanted for myself.
I felt powerless in my being to control my mind. I saw thoughts everywhere and could not
control the mind, and that made me feel totally worthless, disempowered. So there was a
passion inside of my soul for mastering the thought world. I needed to master my mind. I
detested to the core of my being the inability to control my mind. The very things I did not
want to think about were right there, facing me like monsters. And the more I did not want to
think about them, the more they grew before me. Wow, that was terrible. So I had a very strong
passion for wanting to control my mind.
In those days, I felt loveless: dry, completely emotionally dry. I looked at people with happy
faces and thought, “But I have a good education, I am a reasonable human being, I am sincere,
I am honest, I am ethical; how come I cannot feel love like all these people?” Totally loveless,
so I wanted to feel love.
Then, in the depth of my heart there was this troubling thought, “If someone created me, if
something created me and has me here, how come it does not communicate with me? How
come I have no communication with “That” which created me? I am alone here. Where is my
creator? Where is my creator?” That was extremely important to me to understand, “Who
created me and why can I not have a communication with that creator? Why can I not feel the
most beautiful emotions in my Consciousness and keep it there? Why? Why can I not control
my mind?” This is the reason I went to India.
Search for a Master’s impulse of energy
I had read all the books, I practiced different rituals. Absolutely nothing worked. I would get a
release sometimes when I sang; that was the best of it. I fasted, slept on the floor, kept my mind
on God…dry, completely dry. I went to India completely dependent on the Master’s impulse
of energy as I had read from Swami Vivekananda. He said, “The noble souls, the free souls
78
will be able to give you a quickening impulse that can lift you.” So I became fascinated by
what Masters can do; true Masters. I moved away from all the intellectuals, I moved away from
all the ritualists. I wanted to be in the presence of a free person. That was my passion in India.
Ultimately, after about a month or so, I got into this ashram. Master was not there, but I was
impacted by this energy. There was some kind of strange energy in the atmosphere. From the
very first, walking into the ashram, I could feel that “This ashram is different. There is
something different about this place.” I felt calm in the meditation hall for the first time. When
I sat in the kirtan hall, wow, for the very first evening chant, I thought I was in heaven. “This
place is mystical.” When I walked into the garden, “This is heaven.” Some kind of energy was
impacting me.
Personal experiences of Kundalini awakening
After a day or two in this place, the energy was awakened in me. My heart burst open with
love. Wow! And then I had no intention, I simply wanted to get into a higher Consciousness.
But here my desires were being fulfilled in a very impactful way by some kind of energy. I
realized after reading that this was called “Shaktipat.” “Shakti” means “Divine energy” and
“pat” is the “descent of the energy from higher to lower.” “Wow, Shaktipat.” And then the
Master of the ashram was a Siddha. “Siddha, what is a Siddha?” A Siddha is one of those
beings who would have perfected that science of energy.
But what was fascinating was that this energy inside of me continued to guide me from inside.
That was a tremendous fascination. Then when I read about Siddha Yoga, which is the tradition
from which I come, it is said that when the Master awakens the energy inside which is called
Kundalini, it moves on its own and begins to guide you from inside. So all the Master needs to
do is to give you that impulse. I became fascinated by this because that was exactly what was
happening to me, this energy was guiding me from inside of me and the experiences became
fascinating.
It must have been another month before my mind start to settle down because my heart opened
first, full of love, love for everything. So my desire to feel love was totally fulfilled. “Oh, this
is so sweet. For the first time I can understand what love is. It is an energy inside of me that
comes from that deep place inside and it makes my eyes light up with love, it makes my voice
different, it makes my presence different, it makes my relationships different.” This is what I
was experiencing after the first week, week and a half, two weeks. I was totally in love with
everything. Marvellous! My mind was still all over the place, but I was in love.
The mind took time to settle down, but it did. I would go to the meditation hall and the mind
would become dreamy and early in the morning, I am sitting there and I do not want to lull into
a sleep. But when I sang, the whole space became calm. That was really wonderful, so I would
chant a lot. Eventually, I began to feel that something was happening inside of my brain, as
though some energy was pulling all my thoughts together to one centre. That was fascinating.
“Wow, so my mind is coming calm all of its own. All I need to do is focus on this space, this
79
energy in my brain,” that centre of energy. I focused there [brow] and “When I breathe, wow,
some kind of energy is coming into my brain. This is…oh wow…this is beautiful.” So I became
aware of chakras: heart chakra opening up to love, brow chakra inside of the brain bringing
my mind together, and I became fascinated with the science of Kundalini energy.
Meeting a Master on the inside
So on my journey of self-mastery, seeking to master myself and open up my inner space, I

came in touch with the fascinating subject of Divine energy working in us that can be awakened
by a Master, and the energy itself becomes the Master on the inside. Even if you do not see the
Master again, the Master has done his job of awakening that Guru power inside, that guiding
power inside, that Divine power inside that can take you all the way. That is at the heart of the
Siddha Yoga, that you can grow into perfection simply with the awakened energy of a Master.
That has been my journey, the journey of the Kundalini energy. It is a fascinating journey of
being able to master the energies at every level of being. That is the beauty of this; it is the
science of the future. Kundalini is the science of the future. It unites everything, every field:
science, religion, mysticism, arts, sciences, learning. It unites everything because we carry
spiritual centres, energy centres at every point within us that can influence every area of human
activity, that can totally energize the human experience.
A chakra at the very base of the spine, at the perineum area, that can influence the physical
body and the structure, its grossness. A chakra at the sexual point, which is a heavy pleasure
point that can be distracting when not managed. There is a chakra there to manage it and make
the chakra most beautiful in pure relationships. There is a chakra at the navel that can give you
the utmost vitality at every age. Chakra means a centre of energy. It is described like a wheel,
chakra means a wheel, but it means swirling energies. There is a chakra at the heart that allows
you to bring out the most sublime emotions of your being. There is a chakra at the throat which
gives your voice incredible power of purity, strength, goodness, brings your mind into a
powerful state of silence and connects you to all knowledge in the Universe from the field of
the akash, the ether. There is a chakra right up in the brain that gives phenomenal mind power
and the ability to visualize, and a tremendous intellect. And there is a chakra at the crown of
the head that can unite you with all of life in the most powerful way.
Work with the energy towards self-mastery
Understanding this energy, having the gift of spiritual awakening that can wake up the energy,
following the movement of the energy inside as it guides you, learning how to work with this
energy masterfully, you can come into the most incredible experiences of self-mastery. So this
is where I begin to guide you now as to how to work with this incredible energy when awakened
within you. Because if you are connected to me, if you feel that spiritual connection with me,
certainly there will be a channel between us through which that energy is going to flow.
80
Observe it carefully. Observe your state of awakening. If you are already awakened and you
come to me, it makes it even easier. You will understand what I am saying and you will pick
up the energies very quickly. But the most beautiful journey is learning how to tap into that
field inside of you. The Master is only there to support you to tap into that field. Understand it
because it will help you, it will guide you to completely master yourself, your mind and every
energy that is within you.
So join me on an incredible journey through this 40 Days of learning how to master the inner
world from this energy space that can connect you with everything in the life; every area that
you need to learn to manage and bring you into a space of masterful being. It is the energy path
in the Consciousness.
(back to content)
81
Day 12 – Meditation “The Energy Path in the Consciousness”
Let us give attention to the inner space. Today, we will observe the energies that feature in the
space, and give attention to the energy journey.
If you have been inspired by me in any way: through my voice, through my talks, writings,
presence, and you feel uplifted in any way, give attention to the energy of that uplift. Is it
happening in the mind? Emotional being? Vital being? Give attention to the uplift, the energy
impact. Let us explore the Consciousness space, to observe the awakened energies there.
Awaken to love
I will start with the heart; that was my first awakening. When the heart is awakened, love
emerges like a light. Love is no longer what someone gives to you, but love becomes that
beautiful energy that opens up your soul: to be open to others, to share, to say kind things to
others, to be good, to smile, to be happy. Every experience that you have of joy and happiness
is associated with love.
Give attention to the love, the energy of love. Do not try to own the love, possess it. Just observe
it coming through your being, as a pure feeling from your heart. I am sure we can all identify
with that, because we have all had love experiences. Come back to it, but leave out the object
as you touch it. As you touch the energy, just leave the object out. When you are energy
awakened you will feel that sensation right at the centre of the chest – that energy flow. No
need to think too much to go there.
Give attention to feeling and the intention to feel. Then breathe into that centre of the chest.
The breathing brings energy there, subtle energy, prana, chi. I am giving great attention to the
centre and I am holding all of you that I can feel in my soul in that centre with me.
Breathing in, breathing out. Breathing in love, breathing out love – as much as you can feel it.
It is a feeling you catch, so don’t try to think too much, just try to catch it in the space. You do
that by being open, with no judgment, with curiosity that brings excitement, with the joy of
learning.
Stay there for a moment. Observe the wonderful effect if you can feel it, on the stomach, on
the physical heart, on the lungs. Let your entire body be absorbed in this love. Do not begin to
think how pure your love is, how little it is, or how great it is. Just open yourself with the
intention to be open, receptive.
Of the seven centres, this is placed directly in the centre of all of them, and it impacts all the
levels of our being wonderfully. So it is a powerful tool in mastering all the worlds. [Silence]
In spiritual awakening this is a beautiful centre when awakened. It changes the way you view
your physical world, and it changes the way you think. My being does not want to move from
there at the moment. I am thinking of how important it is that we learn to recognize this energy
within us, to feel it, because it connects us powerfully with the Masters and our own Self.
82
Partner mental and emotional will

I am going to observe now. What is the relationship between my mind now and this space? I
am using my mind, my focus, to be attentive to it. I am using my mind to be open to it. I am
using my will, my mental will, to partner with my emotional will. Now as I breathe, I want to
work on this partnering, this combination of mind and heart. I am breathing into both, and
breathing out from both. I just stay aware of both. My right hand is on my heart, the centre of
my chest. One of my fingers from my left hand (my second finger) is at the centre of the
eyebrows. [Silence]
I keep my intention firmly placed on my heart, and my mind is supporting it. To keep your
mind there, if you need to, you can just repeat the word “love,” or “I exist in infinite love,” or
“The love of God is within me,” or “I centre myself in the heart of the Divine.”
Inspiration for the day

Let us welcome the physical world in that space. Giving attention to the world around you.
Feeling the collective heart chakra of the world, the collective heart space. Tune into all the
wonderful energies that are coming from our world, from everyone who is open to the heart.
I centre myself in the love, the pure love at the Source of my being. I stay there, that my every
thought, word and action in this day will be inspired by that Divine love within me. I pray that
the Divine energy within me will guide me, protect me, and lead me into that space of unity
with my Source Being.
I am in gratitude. May all be blessed.
(back to content)
83
(back to content)
84
DAY 13 – Be a Mystic – Explore Within

– Monday April 7
Today, I want to take a little deeper journey into Self. There is more to Self than our physical
senses perceive It is amusing to see in such a developed society as we are today,
technologically, that we are so caught up in what we can measure with the senses. All of the
traditional sciences are based on what is measurable by the senses: what we can see, smell,
taste, touch, hear. This is what we have done with our world so far with that kind of
measurement, perception, technology. Of course you know that did not satisfy me, right?
The driver is not the car
A little analogy that will perhaps allow you to think a little deeper is that if you are the driver
of a car, you have found yourself inside of the car. You do not know exactly how to come out
of the car. You woke up and you found yourself in a car and you started to look for the controls,
learn to use them and drive the car and are having an experience. Because you have been so
much a part of the car you can think that you are the car; that the car is a part of you, unable to
understand the difference between you the driver, and the car, because you are so outwardly
focused.
Now that we are looking at that story we can see that the driver is not the car but has no other
experience, known experience, conscious experience that it is not the car. So the car is the all
of its experience. Should something happen to the car, the driver is in trouble because that
driver never investigated as to Self, “Who am I? Is there a difference between me and the car,
and can I investigate more?”
Mystics – scientists of the inner space
If you can think of our traditional scientists and how they have been operating, they are looking
at only the external without really investigating the internal. They have never taught us, for
example, what happens after death. They have no clue. They look only in the material world
for remedies for healing when the body is abused and sick. If only a driver of the car can
investigate a little more and realize it is different to the car, then it might seek a way to come
out of the car, or to look for what other skills it has beside the relationship with the car. Whether
it has more skills than just driving and putting on the switches and operating the car: the skill
to think creatively, the skill to go into more of Self.
Now, contrast that to another set of “scientists,” and I call them scientists because they have
done the same thing. They have used the laboratory of Self, investigating on the inside as to
“Who am I? Am I the car or the driver? Am I the vehicle or am I the driver?” They started to
make clear differences between themselves and their vehicle. Their passion was so great; their
intent was so great, that they discovered many, many things.
85
Their experiments had nothing to do with what is measurable by the senses. In fact, they
retreated from the physical senses because they wanted to know more. They looked at the inner
apparatus – antahkarana. They gave investigation to the antahkarana: that experience of “I” –
ahamkar; that experience of intellect – buddhi; that ability to think and create images – manas;
and the very source of this storage of all of this – the chitta.
They investigated that so powerfully, and you know that when we seek we find. Even the
material scientists, when they investigate and go deeper and deeper, intuitive responses come
and they discover more and more. Every generation discovers more because the intent to search
is great and the intent to find.
It is the same with the scientists who ventured inward. We may call them yogis and mystics.
They ventured inward, and made amazing discoveries too, of Self. Their findings are with us.
Are we strong enough to make that investigation inside, using the information they have given
to us? It is asking you to test everything with the laboratory of Self, to give attention to the
antahkarana, the inner apparatus, and work with that. That is the deficiency of our modern
world – the ability to understand Self.
You can see what amazing power these yogis, mystics and Masters have, the power over self.
Those Masters are the ones who are the gentlest on the planet, the most wise. We never make
them the real leaders. The ones who are still in the blindness, that they are the “driven,” they
are the ones who are leading our world. So is something not topsy-turvy?
Personal journey of both worlds
We need, now, to look inside, and this is the information I am giving to you. I made a journey
inside first in my life. I moved away from the world of the academics and technology. I learned
enough to realize that was not the only kind of education I needed and I ventured on a journey
to meet with the mystics, the yogis. I ventured to use myself as a laboratory. Over almost three
years this “self” became the laboratory and I discovered the most awesome things.
That inner journey gave me the passion to make the outer journey after. I continued the world
of technology. I continued the world of the academic, in the world. The discoveries are so
amazing and the powers are so amazing that in venturing in the secular world I was able to test
these powers in the secular. I can combine spiritual and secular and see that there is no
difference. I have a vision of what the world needs: how to use technology safely, wisely to
create a better world. I studied about the energy of the inner world, and I studied engineering,
the energy of the outer world; and I did the outer world after I had settled in the inner world.
So I am so pleased with mastering both worlds.
Journey to the Source of being
I am going to take you on a journey inside and over the next few talks we are going to do that.
I am asking you, inviting you to use the laboratory of self. Every time we go into meditation,
86
every time we speak about acting in the world, I am inviting you to do so with the awareness
that you are the driver with tremendous power; more than that which the human experience
allows you; more than the eating and the sleeping and the drinking and the pleasuring. You
have much more power than that. You have power to change a world. You have power to get
into states of ecstasy on the inside that make you so fulfilled and you become a greater blessing
to the world.
So let us begin with the very Source of being, the actual Source of being. I am going to develop
another anatomy besides the physical, an energy anatomy. Stay with me over the course of
these talks. Let us speak about the very Source of being that these mystics ventured to
experience. It is indescribable, you cannot name it, do not venture to name it. And a few
qualities that you experience from that Source, do not think that they are the all.
It is indescribable. Its power is infinite. Its intelligence is infinite – omniscient, omnipotent,

omnipresent. That which we are pervades an entire Universe, so in our being we are actually
omnipresent, but we do not realize that; but the holographic concept of the Universe “That”
which is me is at the very centre of existence and connected to all things. I am in you and you
are in me. That is the holographic concept of the Universe. That becomes an experience to the
one who is centred in Self.
The idea of omnipotence: you feel this incredible power, far beyond the human body, that you
can do anything. Because the Source of the Universe is omnipotent, when you align yourself
to the Source, you feel that omnipotence. And omniscient: that you have all the wisdom on the
inside, all you need to do is seek and the wisdom will come to you. Just like how the sages got
them, the mystics got them, they ventured inside. The driver of the car began to explore itself,
and to realize the power it has to navigate not only the car, but the one who is inside to master
self and master the drive.
So that which is within you, do not ever try to know it just with the intellect because you are
the created one. You can never understand it in fullness. It is your Self. And the more you go
there, you will resonate with those infinite qualities. Though you are still the spark, when you
align yourself with that centre of Being, you will feel incredibly powerful. One day the spark
merges into the fire Consciousness; that is its destiny. It is playing a game of a spark, but it is
really held in the fire and one day it will merge back into the fire. It has no sense of individuality
then.
So out of this centre of Being, energy created the experience that we are having. Energy, we
call it Divine Energy or Shakti that comes from the Source, created the whole play of gross and
subtle energies. So the physical body is a creation from that Source. Our inner bodies – and we
have inner bodies as well which I will describe in the energy anatomy – are a creation from
that same Source. So this Source is not only able to create things but to hold them in existence
and dismantle them again. It is this Source that has created everything in and around you.
87
(back to content)
88
Day 13 – Meditation “Be a Mystic – Explore Within”
Give attention to the inner space. This is a space of investigation by the mystic; we become a
mystic now. We give attention to the driver in this vehicle of the body. We have learned from
today's talk, that space that is the Source, we can never know it completely. So we are not
seeking to know it completely but we are seeking to experience it. We are going to disengage
all beliefs that we can know it, all images of it, as we stay open to "what is." We keep only the
intention of going deeper into Self.
Give attention to that observing self within you, that Observer. And just observe that you exist,
that there is a centre of existence within you. That my "I" exists, and there is a centre of
existence. My body is a created being; it has a life of its own. I can observe it and I can feel the
presence of cells in my body, each one intelligent in its own way. I am having an experience
of my body cells. I can feel the warmth, warmth that those cells are producing. I can feel the
pull of gravity on my body giving me the experience of weight.
Centre on the inner apparatus

But I am centring on the antakarana, the inner apparatus. There is an "I" within me; this "I" is
a seeker. There is the ability to reason within me; that is a tool I am using. There is the
experience of Consciousness and information in this Consciousness. There is a Consciousness
of the ability to create thoughts in my mind and images. So I have these elements within my
being, these principles.
My intention is to grow in more awareness of Self, beyond the body. I give attention to qualities
that can take me beyond the physical experience. I am inquiring about myself beyond the body.
I am going to be open to the knowledge of the sages, the mystics who say if I follow peace to
its very Source, if I follow thought at its very Source, I will find more of who I am. So I am
going to look at that space in which thoughts arise, that space of silence. I am going to hold no
belief that will limit me. I just open myself to the silence, to perceive without labelling, without
judgment.
Now observe how thoughts will play through the force of habit. If thoughts come, detach from
them. There is a little practice you can do to help the mind become more quiet. Follow the
breath. Breath and mind are connected. Breathe out slowly and completely, and breathe in
slowly and deeply, giving attention to the pauses between the breaths, and stay in the silence.
If there is any feeling of lightness of being, observe it carefully, follow it. Do not fight with
anything that is arising, accept it and let it go. To fight is to give attention to and to give power
to; just let go. And be a good seeker, be patient.
Just be content to stay in this space, knowing that there is always more to see that I am not
seeing. Be humble to know that you do not know. And look at the things that you do know with
gratitude: that I can feel peace, that if I move my breath in rhythm, I can feel my mind becoming
more quiet. If you can feel energies beyond the physical, follow them, observe them. If lights
come to you, visions come to you, thoughts come to you, observe them without judgment. They
89
are not you; they are happenings in the space. They are not the goal of the journey; they can be
signs on the journey.
Follow the inner guidance

If you feel an inner guide within you, follow it. There is a guide in the inner space that will lead
you deeper. Learn to decipher what it is trying to say to you: to lengthen the breath, to shorten
the breath, to change the posture, to open up to love, to open up to peace, to give attention to
the body. Follow what that inner guide is saying to you.
Now you are the mystic; this is the journey of the mystic. Whoever you are, wherever you are,
you are on the journey of the mystic. The entire Universe will support you. The Masters of the
Light will help you on the inside. Be patient. Observe that space; it is a marvellous co-creation
of the moment. Observe it. [Silence]
Observe carefully what you are doing, you are using the tools. You are using the intellect to
protect the space. The "I" is surrendering to it, to be carried. The chitta is becoming peaceful,
allowing greater manifestations from its very Source. And the manas is peaceful, the thoughts,
the thinking is held in peace. Observe what you are doing, you are using all the tools, but in the
way of the mystic. The "I" is allowing itself to be guided. The reason is deciphering every sign
of guidance, the mind stays positive, supporting. The "I" is connecting to everything that is
supporting it. So there is tremendous activity on the inside that is supporting this peaceful
being.
Intention for a new day

Now expand your sense of Self to include the world around you. In that expansive space on the
inside, include your world. But begin with the subtle energies of your world that you are already
connecting to. We are in a collective experience: a physical world, a universal mind, a universal
subtle energy. Give attention to that world, where we are united to the many, in the duality.
And let us unite that world with love and peace, with the intention of being harmonious. And
let us acknowledge the gift of Grace from all our guides. And here we are beginning to be ready
for a new day. I stay in gratitude and I seek to be a blessing to my world today.
(back to content)
90
(back to content)
91
DAY 14 – Involution and Evolution in the Consciousness

– Tuesday April 8
When do we become a seeker?
Today, I want to present to you a view, an interesting view. We are a seeker and we are making
a journey. We are in darkness, and we are seeking the Light. We have lost the way; we have
forgotten who we are and we are seeking information. Naturally, we would have come from
somewhere. We must have some identity, even though we have forgotten it.
When do we become a seeker? When we realize that we are lost! When we realize that
something is missing. When we realize that though we have everything in the material world
that could fulfil us materially, pleasure, power, possessions, there is something in us that is
unfulfilled and that leads to seeking. “What is it that I am searching for that I do not even know?
What is it that can fulfill me in my being that I do not know? Everything I try in the material
world does not work.” We have become a seeker. That is the journey of seeking. “Where did I
come from? Who am I? Where am I going?”
The journey into darkness begins
To really appreciate this journey of seeking “That,” it will be interesting to hear from those
who made the journey, to understand, “Why did we come into “That” in the first place? That
which we really are, why did it allow me to be ignorant?” That leads for a very interesting and
exciting journey of involution and evolution in the Consciousness; moving from Light into
darkness, and then creating the play of moving from darkness into Light. Only That which is
absolutely free can do that. Only That which has absolute power, can allow itself to be veiled
in ignorance.
Let us talk about this journey of coming into darkness. Interesting journey is it not, coming into
darkness? That will help us to understand how to go back into the Light. Obviously, we find
ourselves in individual and collective. Look at the Universe; there is individual and there is
collective. There is some bigger Universal Being or Creation, and there is the individual,
macroscopic, microscopic. So there is a Consciousness within me. I have the power to will
something, to do something, to know something. There is a doer inside here, so I am just
thinking, “There must be a Universal Doer. If I, in this individual form have the power to do,
then there must be some Big Doer. Why did that Big Doer allow me to come into this space
where I am begging to understand, where I am begging for love, where I am begging for peace?
Why?” That Big Doer, we can call it Universal Self, Paramatma, Param-atma, Great Atma,
Great Self. And this individual Self is called atma, individual.
Universal Self wraps itself in layers
So it seems that this Big Being, this Universal Self, this Paramatma, has some kind of absolute
power and absolute bliss in itself, that it is joyously playing, creating, and it created me. How
92
did this Universal Being get me so involved in all of these things, all kinds of energies in my
being? I am trying to understand. Then it must have had to wrap itself because I am “itself”; I
can feel that there is a Big Self in me, or a connection to the Universe. I can feel it. So that Big
Self must have wrapped itself in layers, because there are different kinds of energy. Wrapped
itself in layers, and layers, and layers, and layers, until it became me. And then these layers
must involve energy. Where did this Big Self get this power to create? If it is so big, where did
it even get this power to create?
Birth of Supreme energy in the Consciousness
That is where we learn about Consciousness and Energy. That part of us that is so deep and
transcendental and beyond everything, that is in some absolute bliss and intelligence and doer-
ship, has used some kind of power to wrap itself, because it is beyond everything. It can create
anything, so it must have assumed some kind of creative Self that got engaged in this. And that
creative Self, that energy of movement, wrapping into layers and then sustaining everything,
and then holding the individual in ignorance, that energy is called Shakti. So there is a Shakti,
a Doer that has come out of this Consciousness. And so in the traditions and the mythology
that has the essence of this knowledge, it says that this Consciousness is like the male, because
the duality is there. And then, the female comes out of the male. So the Shiva is called
Ardhanarishvara; he splits himself into two, the male and the female, and the female is the one
who takes part in the doer-ship. Out of his being comes the female that does the play. So she is
the Maha Shakti. I am going to use the word but we are going to use it later one, she is the one
who does the wrapping. She is Maha Kundali. In her Universal form, she begins the wrap,
wrapping us in layers.
Energy layers contract the Consciousness into chakras
Can you imagine the layers? I will describe to you the layers that we are wrapped in, and
through those same layers we are going to ascend. The first has to be the Universal Mind, where
the thought process and the willing starts: Universal Mind. And in every wrap, when it creates
the individual, it has to have a centre of doer-ship there. The Consciousness is contracting itself,
so there must be a centre of doer-ship in the individual, and that is called a chakra. It is like the
centre of operation when it wraps itself and it becomes an individual. It has a centre or a port
through which it can go back; it can open up the Consciousness. And that is called a chakra.
That chakra maintains everything, holds everything, and then it can be in the wrap and it can
open itself back like a lotus flower. In darkness it can close and in light, it can open up.
So the first wrap is the mind, so it becomes “a mind.” And this mind, losing its universal
intelligence now has a limited mind. Then the second wrap is the space, the space that it creates
in, and that is called akash. It is the space from which it communicates, it creates: akash. So
this [head] is the mental element, the mind, and this is the akash, it is related to the throat; the
wrap is related to the throat. So it is coming down; it is becoming involved. Then it creates
movement in the space, waves of movement and we call that the heart; waves in the space of
energy. It is related to the heart. And the element that it is related to here is the air, movement,
93
flow. Then it comes and creates fire. Movement creates friction, heat, fire, and then this layer
[navel] is created. Fire, agni, vitality. Fiery power. Then it goes lower down. What fire does?
It condenses; it creates condensation and then watery element is created, another chakra is
created. Another porthole, another centre of operation is created. And then when things
condense and become gross, we get earth.
The wrapped is under force to unwrap
So it wrapped itself from the mind down into different layers, bringing itself into more and
more ignorance, trapped in elements and finally when it traps itself, it has to sustain everything,
and it has to maintain. So it wraps itself and then at the heart, it stays there in the wrapped form.
Now it is like coiled up, it is wound up. And now it has an evolutionary force that will push it
back. So in itself, being wound up, it has a power to open up again.
It has individualized itself and it has deliberately put itself into the play of ignorance, darkness.
So now, putting itself in the gross form, the Consciousness has contracted and it thinks it needs
to survive. It has forgotten who it is. Then the water element is involved in reproduction,
procreation, fluids, sensuality, taste. Then the fiery element is a vital field that it can create; a
field of fire, of vitality. And a field of movement [heart]. And a field of communication space
[throat]. And the mind.
So it has wrapped itself in these different layers. Now it has created different dimensions. It is
now in a wrapped form, a coiled form and so it is called the serpent power. That great energy
in its beginning to wrap itself, get involved, is called Maha Kundali; that big energy, the great
Kundali. Kundali means “coiled,” so it begins to coil. And she coils, coils, coils, coils, and then
she rests in the muladhara; she rests in the lowest chakra as the coiled energy, the Serpent
Power.
Biblical analogy
I think of the Christian story of the Bible: God created the world in six days and rested on the
seventh, “Oh that is interesting. One, two, three, four, five, six, [pointing from head down to
base] and then God rests in the seventh. Oh, so that is the Kundalini that is resting in the
seventh. So that is how the energy created; in six steps and then rests in the seventh.” When
you think of Adam and Eve, you think of Eden, beautiful Consciousness, blissful
Consciousness, no differences. Adam and Eve are like each other’s Self. Then there is a wrap;
a serpent power creates a wrap and now they are seeing differences, duality. Mind has come in
with duality, “You are female, I am male.” Duality is created. Then they begin to see
differences and in the further wraps, there is male and female, the gender Consciousness. So
the Adam and the Eve now have eaten the fruit of knowledge; the serpent has created the wrap.
The story in the Bible is unfinished; the serpent has the power to unwrap and bring back the
Eden.
94
Ascension – the exciting journey of return
So that is the journey of ascension in the Consciousness and it relates to us. If you give attention
to the different layers of energy, if we give attention to the experiences that we have of them
and we become the seeker, seeking to go back through these steps, to open up the
Consciousness in every case, and to feel the energy, we will be on the most exciting journey of
the energy path in the Consciousness. That is the excitement of returning. That is the excitement
of being individual. We are nothing else but the Supreme that has contracted itself and now
lives in this contraction but with total power inside. So we need to return back. The evolutionary
force is within us to go back. We have been programmed to go back and our destiny is to be
free again. There is nothing that can hold us absolutely and eternally in contraction. And that
is the Play. That is the Play of energy in the Consciousness.
(back to content)
95
Day 14 – Meditation “Involution and Evolution in the Consciousness”
We begin our meditation today, being the seeker, knowing that there is a part of me that is
unfulfilled. I am seeking true happiness, true love, true freedom. I am seeking to return to
something I know. I have heard the story today that I have come from the Infinite. I belong to
the Infinite that has layered itself in these energy fields and I am destined to go back.
There is an evolutionary force within me that is called Kundalini that is going to help me
through. All I need to do is to give attention to Her. I have learned that the Master has the power
to wake up this Kundalini when I am ready. When I have become a sincere seeker detached
from the worldly experiences that cannot fulfill me that Shaktipat comes to me naturally, from
the Source of all Grace in the Universe.
I seek to uncover my Infinite Self
So I am opening myself in that journey to the Grace of the wisdom Masters, the forces of the
Light. I am opening up myself; I am a seeker, I am in ignorance and I am seeking to know
more. I want to unwrap. I want to go back. I want to understand this journey of steps and I want
to enjoy this journey because if it is a play, if my Infinite Self has wrapped me in play, then it
must be loving me so much and is with me through the play. I am nothing else but that Infinite
Power inside of me; I want to remember my connection with it. So I begin my journey of
meditation seeking to uncover my Infinite Self.
I have learned from the Master that I need to be patient, so I am going to show patience. I have
learned from the Master that there is infinite Grace around me. I need to remember that I am
supported. I have learned from the Master that there are different qualities of energies within
me; I want to be conscious of them. And I find myself in this space with the power of “doer-
ship,” I can do things. I have the power of doer-ship.
Let me observe the different layers
Now let me observe the different layers as much as I can. I have a mind. I can create thoughts.
But because I want to observe, I am going to use my thought process in an observation mode
as I inquire, as I want to observe the space of silence that I may improve my knowledge. I have
heard from the Master that the intellect, or reason, is limited, that I need to listen well, I need
to be intuitive so I am going to open my mind, to try to detach from conditioned beliefs as
much as I can because they bring expectation, and allow intuitive wisdom, or insight to
predominate.
I am going to create the idea of space. It is related to the energy centre in the throat, so I am
just going to open up to the idea of space. Wow, I feel my ear is involved, that I am listening.
My mind is involved because I am opening up the Consciousness to scan. My ear is listening
on the inside. I just want to feel the sense of infinite space, that a space was created for the play
of involution and evolution. I want to understand, experience this element of space in which
96
my thoughts play. So I am holding space in silence, ever vigilant and trying to detach my mind
from any beliefs, any conditioning, and open as much as I can on the inside to intuitive wisdom.
This feels good already. So I am touching two layers, I am observing two layers, mind and
space…mind and space…mind and space. I feel like staying here but I need to experience the
other layers.
I am going to see what happens if I were to go to the centre, that porthole in the chest, that can
connect me to the energy of feeling in the space, emotion, and look at those waves, the
movement of emotion. I am going to try to evoke positive emotions of compassion towards all
because I am so externally based and my mind wants to think of the outside, so I think of
compassion towards everything. I think of kindness and I allow that quality of love to dominate
my space. I think of compassion towards the physical body that I inhabit. Now emotion is there.
It feels a little more gross because I have to come down as it were, but when I come down I
want to create that beautiful experience of emotion.
For those who are following me, if it brings up any vulnerability, any darkness, accept it; hold
it in the space of observation. Don’t identify with it, or act through it, just observe it, accept it,
keeping that expansive space of listening and intuitive awareness as you hold the emotion.
I seek to integrate these layers
I want to stay there to see if I can integrate these three layers. My intuition is to breathe, so I
am going to breathe. The Master says that when I breathe, I bring prana, an energy, into the
space, into that centre, so I am focusing on that centre of emotion, feeling, and I am breathing
into it and breathing out of it, holding the idea, as much as I can, of space, expansive space.
And I observe at this centre the idea of flow, so I am letting the breath flow in rhythm, in
harmony, in ease as I open up to emotion. I need to remember Grace, that I am in an ocean of
Grace, as it were, an Infinite Field. This feels healing, it feels that I am more in touch with my
physical world at this space, and it gives me the idea of caring, comforting. I want to stay with
these qualities that I may appreciate this energy layer. I am thinking of moving to another layer
or quality of energy, but I don’t feel like doing it in this moment. Because the experience of
energy that I have is healing, more so that I open up the space to experience Grace, support.
I don’t want to move, but I am going to move. I am going to come to my navel area, that
umbilical area where the fetus of my body was connected to the mother and being nourished. I
am going to think of a Universal Mother and I am going to think of vitality, nourishing my
body with vitality and that energetic umbilical connection. And I am going to breathe into the
navel area, opening up the belly. I am feeling more connected to my physical body, its warming
up. I am holding the love from the emotional layer and my breath lengthens, my body warms
up, and this is a beautiful feeling because I have kept the space: I have kept the mind attentive
and peaceful, I have kept the emotion of kindness, compassion and now I’m opening up to the
physical. And now I am opening up myself to a new day. My next meditation will go deeper. I
am in gratitude to all the Masters of the Light.
97
(back to content)
98
DAY 15 – Developing Chakra Awareness

Today, I want to speak about developing chakra awareness.
Yesterday, we spoke about this Universal Energy that has been created in the Consciousness;
that is born out of the Consciousness. Because it is born out of the Consciousness, it is nothing
else but the Consciousness in another form. Do not get caught up in male and female and the
polarity, it can be any.
Power at the centre of each wrap
This Universal Consciousness has created this marvellous Play of multiplicity, dividing itself
in so many forms, with a universal aspect and an individual aspect. Paramatma we call it in
the spiritual tradition of India, the Universal Self and Atma for individual self. So Atma is that
individual self that is caught up in all the wraps, all the energy layers. Each energy layer is
wrapped around a centre that can take it back. So they are like portholes for going back in the
ascension. They are also centres from where energy can be channelled into the space from the
Source. They provide centres for the way back and they provide centres to manifest the Light
from inside, to the outside. They are really very powerful centres of being, centres of
Consciousness, because when the Energy is wrapping, it is wrapping around a centre of
Consciousness. It is wrapping its Consciousness. So each centre is the centre of the wrap. Of
course each wrap, each layer has different qualities that we need to observe, and in creating
these different wraps it has created what we call multi-dimensionality.
We have several aspects to ourselves that come from those several layers of being. On the
journey back from the ignorance, which we call the darkness, darkness is when we are ignorant
– in that journey from ignorance to awareness of Self, we journey through those centres of
Consciousness. Remember that a highly conscious Self is wrapping itself in these layers,
wrapping its Consciousness and every time it wraps, it creates contraction, leaving us in what
we call a state of ignorance, or darkness. When it wraps the mind, the sense of Universal Self
is lost and now individual self comes in. In the ignorance we are searching, “Who am I? Where
did these thoughts come from? “Where does this “I” come from?” So we begin to search for
that identity again where the wrap is.
Creation of multi-dimensionality
So we are wrapped in a mental field; in a space field of communication, of operation that is

connected to the throat. We are wrapped in an emotional field that we become a feeling entity
having lost the idea of universal bliss, now we have come into that identity of feeling,
individual. Then the same with the fire power, the radiance of vitality, we are wrapped in a
field of vital energy. Then we are wrapped in a field of sexual energy; and then we are wrapped
in the gross field. These wraps are necessary for the Play.
99
Creating chakra awareness is developing an awareness that can take us home to freedom. We
need to find those centres; those portholes, because when we find them life becomes very
exciting. So a chakra is a centre to which we can ascend back, a centre through which we can
really have the most expansive experience of the layer, of the quality. As a centre, when we
become more noble, more centred in goodness, we can channel energy through that centre, that
port into the field. So these centres are extremely important to give attention to.
Transforming the way we learn
Now would you imagine? A seeker should have that curiosity to want to know, “Where is the
centre in my being?” And have this excitement of investigating, “If I go there, what will
happen? What will I feel? What powers will I get?” And have this openness of thought. It is
exactly what we would like to see in a student. It is exactly what we love to see in children: the
curiosity, their idea of adventure, the risk taking; and we see it in teenagers as well. We tend to
lose this quality later on when we think we need to be so careful and we wrap ourselves in
conditioning. So to really explore as a seeker, we need to have this excitement of learning
because then we will really begin to see clearly.
Now do not please, do not fill your mind with beliefs that come from the external world. Test
every belief with openness. When you believe things you are not sure whether they are true or
not. And when you hold a belief as a truth, then you develop expectations, “Oh, I am not seeing
this!” and you become frustrated. This is exactly what happens with chakras, there is a lot of
information in the field, but we take them for granted, do not test them, do not really see what
they are and then we say, “But I am not experiencing this chakra. I am not experiencing that
chakra.” We are all experiencing chakras; we cannot see it and our minds are filled with
conditioned knowledge. No, we need to meet with those who have experienced them, and let
them guide us. We need to find those teachers; and that is what I found.
So be open, you already know what chakras are! Once you know what energies are: physical
energy – might; sexual energy; the radiance of vitality, fire power in the self; emotional energy;
communication energy; mental energy. Do not tell me you do not know that. You do!
Chakras are always operating
Maha Kundalini is the great Universal Power that is beginning to wrap Herself, the
Consciousness. When She finishes the wrap She becomes “Kundalini.” Kundalini is the coiled
energy in the individual – “Kundal” means coiled. Kundalini is the individual coiled energy;
and the coiled energy in the Universal, because the Universal has coiled itself in the
multiplicity. So it is Maha, which means great, Kundali.
So when Kundalini wrapped herself –and she is in darkness, she is in ignorance now as Atma,
as the individual, as the seeker – she is still firing the chakras because the chakras need to
empower the physical body. The physical body cannot work without the chakras. So chakras
are there operating at low levels, just what is necessary.
100
Locating chakras
With spiritual awakening, we begin to feel the presence of these chakras and we begin to feel
more and more energy coming from them. We begin to identify them in spiritual awakening,
but they are already operating. So when you do not feel them, begin to look for the qualities
associated with them. Begin to look for the centres from where they operate.
Emotional chakra
Where does emotion operate from? When you have an emotional trauma, look carefully and
see where it is centred; something in your chest, it is affecting your heart, your breathing. Look
for the centre, and when you are really happy observe what happens, you breathe better, the
lungs are more free, the heart relaxes and is better stimulated, the thymus gland gets a boost of
energy that it improves the immunity. Centre of emotions is right here, you do not need this
complex thinking to find it. When you begin to give attention to the centre of emotion and you
begin to observe that in everything you do, soon enough you will begin to identify the chakra
and you will know how to work with it.
Mental chakra
The same with, where does thinking happen? In the brain, of course. Do not become too
complex, if you cannot figure out where the chakra is just look at mental energy, where it is
featuring. When you worry, what happens? The head gets hot; and when you calm the mind
what happens? The brain waves are different, there are more alpha brain waves; more peace.
So begin to look for the centre of experience of the mind; centre of experience of
communication, when you speak what is happening? What is happening in the space? Look
how the ear, the throat and the nose are related. When you are operating with communication
you are listening and you are speaking. And of course, when you know about breathing, when
you breathe into the area it makes you more peaceful; like the ujjayi pranayama that we learn
how to stimulate that centre.
And the centre of fire power. Do you know that the Japanese have an entire culture that is
focused on hara, this area [navel area]; the yogis and manipura; the Chinese with the dantien,
right here [the navel]. This is fire power, vitality. When you work your core, in a physical
sense, how do you feel? Where is that coming from? And when you really investigate this, you
begin to feel more fiery in your nature, more confident; digestion improves, immunity
improves. This whole area becomes powerful. Of course, I will speak later on more. We have
a heart “brain,” we have a gut “brain” together with cranial brain. So the nerve cells in the heart
area, the nerve cells in the gut area and the brain cells work with each other. That is why we
call these three centres power centres, they inform each other and work with each other. So it
is really exciting.
101
Sacral and base chakra
Of course sexuality, you know where the chakra is. In the sexual experience, those of you who
are involved in the sexual experience, or even if you are not involved, you know where the
sexual pressure comes from; you know exactly where the area is. And grounding, you know
exactly the body, the connection to the body, because that is our predominant Consciousness
in the physical plane. So you know the physical field.
If you look at the centre of every experience in the energy field you are going to be able to find
out where those chakras are. These chakras are centred in the centre of each experience. I am
going to stay with you with this subject until you really understand that you are already
experiencing them and we can remove the myth that chakras are something so out of the
ordinary. They are exactly in the ordinary. So keep up the excitement, this is going to be a most
exciting retreat.
(back to content)
102
Day 15 – Meditation “Developing Chakra Awareness”
We begin our meditation today, developing chakra awareness. Come into that space of
curiosity, of adventure, willing to explore Self; Self becomes the laboratory. Open yourself in
the observing and have the curiosity and adventure that a child would have.
Centre in the brain

Now let us look at the mental field. The moment we think of mind we centre our Consciousness
in the brain. Observe carefully. So the chakra is obviously in the brain. Don’t get caught up in
where it should be or where it shouldn’t be, just look for the centre of thinking. You are already
there: that space from where thoughts arise in the Consciousness; that space from where you
experience an “I,” a mental “I”; that centre of Consciousness in the thought field. You know it,
you already use it, that is where you go to be silent; that is where you go to think and to imagine.
Let us just breathe with an awareness of the mental field. Just breathe in with the awareness
that you are breathing into your brain. You actually are, when you know it. You are breathing
- not oxygen, not air into your brain - but you are breathing something called prana into your
brain. Just breathe into the brain. And breathe out brain Consciousness, mental field. “I am a
mental being.” That is the centre of the chakra. “I am a mental being. I produce thoughts in my
Consciousness.” And in that awareness, know that you have the ability to change a thought
because you are the creator of the thought. Sometimes we forget that we have that ability and
we let the thoughts manage us, drive us. Use the breathing; it is a very powerful tool, to stabilize
energies across the chakras.
Chakra awareness in the mental field

Now focus on that silent space in the Consciousness, the centre of the mental space. And focus
on the peace in that space, mental peace, breathing with a Consciousness of the mind and brain.
The brain feels better as you come into a peaceful space. Now we know about plasticity of the
brain, that we can influence the brain to change.
Yes, that is beautiful; I can feel your field. Come with me in that silent space. I am not looking
at you with my eyes; my eyes are closed, human eyes. But another eye has opened, you have
that eye too, and I can feel your presence in that field. Stay with me, in the silence; it is at the
centre of the mental field. And this is creating chakra awareness in the mental field. That is
where we feel the centre of the “I” of the mind, the centre of thinking. Give up all ideas of what
you have read about chakras, pictures that you have in your mind, give it up. You are with the
chakra right now.
Begin to explore the power that you have in this field; to change of thought, to detach from
thought, to stay with the silence – that is awesome power. You can change your world with
that power. You can change your health with that power. Stay with this mental field of energy
and stay with the tool of the breathing.
Allow the evolutionary energy to guide
103
Have no expectations because the Self will unfold. There is an evolutionary energy that is going
to support the unfolding. Just open the space and then the urges will come to you as to what to
do from the guidance within. Stay with me; that is how I am guided, from the inside; from the
Source of being. Because I open myself completely to the field, no beliefs, I am with the
moment completely, allowing total manifestation of Source in my being. There is nothing more
beautiful than to let go and let that which you really are, dominate your space. “Let Thy will
prevail, O Supreme, in and through my mind.” And the prayer of the Gayatri of the Hindus,
Dhiyo yo nah prachodayat: Illumine my mental field; fill it with Light.
Throat chakra awareness

Now let us go into the quality of space, spatial quality. Open up the thinking field to be as
expansive as you can possibly experience and notice that you are listening from the inside. You
are listening to the Universe; you are listening with an intuitive awareness; you are listening in
the mental field.
Notice how your energies are in the ear and throat area. Observe. Now you know why your ear
is placed there, in the physical sense, because you listen from that same space in the inner
world. Wow! Notice how the space has expanded; stay with me. This is throat chakra
awareness, the communication space. When you open up to this space the intuition becomes
more. The connection with the Universe and to knowledge, universal knowledge, becomes
more. Stay for a moment in that expansive awareness of the throat. You can breathe into the
throat, and breathe out from the throat.
Open up the heart chakra

Notice how you are using the power of attention and power of the mind, to open up the space.
The centre of the experience is where the chakra is. So, you already know it. How beautiful
my throat is, I am just enjoying this completely. I am holding my throat here, just with the idea
of gratitude. I am giving my throat cells a boost. “I love you my throat. You help me to speak
every day, you help me to sing; you help me to meet my world and converse with my world.
Thank you my beautiful throat.”
Wow! That was my heart! I can feel my heart open up there. It is pulling me! So I come to my
heart. This centre is beautiful. It is a descent in the Light. I come to my heart and I feel like
smiling. I am happy… join me there. Come to the centre of your happiness and observe what
happens; the heart is delighted, physical heart; it relaxes. The breathing opens up; my lungs are
happy as I breathe into my chest the heart meridian is opening up. My meridians are energy
parts to the organs. I am just enjoying the breathing. I am enjoying the kindness, the loving; I
am loving myself here. You are myself too, externalized.
Bring in the Christ energy

I am remembering the words of the Christ, to love this space with your whole heart, your whole
mind, your whole being and to love the external as well. How can you love one without the
other? Love your neighbour as you love yourself. “Wherever you are in this Universe, O
Christ, Source, I centre myself in Your blessing. All Masters of the Light who are Christ-like, I
104
salute you in this space. You give me power, forever be with me, O Masters of the Light. We
are One in the Light.” Just this thought makes me so happy, like a child.
Boost the immune system

I can feel my thymus gland must be getting an enormous boost here. Thymus is the endocrine
gland that provides all these “T” cells that fight disease. These killer “T” cells – that is their
camp. I open my heart that my lungs may be free, that my physical heart will be healthy, and
that my immune system will get a marvellous boost. And I place my right hand on my heart
happily, “I love you my heart.” I feel my centre of emotion in the Light.
Preparation for the day

I am going to my navel and I am going to breathe, because I want to be vital, I want to meet
my body in vitality [strong breath]. So I breathe into my navel, remembering the power of hara
of the Japanese, dantian of the Chinese and manipura of the yogis [three powerful breaths].
I love you my body [breath]; I am revitalizing you, I am recharging you in the Light. And I am
holding my world, my physical world in peace, love and harmony. I am prepared for my day,
centred in the power of my energy centres, my chakras. I greet my day in the Light.
Peace, peace, peace. (back to content)
105
DAY 16 – The Play of Light and Darkness in the Consciousness

Today, let us talk about the play of light and darkness in the Consciousness space. I would just
like to recap a little bit. First, we have spoken about this Universal Self, that Collective Self,
that Big Self. And we have spoken about its freedom, intelligence and bliss. It engages in a
blissful play, sport. I have spoken about the wrapping in the Consciousness field, and we can
also call it a veiling, because a veil is applied to the seeing, to the Consciousness. I have spoken
about different layers of the veiling or wrapping, so the seeing is compromised.
Multi-dimensionality – veils of deepening ignorance
The Consciousness is being compromised at every step and that has given rise to multi-
dimensionality in the Play: different layers of energy, different levels of seeing, different levels
of veiling of the Consciousness. Because these layers veil at different levels and in different
ways, one can assume that as we go into more and more gross veils, the level of seeing is more
and more compromised, the level of Consciousness is more and more compromised. So the
Consciousness is becoming more and more ignorant of its true nature. When it comes to the
lowest level, the gross level, it is severely compromised and that is part of the Play.
These centres around which the veil is happening, these centres of Consciousness – the
Consciousness is being veiled so there is a centre of the veiling where the Consciousness is
now in its compromised state – we call chakras. And they are also centres through which
energy can be channelled. In the Consciousness level, those who are free can go up and down
the layers of energy. They can go up and down with the Consciousness, and they can go around
in the field because now there is spatial nature in every field.
A play of duality at every level
Every veil is in duality and the whole Play of two is duality. In the multiplicity of creating, it
is creating two: that Universal Self and the individual. That is the duality. There is two of
everything in the Play: male, female; up, down; birth, death. For every good quality you have,
you have a dark quality associated with it, and that is the play of light and darkness in the field.
So in every layer, there are wonderful qualities of Light and there are qualities of darkness,
until you can understand that they are wonderful too. The conditioned mind naturally thinks,
“Oh, this is bad, this is good.” See how we have been taught? We have never been taught to
appreciate darkness as much as we appreciate Light.
Darkness and difference – an expression of ignorance
But where is the darkness being created? From the same Source! What is the nature of
darkness? It is simply ignorance. The more we go into darkness, it is really the expression of
ignorance, of lack of knowledge. Do you know what darkness is in terms of colours? It is the
106
absence of colour. It is not a colour by itself. It is just the absence of colour and that is how it
looks, dark. So the absence of knowledge is ignorance and all the expression that comes from
there is based on that ignorance. When we feel that we are different, then we want to dominate
and exploit each other. But the moment the Light comes and we see that we are One, then we
think like the Christ, “Love your neighbour as you love yourself.” [Mark 12:31] Or like the
Buddha, “Meet hate with love.”
The call for non-judgmental being
The chakras allow for ascension, opening up of the Consciousness or unveiling of the
Consciousness. They allow for descent in the field, from the above to the lower and they allow
for channelling in the field. You can well understand that a true seeker needs to be non-
judgmental. In the seeking, we need to stay conscious, observant. Open the Consciousness as
much as we can to discriminate, to see, to tell differences, and to see the darkness and the Light,
and as much as we could to come out of the conditioning to label one as against the other, in
fighting and conflict and judging one as being “bad” and one as being “good.” No!
You see how all the wise beings treat with the world; they treat the negative and the positive
alike. Can you remember when the woman was being stoned and the Christ came? Everybody
was thinking, “This is a bad woman, her behaviour is bad.” The poor woman did not know
better. She was full of ignorance, and just doing what she thought was right. When everybody
was trying to criticize her, the Christ came and what did he say? “Any one of you who have
never committed anything sinful, you cast the first stone.” [John 8:7] Everybody dropped the
stone. Non-judgmental. And what does non-judgmental bring in the way of the Christ there?
Compassion, forgiveness. When the Christ was asked, “Master how many times should we
forgive?” What did he say? “Seventy times seven.” [Matthew 18:21, 22] As much as is
necessary, do not ever stop forgiving. Compassion comes when we observe the duality and
look at the darkness. We see ignorance. That is the eye of the wise and it treats the darkness
with so much compassion.
Accepting light and darkness within our being
If you think of yourself and how much conflict you have from your labelling, when you see
greed within you, you want to fight with it. It is part of our nature! It is part of our inheritance
in the duality. Do not fight with it. See it. See what it does. When any dark quality comes to
you, observe it carefully. Treat it with respect. It is part of your being. Every saintly person had
the past of a sinner. And every sinner has the potential of the saint. The two qualities lie in all
of us, even the best of us. When we become judgmental, we show only ignorance of the Play,
of the game of life. So that non-judgmental nature is required for every true seeker. Adopt the
eyes of the wise. The moment you do not, you get caught in the conflict.
And the dark experiences, why do we not want them? Because they cause pain and suffering.
Hate, greed, lust, pride, jealousy, what do they do? They create pain and suffering. And what
do the noble qualities, the qualities of the Light do? Love, compassion, kindness, forgiveness,
107
understanding, charity, what do they do? They create more light, more unity, more joy, more
freedom, more healing. All these qualities are available at every layer of energy, from the gross
right up to the subtle. The gross of the material world, to the most subtle in the mind, all these
qualities are there, of darkness and Light.
Break free of conditioning
So the true seeker, in making this journey of unwrapping, unveiling the Consciousness, needs
to adopt the Consciousness of being non-judgmental. That is the Consciousness that will take
us back. And there must be a vigilance in the field, an alertness to continuously see the Play,
to see the conditioning of belief, and we are heavily conditioned. You see how religion
conditions us. Society in its various ways conditions us; the rich and the poor, the high class
and the low class. It is everywhere. What is it caused by? Ignorance that we are all One.
Ignorance of the truth of the Consciousness field.
So in this play of returning, we need to observe where we are in the field. Where are we caught
up: In the gross level, in the subtle level of emotions, in the subtle level of the mind? And we
need to observe, “What are qualities that are in us. What qualities do we express in the mirror
of life that show us what is there? What are qualities we are expressing?” If you are a true
seeker, you will be vigilant at every step, every time you engage. And engagement happens on
the inside too. When you think about something, there is an engagement. Every time you
engage, observe, “What are the qualities that I am expressing in the space? Are they the ones
that will open up my Consciousness more or are they ones that will make me contract more
into the darkness?”
Be fearless and vigilant
Even if you have gone to the darkness, even if you go into the darkness, do so fearlessly in the
Play, because the Divine is in the darkness and the Divine will push you back out of the
darkness. So jump in there, something will push you back. If you want the thrill of darkness,
jump in there. You will be pushed back out for sure.
Do not judge the darkness; treat with every quality within you. If you see hate within you, say
“Wow, that is interesting.” That is being non-judgmental. When you say, “Oh, this is
interesting. Where did this come from?” That is being non-judgmental. “Do I really want this?
How does it feel within me? What does it do to my mind? What does it do to my emotional
being? What does it do to my vitality?” You are being non-judgmental. “Do I really want this?
Should I choose for this or should I choose for that?” That is non-judgmental being. “Okay, I
am going to choose for this and see what the experience is. I am going to choose for the Light,
see what the experience is. Oh, I have this feeling I want to go there, into the darkness a little
bit. I cannot remove this anger for the other person. Okay, let me act it out and see what will
happen.” Act it out. There will be tremendous suffering, and then you will think, “No, no, no!
I do not want to go there. I am never going to do that again.”
108
At every level, at every chakra level, at every energy level, whether it is the gross physical
world; whether it is where the procreative Consciousness is, sacral; whether it is at the vital
level of radiance and vitality; whether it is at the emotional level; whether it is at the level of
communication; whether it is the level of the mind, you can see definitely darkness and light
in there. Chakras have in them, the qualities of light and darkness. We have no good or bad in
there, we just have energy of different kinds. Our mind interprets as good or bad. Treat both
with the respect, and they will support you on your journey. That is the duality in the
Consciousness field. That is the Play of Light and darkness. Be wise, be non-judgmental, be
discriminating, look carefully, be vigilant.
(back to content)
109
Day 16 – Meditation “The Play of Light and Darkness in the Consciousness”
The lesson of today is to look at Light and darkness in the field and to accept both; and to
choose the one that we feel we need in the moment; and of course, as a seeker of the Truth and
Freedom, we seek the qualities of the Light.
Let us remember again, the different energy levels, different layers; and let us remember those
centres of Consciousness in each energy level. That is how we will begin our meditation,
remembering to adopt the vision of the wise: no judgment, whatever comes up in the field; it
is coming from my Divine Self. I am also in connection with my collective Self, my universal
Self that contains all other beings. So I am going to be conscious of that.
Use the mind to observe “what is”

Let me begin with the most powerful field in my observation, the field of the mind, the mental
field. I am going to look for what is there. Any form of darkness that is expressing in this field
is a result of my ignorance of who I am. Whether it comes up as worry, as thoughts of
loneliness, separation, not knowing – I accept it. I simply want to choose for silence and peace
that my space may open up, so that I can see more. Silence and peace in my mental field.
I realize I have to let go of thoughts. In the letting go of thoughts, I can feel that silence is
naturally being experienced. “What is silence?” I ask myself, “As it certainly does not feel
empty – it feels full of possibilities, full of peace. How should I use my mind here?” I say to
myself, “Just observe the space, let go of all conditioned thinking; no need for that. I will
experience “what is.” I am thinking to myself, “I need to stay in the moment.”
Use breath to open the Consciousness space

My mind immediately goes to my breathing; that is an intuitive thought. I am going to engage
the breath from the lowest level, right up to my mind, to my brain. As I engage my breath, I
am feeling the need for rhythm. My hands move spontaneously to the rhythm of the breath. In
a very natural way, I engage in belly breathing which opens up my Consciousness to the
fullness of my being. I am still anchored in the mind, but my breath is taking me through every
level and I accept this invitation today.
As I lengthen the breath, I can feel my chest opens up and my heart features. I want to see what
is coming up in my heart. The thought is there for the need for more love in the space, and to
hold my physical heart and my lungs as they feature in that area. To hold them in my loving
being, I need to let love permeate my every cell. I am holding body Consciousness quite
strongly, but my mental field predominates. So there is a lightness of mental being, and the
experience of my gross body being in that field of lightness. I begin to see duality immediately:
light and heavy. And I want to enjoy this play of opposites.
My breathing moves from the gross to the subtle and I am feeling very centred in my total
being. I know that you are joining in this space with me, joining in this space with me. Those
110
of you who may feel they are still separated, do not let the idea deter you. Open up more and
more. It is just in the seeing and in the opening up, letting go.
My Consciousness now begins to become collective. I want to expand, to connect with all those
who are centring in the Light. I feel stresses go away from my field. My breathing gets very
shallow and stops at this point, and I just breathe very little. As the stillness has become so
great, I want to stay immersed in it.
And I am feeling such a healing energy in my being. I want to treat my body to this. So I am
getting right to the centre of this energy field, and it feels like my whole being is centred in my
heart, and I want to stay there; it is nurturing. It is being held in perfect love. I am delighting in
this. My mind is completely clear, simply because the experience does not need thoughts, only
the intention to stay centred. The heart connects me to my world, inside and out. This is
absolutely beautiful. [Silence]
I choose complete silence.

I am lengthening my breath now and breathing into my vitality chakra, the navel area. I want
to prepare my body for this new day.
I am in gratitude for this gift of meditation and for the support of the collective field, the
collective heart chakra. My intention is to stay there throughout this day, that my every
relationship would reflect this level of peace, love and no judgment. I would like to tell my
body, “I love you my body,” and to thank my parents and ancestors on the Earth, for bringing
this body to me. “I thank you. I salute my Universe, accepting the challenge of the duality and
the joy of the Play.”
Thank you everyone, another marvellous meditation. Remember, darkness and Light are only
a play in the Consciousness.
(back to content)
111
(back to content)
112
DAY 17 – Prana – Life Force

– Friday April 11
Today, the subject is prana, life force. How does this Kundalini energy create all of this?
Through prana! Prana is literally translated from Sanskrit as life force. So She uses prana to
create everything that is energy: Universal Prana (universal energy is also called Prana) and
the energies that She uses within the body to manage everything; they are also called pranas
and there are different kinds, which I will discuss.
Prana can take us to that subtle experience of Being
Prana connects the subtle to the gross. If you want to lead back to that subtle place inside of
you, you need to find some kind of gross prana that you can hold on to and it will lead you
back to the subtlest form of prana. Your mind is a movement of prana; the thoughts are
expressions of prana, emotions too.
What is the key? What is the gross key that we can hold on to that can take us back? The breath!
That is why we call breathing exercises pranayama. Breathing is a key to going back into that
subtle experience of being, so don't underestimate just that breathing action!
The story of the beetle and the different threads
Before I discuss that, I want to tell you a very interesting story from Swami Vivekananda. He
said that once a Prime Minister was in prison because of some corruption that he had done. The
King imprisoned him in a tower. He was allowed to send a message to his wife. What he did –
very shrewd minister – he told his wife, “I want you to get a series of things for me: get so
many yards of silken thread, and then get the thread that is a little thicker of the same amount,
and then get one that is more thick, and bring them.” And he said, “Please bring a beetle and
some honey.”
His wife came to the bottom of the tower; he was at the top, he saw her, he said, “This is what
you need to do,” and shouted to her, “Tie the silken thread to one of the legs of the beetle, and
join the silken thread to the more thick one, and then the other one to the more thick one. And
put a little bit of honey on the nose of the beetle, and then put the beetle pointing up to where
I am.” She did it exactly: little beetle is there with the silken thread, and taking up the silken
thread right up to the top! He got hold of the beetle, he got the thread, because the beetle is
smelling the honey and just moving up, up, up! When the Minister got hold of the thread, the
silken thread, he started to pull and he pulled to the thicker and thicker and thicker until he got
the gross rope. Then he pulled it in and he was able to free himself!
Breath gives you access to the whole energy field
So the story is that whilst you are breathing, if you begin to observe the subtle nature of the
breath and you get a little hold over it, you can get the hold of all the energy fields, you can
113
learn how to control the entire energy field. Just starting with that silken thread! If you were to
just start with your breathing and begin to observe very carefully, you can get access to energy
control within your whole being. Interesting, isn't it?
Kundalini and the sushumna nadi
The Kundalini has wrapped herself, or veiled herself, in different layers of energy – these are
pranic fields too, energy of different qualities – and there is a channel that connects all the
centres: the centres of experience, the centres of Consciousness, the centres of energy flow.
The channel that connects all these centres is along the spinal cord. But it is not a physical
channel; it is an energy channel, sushumna. And nadi means channel, so it is called sushumna
nadi. That is the channel that the mystics speak about that connects all the chakras together.
When this Kundalini energy is awakened through the Shaktipat or the strong prana of the Guru
– it is a pranic current that flows from the Master who has control over the pranic field and
who has the power to send prana into the field – when the Master sends that dose of prana and
you are receptive and your pranic fields get awakened, then energy begins to move. Kundalini
begins to move through the central nadi, sushumna, right up.
She is going to move now, and as she begins to move along, then that is the whole idea of the
yoga that comes from these great Masters of Shaktipat. Once they wake up the energy inside
of you, that energy, on its own, will begin to move on the inside. These great Masters are called
Siddhas, or Maha Yogis. They have the power to wake up your energy, and even if you don't
see them again, that awakened energy will take you on the journey. And if you remember the
Master, you will stay connected to it, because the Master has the energy under full control.
When you remember him, it helps your energy to become more stabilized.
Bring prana from outside through ida and pingala
This is what we would all like to get – that Kundalini energy from the base of the spine moving
up, because when she does, she opens the Consciousness field. The most beautiful thing is that
she is the Guide. So this is a pranic current that moves along!
It is said that when that is not awakened, then we are taking prana from the prana around
through the nostrils. The breathing action helps us to bring prana from the outside. When we
become a little more aware, we will realize that we have pranic channels that can bring prana
from the outside into the inside, and those are called ida and pingala. So together with this
sushumna nadi that joins all the chakras would be two nadis: ida, pingala. Ida is left nostril,
pingala is right, and they are connected.
When you breathe, when you become a little more aware and awakened, you will actually feel
that you are breathing prana through these nostrils. That is when your experience starts to
grow. That is when the bigger rope starts to come, of energy. You begin to feel more and more
energy in the field. So the breathing action, even though you are bringing air to the lungs, the
114
way the system is designed, and amazingly so, we are breathing prana at the same time! So the
body gets prana for its vitality and it also gets the air through the same action, which is very
intelligent!
Access to prana through intention, breathing or Kundalini
When we begin to breathe the prana and are conscious of it, then we can begin to feel that the
pranic energy is going to the brain; the pranic energy is going to all the chakras. And one of
the wonderful things is that our intention and will can move prana in the field. When we begin
to feel that power that we have within us to move pranas simply by the intention and will, it is
amazing! We can distribute prana through the whole body. We can bring prana from the outer
field and distribute it to the entire body.
And when we have access through the Kundalini awakened inside, we can bring prana to every
centre, and also through the ida-pingala to the outside. So we can bring prana from the
Kundalini as we grow in Consciousness, and then we can breathe prana from the outside. Can
you imagine that we can get prana from outside and we can bring prana from inside to all these
chakra points and we can distribute them in the field? That is how the Master operates!
You have these powers, but you don't see them. It requires the looking and observing. Just start
with the breath like the silken thread and then you begin to go a little deeper and deeper into
the experience of energy, until you have the whole field at your disposal. That is how Masters
operate. Just by focusing on these centres they can distribute prana in the layer and they can
distribute prana into the space.
The five different kinds of prana in the body
The experience of prana is what is important, not just reading about and the knowledge of
prana. How does prana feature in the body itself? How does the body operate with this prana?
In the body there are five prana currents, with a principal one. Those are called vayus, or vital
airs or pranas. And they are called pancha vayus (pancha means five), so we have five of them:
 The principal one is also called prana and it is the one that operates the head and all the
senses, and the mind, the brain. It is connected to the breathing, the nose. That is called
prana. When you begin to focus on breathing and mind, you will actually begin, when
awakened, to see the relationship between the prana and the breath. When you begin to
see the relationship between the prana and the breath, you will be able to gain control over
the mind.
 The prana that works the lower area, all the downward actions, like the excretory functions,
is called apana. So the one that works the upper from the navel up is prana, the one that
works downward is apana.
 The one that works digestion (agni in Sanskrit, for fire digestion), the one that works this
area is called samana.
115
 The one that works for the distribution of things throughout the body, like the oxygen, food,
is called vyana.
 The one that works as an upward current, like in Kundalini and speaking, singing, that one
is called udana. So udana is the upward current.
So of these five pranas, prana is the principal one, apana the other, samana, vyana and udana.
So this is the one that is the principal one so it stimulates all the others. When you begin to
observe yourself carefully, you will begin to see this marvellous relationship.
Get the experience of breath and subtle energy!
This is my excitement about energy, because I can feel all of them. If I just breathe into the gut
area, there is… wow, this wonderful feeling of the samana being excited! And you focus on
the breathing and then you begin to feel this prana inside and then you can feel this ida-pingala
breathing and you can breathe into the chakras. When you feel the rush of Kundalini that comes
from the awakened Kundalini and the Grace of the Master and your practice, you will be able
to bring the prana from the bottom right up to the top. That is the excitement of really knowing
the energy!
But it is more important to start with simple breathing. In the meditation just begin to observe
the breathing. And once you are awakened, you will begin to feel this connection between
subtle energy and the breath. When you focus along the sushumna you will actually feel that
something is moving there, and that makes for the excitement in yoga.
My first experiences gave me a huge rush of prana and an experience of prana in my body. It
was phenomenal! Then I started to follow the prana by following the breathing, and then the
mind started to become quieter and I felt prana in the brain. But the first rush of prana was
prana in my heart; the loving feeling just brought more prana. It is an exciting field, amazingly
exciting! I will continue with the subject but let us keep the eye on the story of prana, and
begin to observe the breathing and its relationship to energy in your meditation.
(back to content)
116
Day 17 – Meditation “Prana – Life Force”

– Friday April 11
Give attention to the inner space. The mind is an expression of prana. So we begin with
observing the Consciousness space and the movement of thoughts in that space. I am centring
myself in the heart; it feels very natural at the moment – and the moment I do, breathing
becomes easier because it is the area of the lungs. I open my mental space to the whole
experience. I open my intuitive mind to inner guidance.
I begin to observe the experience of breathing. I am going to lengthen the breath, opening up
the abdominal area as I breathe to get the full breath. The prana of my breathing is already
steady but for your sake I am going to breathe deeper, to stimulate the pranic field. I am opening
up the belly in the breathing and I can feel the prana beginning to move in my head.
Stay with the breath until you feel energy

Now for those of you who are listening and viewing, have no expectations; just stay with me.
Stay with the breath for the moment, until you can begin to feel that there is some kind of
energy in the space. Your hands may become warmer; the body may become warmer and
lighter. Those are expressions of prana; the mind becoming more and more calm. That means
you are managing the prana already because prana is associated with the mind and the brain.
Now stay with rhythm in the breathing. This will help you to catch the flow of prana in an
easier way. And for those of you who know ujjayi pranayama, you can begin to do it. It is
called the ocean sounding breath. With a little constriction of the glottis area in the throat, you
get this sound and this helps to get into the pranic field much quicker. What is nice about what
I am doing by lengthening the breath is that I breathe more vitality. I breathe in more prana
through ida-pingala. My body is happy because I am not getting lost in the mind. My mind is
quiet, attentive. It feels like a healing current.
Create a pranic current from navel to brain to heart

Now when we do this together, those of us who are more awakened, and experience the pranic
field, we help others to catch it. So I am not going to get lost in the mind today, I am going to
remain very vital. I feel like doing it, so I am keeping navel Consciousness which is the centre
of vitality. I am keeping heart Consciousness, balanced emotional state. The love from the heart
is a different kind of love. It is just open, harmonious, that is the word I can use to describe it.
It is just opening myself up to harmony. I am very watchful in my mind, keeping it calm and
intuitive and I want to stay in this experience of prana. And pranayama is the extension of the
breath, managing the breath.
What I am using to manage this breath is that pranic current. The vayu, the prana vayu. If I
stay with the management of the breathing, I am learning how to work with the vayu, with the
prana. So I am creating a pranic current from my navel to my brain to my heart.
117
Now you can think of a current of energy; just imagine, just follow the breathing. Move along
the spine as you breathe in. As you open the belly to breathe, keep the thought along the spine.
Go along the spine; come up to the eyebrow area. And as you breathe out, focus on the front
of the body and come down to the navel when breathing out.
So, you create a circuit. I am going to stay in that because I want to develop a strong pranic
current in the field; and to create a strong awareness of breathing and rhythm and harmony;
and focusing on the chakras: the brow, the heart, the navel. And I am keeping the
Consciousness open to the field, that I can experience more and more of the vital energy of the
navel, the harmonious energy of the heart, and the peaceful energy of the mind. Breathing with
that attention along the spine coming up, and breathing out with attention to the front,
compressing or contracting the abdomen in the breathing out, and opening up the abdomen in
the breathing in. Stay with me. Let us do this together – peaceful mind, harmonious heart, vital
body.
It is beautiful, because now, these levels are operating in balance. You are working with prana
vayu, and in learning to manage this prana as you are doing now is called pranayama. So
pranayama is not just about breathing. It is about becoming aware of the energy that moves
the breath, and learning how to work with that energy in flow. Mind becomes quiet
automatically as you catch the rhythm, heart opens up harmoniously, and body is recharged.
Observe the creation of inner balance

Prana inspires the nervous system, it recharges it. And you have a heart brain and you have a
gut brain. The nerve cells in the heart and the gut operate like the cranial nerve cells. So as you
give attention to these three areas, working them in harmony, you are stimulating three brains.
When you open up to harmony, you are creating wonderful chemicals in the field – oxytocin
that brings a lot of loving energy in the field. And when you create the excitement of enjoying
every breath, moving with every breath, it brings a nice shot of dopamine in the system. These
are wonderful chemicals that stimulate your being.
Just by following love energy and keeping the intention on every breath with excitement and
joy, you are bringing in wonderful chemicals into the body. So breath control is more about
grabbing the energy field. And observe the wonderful feeling of balance. This is the true
pranayama, energy management, not just the breathing practice. It is the breathing practice that
puts you in touch with energy and the management of the energy field. This practice now will
help you to manage mind and emotional being. This is the basis of the practice. And observe
how you are becoming more intimately connected with your body, with your emotion, and with
your mental field.
We are co-creating a very powerful field of silence, harmony and vitality. Observe carefully
within your being. Even if you do not feel the energies at the deepest level, you will feel it at
the gross level. Extend your awareness now to the world around you. And with a heart full of
gratitude, give thanks for all the Masters of the Light for supporting our meditation today, and
118
look ahead to this day with joy in your heart. In this higher Consciousness, let us meet our
world with love.

I hope that you would have appreciated this as well as all the other days when I stimulated your
mind. I hope that coming into a practical space and learning how to work with your breathing
can excite you as much as the talks before.
(back to content)
119
DAY 18 – Keep an Eye on the “I”

Stay aware of the Ego. Now, why am I treating with this? We have spoken about these centres
of Consciousness that we experience as our Infinite Self begins to wrap itself or veil itself. And
it veils itself around a centre of Consciousness. There is an “I” there, Consciousness. Once it
is veiled and there is a centre of Consciousness where we are conscious, there is an “I.” So we
need to keep aware of the “I” on the journey and the “I” at every stage of the involution and at
every stage of the ascension. So just keep your eye on the “I.” Now you can be aware of those.
You have a mental “I”; you have a communication “I”; you have an emotional “I”; you have a
vital “I”; you have a sexual “I,” a gender “I”; and then, you have a gross “I” that gives the
experience of the gross body, human Consciousness. So you have all these “I’s” within you
operating, at the same time obviously, because we are using the mind, we are using
communication, we are using emotion, vitality, there is sexual awareness, and then there is the
gross awareness. All these “I’s” are featuring in our Consciousness.
Strive to get more awareness at every level
How open are these “I’s”? How evolved are these “’I’s”? That is what we need to look at. So
keep aware of your “I’s.” Keep an eye on your “I” at every stage because the journey is an
unfolding of the “I.” The “I” begins to become more and more aware in the ascension. You can
just imagine that when there is more and more awareness there is more clarity, and with more
clarity there is more power. You can do more. When you become more aware of what is within
you, when you become more aware of your power, you can do so much more. That is why we
strive to get more awareness at every level.
Nothing can diminish your Infinite Consciousness
It is a Play, so the veil is there to deliberately hold us in that contracted Consciousness. It is

only a Play because nothing can happen to the soul that can diminish its essence. That is why
it is a Play. Nothing can diminish your immortality; nothing can diminish your power to love,
in its essence. Nothing, absolutely nothing, can diminish your Infinite Consciousness!
So these wraps, these veils create an illusion that you have lost it. And the moment you become
a little more aware, when the Master comes in and you gain a little more awareness, then you
realize that you did not lose anything at all. Everything is still within you, and that is the beauty
of the Game.
Assess where we are operating from
In the Game itself, in this state of ignorance when we are in the dark side of the chakra, in the
contracted side of the chakra, we see separation, we see negatives, we are externally focused
and we operate in quite a bit of ignorance. So it is important to observe “where are we?” at
those levels. “When I am operating with my mind, where am I? Am I in the side of Light or
am I in the side of darkness?” And a good way of assessing that is asking, “How selfish am I?
120
Or how unselfish am I?” The more unselfish you are, the more you are operating in the Light;
the more selfish you are, and the more you are operating in contraction, separation.
At every stage: in your thoughts, in your communication, in your feelings, in your vital being,
in your sexual Consciousness, in the gross Consciousness, “Am I operating in selfishness, or
am I operating in selflessness? Am I operating on the dark qualities of manipulation, hate,
anger, pride, greed, lust, or am I operating on kindness, compassion, love, and understanding?”
So you can observe, in this Play of Life, in all your relationships, at every level of being, how
you are operating. That is how you keep an eye on the “I.”
Take responsibility for your power
Every centre, we need to understand, is a centre of Consciousness and a centre of power. It has
powers; you have power. The more aware you are, the more you can use that power, in a good
way obviously, and sometimes in negative ways. Even though we are more aware, we know
that. When we cross boundaries, when we go against our very nature, when our conscience is
telling us something, but our selfishness drives us, we go against our very nature. We cross
those boundaries sometimes.
At every centre we have the power to think. That is a power. We have the power to act. That is
a power. We have the power to communicate. That is a power. We have the power to express
emotions in the field. That is a power. We have so much power! And when we act we are
influencing the space. We are creating something in the space. There is going to be a reaction
from the space. The Universe is going to react and that is what we call the “mirror.” Then you
can see exactly the qualities of your acting in the space.
So at every centre that you are operating on, it is extremely important that you observe how
you are using your power – in ignorance, or in the Light, selfishly or unselfishly? That is the
nature of the Game.
Observe yourself in your inner operation and outer operation
The goal is to evolve in the Consciousness. We want to grow in the Consciousness. So how we
are operating? When we become conscious of it, the goal is to improve, to open the
Consciousness. We want to evolve. The force of life itself is evolutionary, to open up the
Consciousness to more Light rather than to go into more darkness.
We want to evolve, so we need to be very aware of the centres of operation. They are with you
all the time, whether you are on the inside operating, or on the outside in relationships. You are
using your centre of power all the time. How are you using it: To plan things that are
destructive? To plan things that are selfish? To envision more selfish ways of being? Or to plan
things that are unselfish? To plan things that are good for our society? So observe yourself in
your inner operation and in your outer operation. That is the way we can really grow in the
space.
121
The Universe provides a mirror
It requires a sober way of looking. And when you are a sincere student, a sincere seeker, you
will try to be conscious in every moment of where you are operating from, and the consequence
of that in the outer space.
You are operating in a Universe that is constantly responding to you, so you can see, in every
moment, what you are doing. That is the beautiful mirror that faces you. When you are acting
from qualities of the Light, you can see what happens in the space. You are drawn to more
goodness. So when you do good, good meets with you and the goodness grows in you. When
you do negative, that is what you attract to you and you go further into the contraction. So if
you observe yourself very carefully, you will see how you are responsible for everything that
is happening within you. You are responsible for your existing condition. You are responsible
for what is going to happen to you. And you have been responsible for what has happened to
you.
The power of choice is yours
In each of these centres, you have the power of choice; a good seeker, a worthy seeker, a sincere
seeker will be always conscious of how they are operating in the space. How much
Consciousness are you operating with? Who is going to answer that if not you? Are you aware
every time that you relate to your world, or you relate to Self, of what is happening in you, of
what you are doing? Do you take that inner look of introspection? A good seeker does, because
we can be so caught up in what we want to get on the outside, or what we want to be, or what
we want to impose on our world, that we are not conscious of what is happening on the inside.
Is our Consciousness growing or contracting?
We need to take that responsibility of observing every centre of action in the Consciousness.
Observe what it is doing to us, observe what it is doing to the space and ask ourselves, “Am I
growing in it? Or am I contracting in it?” That is the question that we need to ask ourselves.
Intention is an energy generator
The beauty of the journey is that when we become aware of our Self at every point, we can do
something about it if we find that it is not where we want to be. That is what you have been
learning, that every intention that you embrace or entertain, every intention within you, moves
energy. Every intention, evil or good, negative or positive, is moving energy in your space, in
your Consciousness and by extension, it is influencing the world around you. So look at the
intentions that you have within you, look at the intentions that drive you and automatically you
are going to see what kind of energies you are producing in the field. Intention is an energy
generator: intention to love, intention to hate, intention to be kind. It produces a kind of wave
in the space that influences your physical self, your entire being, emotional self, vital self,
122
mental self, and the space around. So intentions are extremely important to look at, and
attention. Wherever you place your attention that is where the energy goes.
So begin to observe the quality of your intentions in the space. Observe what it has done to
you, observe what it is doing to you and observe where your attentiveness is. If you observe
where your attentiveness is, then you will see what preoccupies your mind, where your focus
lies.
Use your power of discrimination
So keep an eye, keep aware of the ego, the “I,” continuously throughout the journey. And that
in the seeker is called vivek, discrimination. This is an important tool in the space. We are gifted
as human beings to have the power of discrimination. The soul has the ability to discriminate
using the brain, the mind in the brain. We have that power, and we need to use it as souls on
the journey. Discrimination: what is selfish, what is unselfish; what is good, what is not good;
what it is creating in the space. We have that power of discrimination. Use it as a seeker and
keep your eye on the “I” on the journey. The “I” is evolving. The beauty is that the power of
the “I” is coming from the power of the Self. The power of the “I” that you have is a reflection
of the great power of the Self that is within you, that Infinite Self within you. And when this
“I” that we have, becomes transparent, clean, can you imagine what is going to happen? It is
going to shine with the most beautiful qualities of the Self! And when you meet such a person
you meet God, you meet the Divine! You see the goodness of the Divine shining in and through
the person. So that “I” that we have needs to become transparent, needs to reflect completely
the most beautiful qualities of the Self within. Keep an eye on the “I.”
(back to content)
123
Day 18 – Meditation - Keep an Eye on the “I”
Where is my “I” centred?

Let us observe the inner space, the Consciousness space. Let us observe the “I” in the space.
Where is my “I” seated at the moment? Is it in the restlessness of the body? Is it in the strong
vitality of the body? Is it in low emotions, low energy emotions in the heart, loneliness, fear,
insecurity? Or is it centred in love, peace, kindness and compassion? Where is my mental “I”
centred? Is it in silence? Is it in peacefulness? Is it in openness? Where is my communication
“I” centred? Is it in listening to my Universe? Is it in that intuitive mode? Is it in sending
beautiful energies of noble thoughts in the space?
The Universe is in support of your evolution

Wherever your “I” is centred, whatever quality you are experiencing, ask yourself how does
this feel? Is this what I really want to feel? Don’t claim helplessness because you have a whole
Universe in support. Don’t hold any contracted or conditioned beliefs of helplessness because
an entire Universe is in support of your evolution. Open yourself to Grace.
Use every tool you have to stay in the Light

Think that you have the power of choice in meditation to place the “I” wherever you want to,
at any level on the ladder of Consciousness, at any energy level. The most beautiful experience
is that of balance in the space, being held in a very powerful awareness of Light, using every
tool that you have to stay in the Light: the Light of understanding, the Light of openness, the
Light of intuitive connection to the inner space of intelligence, the Light of love, of compassion,
of kindness. These waves are being generated in the space, as we open up to our own goodness,
and as we connect to the energy field in the Consciousness, in the Collective Consciousness.
Use pranayama to create balance in the space

Use the power of prana, pranayama. You can breathe into any level, as you open yourself to
experience energy at that level. Join me as I go down to my vital level that holds my body in a
good space. So I open up my abdominal area in belly breathing. Of course those of you who
would like to, I am trying to create balance in the space. I am holding the mind in peacefulness,
in openness, intuitive awareness, listening to the inner space, our space, our collective space. I
am listening to you and sharing the space with you, wherever you are on the planet. There is
individual experience of my body, my mind, my emotional being and there is collective
experience, as I open my Consciousness to the “All,” I can feel the field extended. I am going
to my heart, breathing into my heart. The idea of unselfishness in the space is to open up the
Consciousness to the All, to experience the connection to the All. [Silence]
Be aware of the different qualities of the “I” and stay open

Now you can be aware of the “I” and its different qualities: peaceful mind, intuitive mind, open
mind, communicating being with my Universe, emotions in the Light, vital being. I am being
aware of how nourished my whole being feels in this collective field. It feels like a big heart –
that I am held in a big heart, the heart of the Universe. Wherever you are in the Consciousness
124
field, stay open, let go of all your expectations and beliefs as much as you can. Stay open. It is
only in an open field that the Divine within you can express in fullness.
In this meditation I am firmly placed in my heart, experiencing the power of love that comes
from a co-creative field of collective being that completely satisfies my soul. My mind is quiet
and wants to rest in the heart. I am aware of my vital nature and it supports my heart. How
beautiful! This is the spirit of yoga: individual unity with the collective.
Affirmation for the day

Now let us look ahead to this day, holding the intention of taking this Consciousness into the
day, this Consciousness of Light, of our essence. Take it into the day, that every relationship
with our world will be centred in this.
Let us hold that intention and pray in our being: Hold me there O Supreme Self, let me not
forget this space, no matter how busy my day becomes. Hold me there. As I traverse in this
journey in the Consciousness space, hold me there, I pray. Let me be a blessing to my world.
Peace, Peace, Peace.
(back to content)
125
DAY 19 – The World as a Stage

– Sunday April 13
The subject of today is “The World as a Stage.” Yesterday, I spoke about the Universe
providing a mirror for us to see ourselves. I am going to continue on that subject.
We have set our stage
Is the world before us a stage that we have prepared for our Play of Life? Are all the players
on the stage that we have set, the players we need to make the next step? Does life hold such
meaning and purpose that we should give attention to it? It has before us everything that is
required for the next steps in our journey to freedom – the world around us.
For those of you who have studied a bit of past life regression, you will see amazing stories of
how the life is planned and how we have come to learn certain things, and how all the
relationships that are before us are important. I see how people are in conflict with this very
stage that they have set. They complain about everything on the stage, when the stage has been
set so perfectly.
Can you imagine a Universe that is so infinitely intelligent in the way it is designed, in the way
it operates, in the way it is maintained? We cannot make anything that can match nature or the
Universe, nothing. We use the materials given by nature, we put them together and we think
that we are heroes. We discover the laws of nature and we use them sometimes for destruction.
We have a lot of lessons to learn from nature.
We have chosen our challenges
So it is extremely important to observe the stage before you. It is very intelligently set; it is the
stage that we have chosen. You have chosen your parents – that is not a random event. You
have chosen your friends to meet again – that is not a random event. And interestingly enough,
you have chosen your challenges in the Play. Why not! If the Play is going to be full of meaning
and purpose, if the Play is going to be filled with growth as every Play of life is, it is full of
learning opportunities. That is the goal: to grow in the Consciousness. We have chosen the
collective that is before us for the sake of our Play.
Stay focused on the opportunities for growth
It is important to understand that we are the centre of our Universe. Each one of us is at the
centre of our Universe. The journey is not about another; the journey is about us. So when we
point fingers at others in the Play and say, “They are not doing this and they are not doing that,”
how important is that to our growth? It is more important that we look at how we are relating
to everything around us and look for the opportunities to grow there; otherwise we would not
be focused on us. We would constantly be focused on the things around us. So the world is
amazing space for growing.
126
Think about it, you have chosen your challenges. All the conflicts in our space, every one of
them is what we have chosen, to grow. And do you know it is said – and I like this very much
– that those of us who have the most troubles, that we have chosen to grow faster. We have
chosen to accelerate our growth. Listen to this! When you begin to complain about all the woes
you have, would you think for a moment that you chose the Play to be so tough so that you
could grow the maximum that you can become free. Some of us have decided that this is the
last lifetime, and we have chosen the Play to be so tough that we will become free in the very
lifetime.
Karma has created our stage
This stage that we have before us is operating under the Law of Karma, cause and effect, the
Law of Divine Compensation, Divine Justice. It means that everything we see in the Play, there
is a cause for it. Our unfinished karmas inside have created this stage for us, so that we can
have opportunities to work through them.
Karmas are actions we have performed, and the seeds of these karmas are still within us. Karma
is action and consequence. Every action we perform has a consequence and those consequences
are still with us: unfinished desires, impressions that contain some consequence that we need
to deal with. Karmas are unfinished business that is based on our desires.
Because we have a desire for certain things in the Play, those draw us into the field. The desire
to grow, the desire to acquire things, the desire for pleasure; all these desires draw us into the
Play. The stage that is set before us has been set to work out certain karmas. So when we come
here, we have come with those. Sometimes you may ask yourself, “But I do not deserve this.
Why is this happening?” It is your past karmas that are driving this, not the current one, because
you can see no reason why this should be in your space.
Look deeply into the mirror to see the lessons
In terms of the Universe providing a mirror before you, when you look at how the Universe is
responding to you through every relationship, sometimes the response is to unconscious desires
within you, unconscious memories stored inside of you that is triggering it, that you do not yet
see – things that you have come to learn, but it is not in your Consciousness at the moment.
Then when you become triggered, you see a part of you there that has the potential for learning
and growing.
Any conflict in the space that you did not expect, that you think you did not deserve, has
meaning. It can be related to something deep inside of you. It resonates with that. That is why
it is there. So give attention to everything that is happening in the space, everything. It shows
up what you need to learn, what has drawn you into the event. It has all the information there.
So it is a fantastic space for learning.
127
The present holds all possibilities for the future
What you do with the events now (you are in real time with the event) what you do now, in this
“now” moment, will determine the future. The past has driven us into the present. The present
has all the opportunities for the future. So what is the most important? Staying with the present;
staying with what is. Seeing how the past is influencing it, and seeing the marvellous
possibilities for the future. That is what the stage holds for you. Karma is not a prison. “Oh I
have to go through all these karmas.” Karmas create the stage to allow you to grow and to
become free. All you need to do is to focus on the present, “What is before me? What is before
me?” Then you will see right before you, all of the next steps in growth. Do not resist anything
in the Play. Do not create more conflict in the Play, because you go deeper in the karmic
consequences that will keep you coming on the stage again and again. Learn your lessons
quickly and progress in the Play.
The moment you learn your lesson, you will see how the circumstances change, right before
your eyes. If you really take the challenges before you, learn the lessons, change the way you
think, change the way you relate, you will see right before you, the change of the Play.
Attachment and aversion create karma
Do you know when your karmas are finished with anything? When you have no “for or
against”; when it does not matter anymore. The moment you have conflict with anything, the
moment you resist anything, you have a karma with it. The moment you want to put it aside
and deny it, you have a karma with that event. When it does not matter again whether it is there
or not there, when there is no attachment to it nor aversion to it that is when you break the bond
of karma.
Look at the things in life around you. Are you attached to it? It is going to cause pain. It is
going to bring you here again and again. Is there aversion for it? That too is going to pull you.
Now you will see how the stage is: your attachment and aversion, your love and hate created
all of this that is before you.
Remember your friends and foes in the Play
But look at the Play. The most beautiful things in the Play are those players you have chosen
who can lift you. You did not only choose challengers, you chose friends. You chose friends,
so celebrate your friends you have in the Play, the Masters, the friends, and meet the challenge
adventurously. If you take a fresh look at the Play and see that you are the centre of this Play,
nobody else; that you created this Play for your growth, you learn to respect every player in the
space, whether it is a friend or a foe. They are all friends, in any event. You will see a
marvellous Play.
That is what Krishna was counselling Arjuna, when the Play became a battlefield for Arjuna.
Krishna had to push him back into the idea of the Play. “See no friend or foe here. Do your
128
duty. You are a warrior. You need to fight.” He counselled him. “The divinity within you is
never diminished, Arjuna. That which is within you cannot die cannot perish.” Krishna
explained to him the divinity that is inside and the nature of the Play, and suddenly Arjuna
went to the battlefield full of energy and power, and became victorious.
Respect the stage
Treat what is before you with respect. It is a marvellous stage. I am in awe of the stage. Every
day, I see the power of the stage, the beauty of the stage, the wisdom of the stage. This is the
most marvellous Play that you can ever be in. Enjoy the Play!
(back to content)
129
Day 19 – Meditation “The World as a Stage”
Centre in the field where we can direct the play

Let us centre in the inner space, the Consciousness space. This is the space of the marvellous
Play of Life, the Play of Consciousness. Let us observe that inner space. Let us centre in the
most powerful field that we have, the mental field. That is the field from where we can observe,
the field where we can reason, the field where we can direct the way we play. In this field there
are thoughts, there are feelings, there are desires, and there are aversions in this inner space.
We see the world as we are

It also reflects the outer space. How we are within will determine how we are on the outside.
If there is conflict within us there will be conflict on the outside. If there is integration within
us, peace within us, so it is going to be on the outside for us. We see the world as we are.
Let us clear the mental space that we may choose the way we play in the inner space, with our
thoughts, with our feelings, with our energies. We have powerful friends on the inside. Peace
and love are very powerful friends. Hate, lack of forgiveness, jealously, pride, lust, these
friends that we may have in our ignorance can become enemies, challenges, but we are not
going to fight with them. We are going to disarm them with love, with wisdom.
Holding the mind in a limitless space

Observe how we can extend the inner space, just by thinking of infinite space, boundless,
endless silence, limitless peace. Let us rest the mind in that with intuitive awareness. Use the
prana of the breath. Breathe. As you breathe in, think of limitless space, that thought is a friend,
a very dear friend, limitless space. As you breathe out, dispel your unfriendly elements, any
stress that might be within you, discordant thoughts, and observe the power of the collective.
How we are supporting each other. That is what I am doing; I am scanning the space, extending
the space so that I can join all of you in that marvellous co-creation of a collective field of
Light. I am searching for your hand to hold, and as you give me your hand, which is your heart
and mind, I feel how the field grows.
Opening up to the field of love

Another powerful friend in the inner space is love, compassion, harmony, and that comes best
when we think that we are part of each other. Observe where love comes up in our being. It is
an energy that comes from the heart, the chest area, from the chakra there. And observe how
the breath can give it more power. Breathe into the chest, opening up to the infinite love, infinite
compassion, infinite peace, and breathe away everything that inhibits that, that limits it. And
as we open up to each other, let us remember the Masters of the Light and open up to them.
Energizing the body

If you want to explore as I am doing at the moment, go to the navel area and bring stability to
your physical. The more stable your physical is, the more the upper area is, the mental and
emotional are held powerfully. So I am enjoying energizing the body, opening up the field of
love and holding the mind in limitless peace. Open to intuition, open to inner wisdom.
130
Follow the inner guide

Join me in these beautiful moments of silence. Follow the Guide on the inner. The Kundalini
is a guide on the inside. She will guide your breathing if you allow Her. [Silence]
Meet the worldly stage in the Light

Now, let us extend our Consciousness to the outer stage and to meet with those players, blessing
all of them. The friends and the foes in the Play, bless all of them, bless your challenges, and
bless your friends who strengthen you. That is the way you bring Light into the field, that is
the way you prepare for the stage every day, by blessing all.
I meet my worldly stage today in the Light, in the awareness that this is the stage, that I accept
it: the stage that has been created by my unfinished desires and tendencies, the stage that I
have attracted. I give thanks to my Higher Self for helping me to prepare this stage that I may
become liberated, and in Oneness with my Higher Self. I meet my stage today with love, with
peace, with understanding and I am in gratitude to the Supreme Master of the Play, my Higher
Self. Peace, Peace, Peace.
(back to content)
131
DAY 20 – Yoga of Self-Mastery

– Monday April 14
The yoga that led me to freedom and self-mastery is an amazing one. It is considered to be the
royal path in Yoga; it is called “Siddha Yoga”; “Maha Yoga”; “Sahaj Yoga”; “Spontaneous
Yoga”; “Guru Yoga.” The most powerful thing about this is that it begins with a sincere
seeking of the disciple and the Grace of a perfected Master called a “Siddha” or “Maha Yogi.”
Siddha is a perfected being; one who has become accomplished; one who has risen beyond the
opposites; one who lives beyond duality; and a sincere seeker is one who is thirsting for that
freedom. So the Divine through the Siddha and the Divine through the seeker meets with each
other through a process called Shaktipat, which I have described earlier. An amazing process,
Divine to Divine. That is the Yoga that led me to freedom.
Awakened Shakti will take you back home
For those of you who have been influenced by me, impacted by me, that is what you have
experienced: the blessing of Maha Yoga, Siddha Yoga, Sahaja Yoga. Once you get the
experience of Shaktipat, which means the descent of Shakti from the one who lives in that
perfected state of higher energy, to the one who needs the energy, the Grace, once that Shakitpat
has been transmitted, and it can take various forms in the experience of the transmission on the
side of the seeker, it does not really matter about the Siddha anymore. A process starts within
the seeker where the Kundalini energy has been awakened by the Shaktipat. So the Siddha
Yoga, Maha Yoga, Sahaja Yoga involves Kundalini awakening. When the Kundalini awakens
in us, She becomes the Master. If you do not even meet the Siddha again in a physical form,
that blessing of the Shaktipat, that awakens the Shakti, will take you the full journey.
Different levels of Shaktipat
That is why I had an incredible relationship with this Kundalini energy beyond the Master.
When we experience Shaktipat, through the Grace of a Master, because we are deserving we
have earned that Grace. The Shaktipat is an expression of that Grace that comes from that
thirsting, that yearning. So it is not just about the Master, it is about us. We pull it away from
the Master and the Master, having gone beyond duality, is giving freely. So it is more about us
than the Master. Some Siddhas are kind and they will stay with us on the journey. Some do not
care to stay with us. They move us away so we can grow in our own freedom and awareness,
independence. This has been an amazing process within me.
When Shaktipat comes She can come at different levels, depending on where you are. If you
are physically centred and held in the world, but you are thirsting for some kind of spiritual
knowledge and you meet the Master, you will start to have physical changes within you. She
will appear in your physical space trying to clean your space to help you to progress. When
Kundalini is awakened through Shaktipat, She moves within you in a way to clean you up
almost automatically, so long as you keep on thirsting for that knowledge and freedom. So long
as you keep on thirsting for greater spiritual Consciousness, She will move within you,
132
phenomenally. And if you remember the Master, if you remember the instructions and follow
it, She gets even more excited within you and begins to move.
She can appear in the emotional space as well. If you are an emotional person, She comes into
your emotional space and tries to clean that up, and various experiences can come there. Or
She can come into your mental space and begins to clean that up. Depending on where you are
that would result in the experiences that you will have. So a person who is very ready, who
would have done a lot of work already, on intense Shaktipat they begin to have very positive
experiences and great lift. You can imagine someone who would have gotten into the mental
field (the mental is the most powerful), who would have gotten into the mental field and who
would have been wrestling with all these ideas of spirituality, who would have gone through
many paths already, studied a lot of the teachings, practiced; when they meet such a Master
they can have an instant lift inside and they can jump into that space of freedom.
And if someone is quite gross, but they are thirsty, they are sincere, they can begin to have a
lot of energy experiences: movement in the body, heat in the body, initially. And as they begin
to grow in the Consciousness a little more, their experiences become a little more subtle.
Kriyas – purification exercises
These experiences that come from the Kundalini awakening through Shaktipat, and begin to
clean us up at all the levels are called Kriyas – purification exercises that come spontaneously
to us. This is an amazing Yoga, because Kundalini takes over on the inside and becomes the
Guide; she becomes the Guru on the inside. And She guides you step-by-step on the journey,
the most beautiful Guide you can ever have. She will inspire you in so many ways. She will
clean you up and refine your personality, so that you do not have to be anyone else; you can be
who you are. She refines you deep inside. So this is an amazing, amazing thing. It is really the
best on the path to freedom. She does not change you, She refines you. She brings out the best
in you whether you are an artist, or a teacher, or a doctor, or a farmer, whatever you are. She
just shines in your being and makes you the best at whatever you do.
So it is important to have this relationship with this awakened Kundalini on spiritual

awakening. And if you remember the Master, Kundalini grows even more powerfully within
you: the Master’s words, the Master’s teachings and also the Master’s presence. Kundalini is
fully active, completely active and is one with the perfected Master, the Siddha or the Maha
Yogi. So when you remember the Master, She begins to become alive and strong within you,
because it is the same Kundalini: Kundalini outside in the Master, Kundalini inside within you.
This is a phenomenal process and this has been my journey.
First experience of Shaktipat
When I went to India I had no idea that I was ever going to get involved in Siddha Yoga or
Maha Yoga. I simply wanted freedom, I did not even know much about Kundalini and the little
I knew, I kept away from it. But Kundalini is the energy of life itself. It is the Divine Energy.
133
When She was awakened within me the first was the heart, as I said to you all before. The heart
opened up in one burst of energy and I felt love in my space. I felt freedom, all my emotions
became more harmonious, my voice just came out on its own. I felt such a joy within my heart;
it was what I was searching for. And it inspired me; I would want to do everything and would
feel the presence of this beautiful energy coming within me whenever I got more into my self-
discipline. So She inspired me to be more self-disciplined in a lovely way. I would want to
chant, I would want to get up early, I would want to do seva, I would want to relate to people
lovingly, I would want to serve. All these things happened out of love. I want to sing, I want
to express myself.
And you all know in that first instance in India– I spent four months there – and I came back
to Trinidad, I did not want to be a recluse. I got back into my working environment and I
enjoyed that completely through the movement of this energy within me. The Kundalini
became my friend. And before I left India She came up to my brow. She opened my brow to
help me with concentration. And the moment She comes to the brow, this is the place of self-
mastery. When She came to the brow my mind started to really become more powerful, my
concentration, better. And the masterful thing about the brow is that once She gets there and
stays there you feel that you have a constant companion with you. For those of you who feel
that brow and that presence is always there with you, that is Her. She is constantly with you,
and She will lead you step-by-step through this journey. That is what She did to me.
The first burst of Shaktipat was when I first went to India and I got into the energy of the
Master. I did not even meet the Master. And when I did meet him two years afterwards, the
physical did not really matter so much. She was so strong in me. That was the Master within
me, and when I really got into a relationship without the physical Master, I realized that it is
the same Kundalini in Him, the same Kundalini in me and I related only to Kundalini. She
became the Master outside, She became the Master inside. I was so inspired by him, I would
read his books, I would follow what he does. I became so inspired and I could actually feel this
energy moving through him. He was not just a man; he was a perfect expression of the
Kundalini energy. And I felt that same energy rising within me, so I gave great respect to
Kundalini energy as the Master.
Second burst of Shaktipat
The second burst of Shaktipat came in the 40 days, when my head started to experience a
different kind of energy and I came into a space where I was forced by this energy, which was
good for me, because I needed that for this journey, forced by this energy to claim my divinity,
“I am That…I am That.” So I got into this masterful Consciousness.
It was a bit intimidating in the beginning because I do not want to assume any kind of mastery,
it is an ego place that is vulnerable; but this energy held me there until I felt safe. And It took
me through an honourable path over 40 days, to hold me in such a space that at the end of the
134
40 days I felt so free, so masterful, but humble, absolutely humble. So it protected me in those
40 days from any kind of straying away, thinking that I am something.
So it got me to a place, that Shaktipat, it got me to a place of utmost humility and that is how I
live in my world today. I serve everyone, I serve everything, I want nothing, I want no praise.
All I want to do is to share what I have with all.
The experience of Shakti depends on the seeker
So when Shaktipat comes to you, and She can come at different levels – physical first, that is
when the Brahma granti is opened; or She can come into the heart emotional space, through
Vishnu, the Vishnu granti becomes open; or She can come to the top of the brow, the Rudra
granti that takes you back, completely home.
It is an amazing journey. You can have several experiences of Shaktipat. You can begin to have
Shaktipat without meeting a physical Master because there are Masters – Siddhas on the other
dimensions who will come to you. There is no scarcity of Masters in the Universe.
So it depends on the student. We are the ones who determine the journey, determine the pace.
You can just imagine that when we get Shaktipat it will be different. Intense Shaktipat will
come to the one who is really seeking; mild Shaktipat comes to the one who is mildly seeking;
and then very mild Shaktipat, minimal Shaktipat will come to the seeker who is dull. So where
are you on the scale? You choose and that will determine how you move. Incredible Yoga.
This is the Yoga of self-mastery.
(back to content)
135
Day 20 – Meditation “Yoga of Self-Mastery”
Let us centre in that inner space. This is the Shaktipat space. The Grace of the Siddhas is with
us. The presence of Kundalini energy is with us. She is the most beautiful guide, the most
compassionate guide, the most benevolent guide. As you sit in the space of Grace with me and
you open up your space, open up your heart, open up your mind, open up your being fully to
this marvellous graceful presence that is so alive within us. She teaches us how to breathe. She
teaches us to sit straight. She shifts our posture if we are open to Her. She opens up our heart,
cleans it. She open up the mind, brings peace to it. Begin to look for Her presence. It is the
presence of Grace, that which inspires you, carries you; and it is within you. The fact that you
can be sitting and listening to me, She is guiding you to do that; that you can be interested in
what I am saying to you, interested in joining me in this space. She is inspiring you to do that.
Kundalini is the Master within

She is the Master within me. I allow my space to be so full of Her, Her peace, Her love. She
guides me to move my breath, so I am going to breathe into all levels to create balance. See
what She inspires you to do. Which level is She drawing you to? If it is emotional, try to open
up the heart as much as you can, be compassionate. If it is mental, open up the mind to peace.
If it is physical, focus on the power chakra at the navel. She will guide you, even in the slightest
way.
I am bringing Her presence into the space, that She may be awakened more powerfully through
you: Shaktipat, the wonderful Grace of Kundalini. I am open to all the Siddha Masters and to
the plane of the Siddhas – the loka of the Siddhas – seeking the blessings of these Masters on
all of us. Observe the collective space. The moment you feel some guidance within you,
surrender to it. Love brings Her powerfully into the space. I am centred in my heart, with a
peaceful mind, vital physical body, and I am joining you there in that heart space. As you centre
in that space of openness, look for what She is guiding you to do. [Silence]
I am directing my communication to you on the inner, I am right with you. My attention is to

the powerful collective space that we are co-creating. [Silence]
Intention for today

Open your heart to gratitude, and take a moment to think, “How is this going to feature in my
day today?” If you felt the guidance of this Power inside, if you have felt the energy that She
brings to the space, the intention should be to stay in this Consciousness throughout the day
and to be guided by Her presence within us, as we give attention to Her.
O Supreme Mother within me, O Supreme Shakti within me, I open my being, my heart and
mind, that you will manifest your Light of love, understanding and vitality, through my being
and through all my expressions today, as I open myself to you. I give thanks for all the blessings
that you continue to give to me and I am in gratitude to the Masters of the Light. Continue to
inspire me O Masters, continue to guide me O Divine energy. Let me be your instrument.
136

Thank you everyone, I hope that you have been inspired today. The path of the perfected
Masters, the Siddha Yoga path, is an amazing path. And if you have been inspired by me in
any way, it is through the experience of Shaktipat. Use it. This is a royal path as we are guided
fully on the path. May Grace be with you.
(back to content)
137
DAY 21 – Use the Most Powerful Tool in the Practice

Are you ready for the practice?
During the last twenty days, I have given you the tools. I have given you a road map. I have
given you a compass. Are you ready for the journey, for the practice? Now is the practice. How
do we use the tools in the space? Are you a true seeker? Are you ready for this journey? Are
you detached from the world sufficiently? “Detached,” not “away from,” detached. Are you
detached from the world sufficiently that you can give maximum attention to the inner space?
That is the question you need to ask yourself, because if you feel the pull towards the world,
pleasure, power, possession, go after it. There are no issues there. You will learn a lot from that
experience. But if you are the seeker who wants to grow in the Consciousness space, who wants
to really understand who you are, and if you want to make that ultimate journey to freedom in
the Consciousness, where you can experience the greatest happiness, love, contentment, and
where all the things that you need and could want would be drawn to you, if you are that kind
of seeker, then you are ready to hear what I have to say. I am going to assume that you are that
kind of seeker.
The journey of spiritual seeking requires your greatest commitment and attention. If you have
feet in two worlds, you cannot decide whether to be here or there, that is not a good place to
be; a lot of indecisiveness, confusion, misery. Stay wherever you are drawn to most. You can
attend to the spirituality as you want, but if you are in the world, enjoying it, stay there. Go to
the spirituality whenever you need to. Let it serve you. If you are the spiritual seeker, learn to
detach. Do not be pulled. Stay on your journey.
Keep attention on the Consciousness space
The space of exploration, the space of transformation, the space of experiences, is the
Consciousness space. This space where we have every experience, physical, mental, emotional,
and the external world only stimulates the thoughts in us, the emotions in us, the feelings in us.
The external world is only tools to prompt the game inside. So the Consciousness space is
where we need to keep our attention. “What is my experience of the body? How do I experience
the body in my Consciousness space? How do feelings feature in my Consciousness space?
When feelings come, how does it feel in the body? How does it feel in the mind? How does it
feel in the Consciousness? When thoughts come into the space, how do I feel about them?
What do they do to me?” That is the kind of awareness that is required.
Work with the inner instruments
In this Consciousness space, I told you before that we have the antahkarana, the inner
apparatus, the inner instruments. And what are they? Because our Consciousness is in a form
– physical and for those of you who believe, an energetic form of the soul – because our
Consciousness is embodied in these forms, subtle and gross, we carry an “I.” That “I,” as I
138
have been telling you, is only a result of the forms we have. So we have an “I” naturally and
that “I” is seeking pleasure power, possession, freedom, love. It is a seeker in there. It is going
after things.
Besides having an “I,” that feeling of ego, self-identity, we have an intellect, a reasoning
faculty. And because we are such a species, we have a great upper brain that allows the intellect
to function magnificently, that we can begin to appreciate our divinity whilst in this creature
of the human being. We can begin to feel our soul’s identity within the creature, which is a
phenomenal thing that can allow us to become free in the soul whilst being in the body.
Something to think about! Free in the soul, in soul Consciousness, whilst in the body. That tool
is the intellect.
We carry in the Consciousness field the chitta, which is the storehouse of all the thoughts and
all the information. The chitta is the Consciousness field in the individual. The inner
instruments according to the yogic teaching are the ahamkar, the “I”; the buddhi, the intellect;
the ability to think and create an image, manas; and the Consciousness space that contains all
the information, the chitta. So those are what we have to work with.
Use the intellect powerfully
What do you think is the most powerful tool that you need as a seeker? Obviously, intellect.
The reason why we have done so much on this planet as a species is simply because of the
intellect. All that you have done magnificently to progress in life: intellect, reasoning ability.
That is why we can build a house. That is why we can create a camera that can allow us to see.
That is why we can communicate as we do. The intellect is the most powerful tool you have
on your journey, so you need to learn how to use it well. A good seeker will be training the
intellect as a tool. You sharpen the tool. You make the tool powerful, and then it will serve
you.
You look at seekers and you see some are very shrewd, discriminating, listening, thinking.
Some are all over the place, driven by this, driven by that. Reasoning is compromised, they fall
for this, fall for that. Some do not even use the intellect too much. They are driven by everything
around them. Where are you? How powerfully do you use the intellect? If you think about it,
the intellect is the main tool for investigation, “Who am I? Where am I going? Who is God?
What am I really doing? Where do these thoughts come from? Why am I allowing these
thoughts that make me so unhappy? Why do I not keep with the thoughts that keep me happy?
Why? Why?” The ability to investigate, to ask questions, comes from the intellect. So you need
to use the intellect as an investigative tool and you will see, investigation is always important,
and the curiosity that goes with it makes it an adventure.
Question effectively to go deeper
If this is a Play, if this life is really a Cosmic Play, a Divine Play, then there should be some
sport or adventure in it. We should be looking, “Where is the sport in this? Where is the
139
adventure in this?” That is a primary question. “How am I going to get out of this? What is the
path? What can I do? What can I choose?” So questioning, questioning. Not questioning for
the sake of questioning because you want to create a conversation, but really asking yourself.
Burning questions really take you deeper. We need that use of the intellect as a questioning
tool. And you will see every good seeker are always questioning effectively. Not just for the
sake of questioning, because you know how some people can create conversation all the time,
they want to ask questions all the time with no real basis.
Refine engagement through introspection
Intellect is also used for analysis, introspection. “If I were to look back at my day, at how it
was spent, could I have improved it? Could I have done better?” Do you do that introspection?
Some people do it at the end of the day, some people do it at the end of a month, some people
do it at the end of a week, some people do it at the end of a year, and some souls do it at the
end of the life. Do you introspect? Some do it on the go, in every moment, after every action
and even before the action, they are already introspecting, “What did I do before? How can I
do it differently?” We have that tool available to us all the time, do we use it? The tool of
intellect can help us to introspect, analyze and then we can act better and more responsibly.
Open up to intuitive awareness
Another powerful use of the intellect is to be open in the space, to listen. How many of us really
listen? Look at conversations; we are more interested in talking than listening. Even when we
go to God and we are praying, we want to talk more than we listen to God. Are we really open
to information flows from the outside? That is called “intuition.” So can we use the intellect to
open up to intuitive awareness and use that combination of intellect and intuition to analyze, to
reason? It is a very powerful tool. It is the reasoning ability. It is the intellect that can help us
to open up the Consciousness more, to develop intuitive awareness. Learn to listen a little more.
The Universe is speaking to you on the inside and the Universe also speaks to you on the
outside.
Heart and mind need to work together
It is the intellect that really helps the heart to open up magnificently. The heart is a very
powerful tool, emotional being is a very powerful tool, and emotional intelligence is really
heart and intellect working magnificently. You know the saying: “Intellect without heart is
lame, and heart without intellect is blind.” Do you see? If you are lame, you are still moving
forward. If you are blind, all goes. But you do not want either being lame or blind, so heart and
head needs to work together.
Intellect supports discrimination
Intellect can help you to create the discipline that you need and stay on it, monitor it, observe
it, change it. Intellect is a discriminating tool, very important on the journey. We are going to
140
use this throughout so you want to begin by thinking of how to use this effectively, and to ask
yourself, “How you are already using it” Observe how you are using it. It is the most important
tool on the journey. It is the main tool of self-mastery. We will talk more about this. In fact,
before I go, intellect is the tool that helps us to surrender and be humble. That is something to
remember.
(back to content)
141
Day 21 – Meditation “Use the Most Powerful Tool in the Practice”
Observe antahkarana – the inner instruments
We begin our meditation today. Let us observe antahkarana, the inner instruments. We have
the Consciousness space, the space of experience, the space of being. Observe this space inside
of you. It is the space where you experience thoughts, where you create thoughts, where you
experience them. And where there is silence, when thoughts disappear and you have all the
possibilities to bring up any other thought again. Observe that space. That is the space where
thoughts arise from memory. We store them. The good ones, the not so good ones, are all stored
in this space and we own all of them. They are all our creations. Some we do not need again,
some we do not use again, some we bring up as we need them and they light up the space. So
observe that Consciousness space where thoughts play.
Contact the emotional centre

Not only are thoughts there, but also emotional energy. In the Consciousness space there are
emotions that emanate from our emotional centre, the spiritual heart at the centre of the chest.
I am breathing into the centre of the chest, just to come into contact with my emotional centre
in the Consciousness.
I create thoughts in my brain. I create thoughts in the Consciousness space. And feelings
emanate from the emotional centre. There is a heart brain there. The nerve cells associated with
the heart operate much like a brain, so it is called a heart brain. There we can express feelings
that influence the upper brain, the cranial brain. So we can produce thoughts and feelings, using
these two brains that are uplifting. And we are doing it in the Consciousness space.
Use the tools to open the space

The ability to create thoughts is called manas. It is one of the inner instruments: creating
thoughts and images. That is a powerful tool. The ability to reason, to ask questions, to make
decisions, to analyze, to process is called buddhi, intellect. So let us use these tools. There is
my “I” that is having the experience and I am using my intellect now to open up the intuitive
awareness. I do not only want to think, I want to listen as well to the space. I am opening up to
the wisdom of the space and to the Masters of the Light and to the energy of every noble soul.
[Silence]
I am going to breathe in with my awareness, attention. I want to connect to the pranic field, the
energetic field, through the ida-pingala nadis of the nostrils and to the sushumna nadi that
brings energy from Kundalini moving up. I am going to breathe into my brain. I am going to
breathe into my chest, and there is a gut brain, too. We get a lot of information from the gut
area of the body and that brain, these nerve cells associated with the gut. We have a lot of nerve
cells there and they bring a lot of information to us that we can use to create balance. So I am
going to breathe prana into the belly area and then begin to observe the total experience in my
being, using the intellect to really observe and help me to navigate this space.
142
Open to receive Shaktipat

From what you have learned about Shaktipat and Kundalini this is the space of Shaktipat,
movement of Shakti, transmission of energy, giving and receiving. Masters are in this space
and we bring energies towards us based on how open we are and how ready we are. Open your
heart, open your mind, open your being and use your intellect to be vigilant, to be watchful.
For example, in my case, I have a deep feeling, and that is intuitive because I am allowing my
intellect to listen. I have a deep feeling to be silent, so I can receive, I can share information,
energy. I want to stay in balance – head, heart, gut.
When I go to the heart there is such harmony, my heart craves harmony. I am careful not to use
the word “love” because it is so misunderstood. I just open myself to create more harmony in
this space, to be more open, to be more united, to be more loving and compassionate. As you
open up the belly area, observe how much more comfortable you feel, as you ground into vital
Consciousness of the physical. Your intellect is allowing you to do all of this, to make that
divine connection. [Silence]
Celebrate all the little awakenings

It does not matter where you are in the space, accept it. Celebrate all the little awakenings that
you have. Do not criticize yourself. It is with practice and Grace that we learn to master the
inner space.
This is the part of us that needs to be nourished every day. Before we engage with the world,
we need to nourish ourselves on the inside, come into wholeness within. I am in gratitude for
the blessings of the Universe and to all the Masters of the Light. Let us hold that awareness.
As I prepare for a new day, I seek to be guided by the Supreme within me.
(back to content)
143
(back to content)
144
DAY 22 – Humility and Surrender on the Journey

My fascination with the “I”
Yesterday, I described the most powerful tool that we have on the journey. I told you about my
fascination of this “I” that I carry, that I am. For those of you who followed the conversation,
you would have seen my fascination being expressed. But the beauty of this “I” that I have,
that I play with, is that it is held in a vast space that I cannot even begin to describe. So I exist,
“I.” I can play many roles with the “I”: angry, seemingly; loving; neutral, but it is only a play.
The power of that “I” is coming from a space I cannot begin to describe.
I have various experiences of this “I” when I play with it: some are disturbing, some are full of
Light, expansive, some contracting, energies discordant, some energies harmonious. So I can
play in this field. Every time I play with a posture, I am having an experience, so it is quite an
experience of the “I”. Some of us in the play of the “I”, as we use the “I,” are never aware that
I can only do this play because of some greater power that holds the “I.” So there must be some
relationship between this “I” that is created in the space and the source of it. That is the
relationship that leads us back to freedom, to have a relationship with the very Source of our
being, the “I.”
Use intellect to be humble
Yesterday, I told you that this “I” has a powerful tool in the space, intellect; that I can reason.
Far greater than creating a thought, I can reason. I can make decisions about my activities in
the space. I can uplift myself using that reason. I can allow the reason to be compromised, and
I can become caught in various things. So I have the power to reason, which can help us to
become free when it is not compromised, when we really begin to see how powerful it is and
what we can do with it.
I told you yesterday that this can help us to open up the space to listen and to become more
intuitive. And I ended the talk yesterday by telling you that this is a tool also of humility and
surrender. Do you see one of the downsides of the intellect when we think we know? “I am a
learned person, do you not know I went to this institution and studied? “Do you not know I am
so educated?” One of the challenges of the learned is too much ego, pride.
How do we protect the intellect from getting so caught up in creating that feeling of “greater
than,” pride in the ego. That really requires, on the behalf of the seeker, to learn to be humble.
Treat life with respect and value; treat the other as you treat yourself; open up the space to
harmony and equality. That is what humility is: this “I” that is operating in the space beginning
to realize that it has no power without the Source that it is existing in, to treat the Source with
respect and value the Source for what it is; is humility.
145
Outer and inner postures of humility
Notice when I bow to you, I bring my hands together. What is that? It is a posture of honouring
–my two hands, so I become totally non-violent. My hands are held together to honour you and
I put it to my heart. So I am doing so with openness, with love and wanting to create harmony,
wanting to treat you as I treat myself; and I bow to show that I am not greater than you. I want
to show you that I respect you. That is the external posture of humility, but you know that some
people can bow in Namaste, but they do not really mean it.
We are so good with the intellect that we can pretend to be humble in a space, but it does not
really come from our heart. In very subtle ways we still show pride of the ego. On this journey,
to really get the most out of the intellect, it has to lead us to humility.
Meet life without resistance
And humility can take us another step into what I call surrender. Surrender does not mean
becoming less than, passive. It simply means meeting that which is before you; treating it for
what it is, not being greater, not being less; but treating it for what it is. So humility can lead
to surrender.
Now think of the inner space in the Consciousness. Conflict in that space never makes us happy,
whatever it might be. Can you imagine for a moment living without conflict in the inner space?
How that can be? It calls for meeting life with no resistance! Do you see how water meets a
rock, when water comes to the rock, what it does? It flows around the rock and begins to polish
the rock.
Can we meet life, whether it is a thought that comes in the mind, a challenge that comes within
or outside, which is not different because the inside is being troubled by the outside. - And you
do not resist it; you treat it with meaning and respect. This is coming up for a certain reason.
Everything that comes up in the space, there will be no complaint within you, if you treat it
with respect, knowing that this is here for some reason or purpose, by the Law of Cause and
Effect – Karma. “This is here for a purpose.” So trying to understand what is before you is
more important.
There is a beautiful saying in the Bible that says, “Wisdom is the principal thing, therefore get
wisdom and with all thy getting, get understanding” [Proverbs: 4:7] “With all thy getting, get
understanding.” I have always loved that Understanding is so important. We pray in the
Gayatri mantra “Dhiyo Yo na Prachodayat.” Please illumine my mind; open my space. And
the Dhiyo is the intellect.
Humility leads to openness and surrender
So the ability to meet with life without resisting it, trying to really understand the challenge
before you - is really humility in the inner space. The moment you become humble, then you
open the space; humility leads to openness. You are not greater than, you do not want to fight
146
with, you do not what to complain, you want to understand and treat with understanding. If you
take this into every level of your life, you will be amazed at how you will be working with the
Universe differently.
Do not ever feel that you are greater than anybody in the space because we are all equal in the
space. Do you see the tendency to be selfish in the space? That leads to greed, to jealousy, to
hate, to pride, to lust, to power struggles.
Can you come back into that sense of equality and treat the other with respect? When you begin
to treat the Universe with respect, the very Source of your being that is providing energy to
your “I,” you will want to ask yourself, “What does my Universe want of me?” When you do
not ask yourself that and you are out in your power plays, “I want this and I want that,” you are
not asking [even] for a moment, “What does my Universe want of me?” “What does my Source
want of me that is giving me this feeling of “I” in the Play?” The moment you take that question
inside, you are coming into a place of learning how to surrender.
Be humble to the Source of all power
When you realize that you have no power except “That” – that is when someone becomes really
aware. They realize “My ‘I’ has no power without the Source. I get myself in conflict
continuously by being selfish in the space.” They become humble to the Power on the inside.
And then what they want to do is to say, “I simply want to be an instrument. You are the Power;
help me to be an instrument.” Taking that posture, then in every conflict that may appear in the
space because of our ignorance, because of our ego; we open up the space to find the deeper
meaning. If we really open up the space to intuitive wisdom, the meaning will come to us. The
moment we want to find out why, certainly the meaning is going to come because our desire is
to know. “With all thy getting get understanding.” “Seek and ye shall find, knock and it shall
be open unto you.” [Matthew 7:7] The Universe unconditionally meets your seeking with the
appropriate response to help you always, unconditionally.
So meeting every challenge in the space with the idea of surrender, opening up the space to
surrender, and be an instrument. “I own nothing; the Universe owns everything. I do not even
own my thoughts. It is because of the power of the Universe that it is created. I am nothing
without That.” That is the ultimate humility, being able to see that Power operating not only
within you as your very Source, but the Source of everything around you. So learning to be
humble really requires the greatest stretch of our mind.
The most wonderful power of our intellect – when the intellect becomes noble and realizes that
it does not know everything that is humility in learning. “I do not know everything. I do not
even know who I am. I am always open to know more.” And it is only the ones who know that
they do not know will be the ones who really know.
(back to content)
147
Day 22 – Meditation “Humility and Surrender on the Journey”
Seek that space of humility
We begin our meditation today, seeking to create an inner space that has no conflict at all.
Seeking to observe the “I” that we experience; this “I” that is the meditator at the moment.
Seeking to establish a relationship with the Source of being. Observe that “I.” Let us bring this
“I” into humility. “I exist because of that great Power within me. I cannot claim anything of
my own. It is my Source that holds me.” This is the greatest humility. The moment you come
into that space of humility, the mind becomes quiet: it is respecting the Source, it does not want
to move a thought. So silence in the inner space is respecting the power of the Source.
Now use your breathing that you can connect to all levels of your being. I can feel the
tremendous mental space that we are creating, but it has to expand. It has to include all the
levels of being. Join me! Come into every level of being, observe the Consciousness space. It
has so many qualities. And we need to be respectful to every level. We need to observe the
totality of being so that we can be humble with our entire nature.
Show respect to the elements

Let us show respect to the elements of Nature by honouring the earth element within our
bodies…in gratitude just for the experience of this earth plane. Think of how important that
water element is in the body; and the fire element, creating warmth and heat; the air element,
as you breathe into the lungs; and the space allows everything to move in it.
Come into harmony with every level

Come into harmony with every level. Do you realize what that means? That you need not only
to use your cranial brain, but you need to use the power of your heart brain, opening up the
heart to receive the energies in the space, and to produce the most beautiful chemicals in the
nervous system. That allows for happiness, joy in the exploration, excitement in exploring.
Do you see how your “I” has changed? From just being a mental “I” it has become an emotional
“I” and a physical “I,” because you have used your gut brain, you used your heart brain and
you used your cranial brain together. Gut brain gives all the information about the physical
body.
Use the breath to put the prana at every level. Observe the magnificence of this; stay with me!
Observe the incredible space. I am speaking to you, but from deep silence. I am producing
thoughts, but from deep peace and perfect love. I am being humble to you. I am treating you
as part of me.
Look for the space of the Supreme Doer
Look for that space where you can be carried, where you become an instrument, allowing the
doer within you to move, that Supreme Doer. That Higher Self within you is seeking to manifest
148
in a space of peace, love and harmony. Create the space for that manifestation. Stay with the
expansiveness of being. Honour the urges within you: the deep urges to be happy, to be
peaceful, to be free, to be united in the inner space, to be carried. And stay with me in the
magnificence of the inner space. [Silence]
Observe the inner space. Can you see how much Light has entered your space, simply because
you opened it? You opened your “I” to an even greater power. Look what it has done to your
space. Be humble to that greater power in which your “I” exists that holds every other “I” in
your space.
Meet your outer world as part of you

Think of your world with great respect and with great love, because it is a manifestation of that
same Power that holds your “I.” Every other “I” in the space is held in that same Source. You
are connected at the Source to everything around you. So let this allow you to treat your world
with respect. “That the Universe can guide me from within and also from outside; that
everything is connected to me.” And meet your outer world as part of you. Peace, love and
harmony.
Today I centre myself in that space with great humility, meeting my Universe within and
without, surrendering to its greatness, seeking only to allow it to manifest its most powerful
Light in and through me.
Have a fantastic day everyone. I meet you in that space of humility.

My Divine within bows to the Divine within you.
(back to content)
149
(back to content)
150
DAY 23 – Learn to Work With the Source

The last day, I spoke about the “I” that we have inside. I hope that you are as fascinated by it
as I am because it is really an interesting Play. This “I” that we feel has needs, desires, wants,
cravings, searching; this “I” is a phenomenon. I wish that you can see it the way I do. I said
this “I” is not existing by itself; it did not just appear out of nowhere. This “I” has a Source.
And I said when the “I” operates without the awareness of the Source, or without that conscious
connection to the Source, or without some relationship with the Source, then something must
be wrong. We see that a lot of things are wrong with the “I” operating separate from the Source.
Today, I want to focus on learning to work with the Source; to have more Source
Consciousness.
“I” in separation from the Source
You can imagine when we are operating without that Consciousness of the Source, how we
operate. We deny the very existence of a God, a Creator, a Divine Being. And we think that we
know everything because we have a little bit of intellect and we have a body. So we want to
experience this body at the maximum. Body is connected to the material world, so our
education becomes the material world, material sciences. Our relationships that we study,
psychology, sociology, are all related to the physical world. We think that the thoughts are
generated from the physical, from the chemistry of the brain. We operate completely on the
physical. We have decided in that ignorance, no Creator, we have knowledge, we have ability
to do things in the space, we have power. We do not need a Creator.
Imagine, we suddenly appeared with an identity at some early age and we begin to think that
is who we are. We use only the material senses that we have, the gross senses, to determine our
knowledge. And this is what we have done. Observe carefully: we have destroyed and continue
to destroy the balance of nature. We think that we are so intelligent. We take nature’s food,
strip it in the way that we think is good for storage, safety, pleasure and taste, and offer it to
people as health foods. Wow, we are so smart. We strip the foods in a way that we want to
think and then we start packaging vitamins in separation; this vitamin, that vitamin, this protein,
that protein and we want to give them in specialized doses.
Nature, that created us, provided all the food in the right proportions for us and all the medicines
right there. We, who are so much more intelligent, have a world with cancer, heart diseases,
cardiovascular diseases, diabetes, nervous system diseases, brain disease, and all the rest. If
you look at indigenous cultures they have no pharmacies, no medical institutions. . It is rare.
So we, who have become so educated and have done all of this, create more sickness than
wellness. We have so many hospitals around the world now and what do they deal with? What
are our doctors trained for? Dealing with diseases! Not about dealing with wellness; dealing
with diseases, we who are so smart.
151
We create vehicles everywhere. We found petroleum and decide that we are going to use
petroleum and pollute the whole atmosphere thinking that we could just put things out in the
atmosphere, not realizing that the atmosphere works with a balance. We destroy the ozone
layer. We destroy the carbon balance in the natural atmosphere. And we think that we are so
smart. We start cutting down trees willy-nilly, stripping the earth bare. Look what we have
done; we are destroying the actual lungs of the atmosphere. We who are so smart and we
continue to be smart because we have all these effluents from all these factories spewing into
the atmosphere. We are so intelligent. We have so many hospitals, where indigenous cultures
that are healthy have no hospitals. We have so many mental hospitals now. Why? What have
we done with such education that is based simply on the material sciences? I think it is so
foolish.
My “I” is more than the vehicle of the body
It is like us in a car, appearing in the car suddenly. I am in a car. I do not even know that I am
in a car. I am driving this car. I do not know how to come out of the car. I operate the
instruments in the car and think that they are part of my being. I operate simply in the awareness
that only the instruments of the car can determine everything for me. The headlights can show
me how far I can see. The petrol in the car is the energy that I have. No doors, I cannot see any
doors to come out of the car, so I do not know how to come out of the car. I am the car! I
determine everything based on the instrumentation of the car. I do not even know how to come
out of the car and go outside of the car. I have no possibility of thinking I can go outside of the
car. I cannot go up because the car cannot fly; it is grounded.
Imagine the possibility of coming out of the car, how many more things I can do. Imagine,
when you are caught in body Consciousness, how much can you do? When you operate simply
on the science of the body, how much can you do? Learn to observe yourself carefully, and see
if you are the vehicle; if you, the “I,” are the vehicle. Or are you something more? Can you
come out of this car? Can you extend yourself beyond this car? Yes you can! You have much
more power than the body; the body does not determine all your faculties. You have powers
far beyond the body! Can you imagine if we really understood who we are? We will never have
the diseases we have today, nor destroy the world as we do.
Experience of a greater “I”
We give all attention to the physical world, determine everything through physical. The ancient
cultures that were really developed had another kind of education. So I thank God at 21, I
refused to go to university. Refused. And I choose for another kind of education. I came out of
the car. I came out of the box. I came out of car thinking, vehicle thinking. “There is more, I
want to know who am I.” I searched for a relationship between me and the Source of my being
and I found it! I struggled because it was not about sitting in a classroom and having a lecture
and passing an exam. I had to go within me, the most difficult journey; deal with my mind, my
emotion, my fear, my loneliness. Adventuring in that inner space, observing the ones who did,
152
I made the most remarkable journey of my life in learning to connect with the very Source of
being.
That relationship is a fundamental relationship, the relationship with the Source. The more you
come into that relationship with the Source, the more the real knowledge about life will come.
The real education will come then because you will want to think differently. You will want to
feel differently with your emotions. You will want to act differently in your world and you will
never do the things that will endanger life in the world. You will live peacefully, harmoniously,
honourably when you have that connection with the Source.
Wake up and journey back to the Source
Now where are you? Are you so filled with material education that you have forgotten who
you are? Are you operating only with the instrumentation of the material body, that you do not
know all the powers that you have available to you? Do you realize in the ignorance of
operating only at a part of your Consciousness that is connected to the body, how you destroy
things? How you destroy your very own body by the kind of energy you produce with emotions
and thoughts, by the kind of intentions and drives that you have: to hurt, to be negative towards
others and yourselves, and towards life itself? This is a wake-up call to really be aware of where
you have come from, who you are, and not let the body determine your complete existence.
There is so much more.
The relationship with your Source Being is the most important. The phenomenal thing about
that, and the excitement for me, is that the moment I began to feel that connection with the
Source, of course I had to break the limitation or bond of thinking that I am a physical body, I
had to open up to the possibility that I am more. I had to open up to the possibility that I am
more, and I did! And that took me on a journey, seeking and finding, to the Masters of the
Light, the ones who really know, to walk in their footsteps, to follow their instructions and to
be disciplined on the inner; to observe the mind, emotion, vital being, energies and to be
disciplined on the inside. Not to be carried away by egotistical drives but to be humble on the
inside and to go deeper and deeper.
At first, I felt a marvellous connection with the Source by being open to it and by having a
desire to connect with it and ultimately, ultimately today, it is the Source that acts in and
through me. “Let thy will be done in and through me, O Source.” That is how I live, that is
who I am. Today it is not about me, it is about everything else. It is not about my comfort, my
fame, anybody recognising me; it is about life. That is where we need to be. The “I” needs to
be dissolved in the Source; it needs to be transparent and act from the Source. That is the
relationship we need to have, of source Consciousness.
We need to take a journey back to Source. We need to take a journey beyond the body, venture
within the mind, within the emotional being and go back to Source. That is what we need to
do. Are you ready for it? If you are, join me. Join me! Listen to my story, open up to the
153
possibility, follow my simple advice, the advice of a friend and let us change the way we think,
and let us change the world that we see before us. Let us create the change.
I hope that you have been inspired by today. You know why I am passionate about this, because
I made the journey. I left material education at a certain age and went into a deep exploration
of Self, and I found. I went back to material education, simply to help humanity. Now I have
the best of both worlds. Join me in this incredible journey of self-mastery, to come into
connection with Self and to express it in a most beautiful and noble way in this material domain.
(back to content)
154
Day 23 – Meditation “Learn to Work With the Source”
Let us give attention to the inner space. Let us observe the "I" in there. Let us stay in the present
moment and let us open up to the possibility that this "I" that is operating in my being, that this
"I" has a Source that it is operating from. I want to experience this Source; I want to understand
this Source. Where does my mind come from? Where does emotion come from? Who am I?
Create a relationship with the Source

I want to deeply understand this. It is a curiosity within me, not a stress, an adventure. I am
curious. I exist, I know that, and I can feed and clothe my body, give it shelter, give it pleasure,
but is that all? Have I been created for more? I want to explore that. So I want to go beyond
my physical existence. I want to understand the space from where the mind comes. Join me in
this space. Let us explore the inner space with the intention of creating a relationship with our
Source being, the most powerful that we can in this moment. It requires being open, but there
is a Source within me; my "I" must be existing in a Source. So I want to listen to the Source
because if I exist in a Source, that Source has to be far more wise than I am. It created me. And
that Source must be communicating with me, but I am not perceiving. Am I thinking too much?
So I am going to clear my mind, staying open. I am just breathing out and breathing in, just
clearing the mind, opening up my mental space, giving attention to silence. And I am searching
for a connection with my Source being.
I am staying with the breathing simply because the body is much more relaxed when I take
deep and rhythmical breaths. The mind feels so much more peaceful when I breathe
consciously and rhythmically and I am thinking "Source." In the silence of my being, I am
opening up myself to receive. My heart is open to feel and my mind is open to receive thoughts.
I am staying intuitive. [Silence]
Use every idea to open up your inner space

Stay open and intuitive with a strong intention of feeling connected to some greater Power
within you. Open up to the collective field beyond the body. And the moment you feel some
kind of connection, some kind of uplift which the field is supporting, you are beginning to have
a deeper relationship with your Source being. There is need to move away from conditioned
thinking.
Open your heart to feel. Now I am going to share with you my connection. I am going to open
my field to let the Source in and through me, express all its love. I am going to hold this Space
that I feel within my being, this collective Space. I am going to channel the love that is flowing
in and through me into this Space, and the peace, that you can share in my connection with the
Source, until you can feel your own.
Be relaxed in connecting
Stay with me, be open, move away from ideas that may contract the Consciousness. Use every
idea when it comes, to open up the Space, to open up the thinking. We are all equal; we all
exist in the same Source. You are no different to that which is within me. Any experience that
155
you are having now, it is your own. Claim it as your own. It is not mine coming to you, it is
yours waking up. Open up to your own possibilities. I am going to follow the prana of the
breath because it takes me deeper into the Source. Share my experience of the Source. [Silence]
Remember not to try too hard to do anything. Be more relaxed in your connecting. The Source
knows what you are doing and it will reach you in its own way. It knows you better than you
know yourself. The more relaxed you are, the more open you are and the more loving you are,
the more in harmony you are, the easier it is to synchronize with the Source. Yes, observe how
beautiful that feels. In You I live, move and have my being. You are the potter; I am the clay.
Mould me and make me after Thy will. I am the spark, you are the fire. Shine in and through
me. Now let your heart be in gratitude, for whatever you have received. And look towards a
new day on the Earth plane, with the intention of connecting even deeper today with the Source
of your being.
(back to content)
156
DAY 24 – Deepening the Relationship with the Source

– Friday April 18
I have been speaking about giving attention to the Source of Being. Extremely important,
because that is where our power comes from. Everything that we do, everything that we are, is
a result of that Source existing within us, and acting in and through us. The “I” that we
experience, how does that “I” get the ability to think? How does that “I” even exist? How does
that “I” get the power of will? Without even investigating that we decide that we experience
pleasure and power in the space and let us flaunt it. Let us be the most dominant creature on
the planet, and let us do what we think is right in our limited mind. With all that wisdom, we
do not seek the Source.
Seek a relationship with the Source
Today, I want to speak about deepening that vital relationship with the very Source of Being.
In fact, that is the intention of religion, that is the intention of spirituality, and that needs to be
the intention of every noble human being: to live in integrity and to be authentic, to come from
the deepest space of nobility inside. That is how we should be.
We are the most powerful creature on the planet, the most intelligent creature on the planet,
but what we have done to the planet does not reflect this. Quite interesting, is it not? We are
destroying the planet more than we are building it. In the name of technology, we destroy more
than we build. All these superstructures across the world, destroying nature to build them! And
we think that we have made such amazing progress. Well, indigenous cultures are more wise
than we are. They live very close to the earth and nature, they are more healthy.
Change from seeing the Divine as external to internal
Let us talk about this deepening relationship with Source, or with Self, or with the Divine. You
can well imagine that if we are held in a narrow band of physical Consciousness, how do you
think we will view the Creator of life that is the Source of the existence? As external, would
you not say? If I am physical and I work with physical senses, then I will think that the Creator
must be some big physical being, with eyes that are more powerful and arms that are more
powerful. The Creator is external to me, because I am externally focused! Certain cultures view
the God on the external, and give the God all kind of super powers: more arms and more eyes
and more weapons. God becomes the super creature that we externally worship, because we
are so humanly conscious. We create a God that reflects a super being, physical.
When does that change happen, to change the viewpoint from the outside to the inside? If we
stay in that narrow band of human Consciousness, we could never see within. How does that
view change? When does that view change, in terms of developing a more meaningful
relationship with the Divine, because in the externally focused Consciousness, we are
constantly dependent on the Divine. We bring the best harvest to the Divine, we pray to the
157
Divine in the loudest voice, we sing all kinds of praises through our voice to the Divine, and
pray that the Divine would bestow everything that is good to us. Externally focused!
All of this is relating to us and how we look at the Divine. When does that change come, that
we will begin to think, “Oh, I wonder if the Divine is within me?” When we begin to ask the
question, “Who am I? What is the origin of my mind? Where does my emotion come from?
Where do my thoughts come from?” When we begin to take an inner view, then that is where
we begin to have a different relationship with the Divine.
What is needed to take an inner view?
Even if we take an inner view, we could still be externally based, seeing only darkness on the
inside, because we are looking with the eyes. And we close the eyes, and we are trying to see
on the inside of the eyes. We are trying to go through the experience of the physical body, with
the physical senses, to see where inside of this body there might be the mind and the Source of
the mind and the Source of the emotion. Like traditional medical science will say: the mind
comes from the brain, everything is because of the human senses. Is that a real interior view?
The only help we can get, if we are making that journey, is to listen to those who have gone
beyond the narrow band of body Consciousness. Those mystics, those who have gone beyond
the human senses, those beings have left us a lot of information. But because our society is so
externally based, who is going to listen to these? Because to go there, to experience those
things, appears to be difficult. Why? Because it is not about sweet food to eat, it is not about
pleasurable drinks, it is not about pleasure in human contact and sensation. So it may not be
attractive to a lot of us who are so humanly focused and are focused on the senses.
It requires a different kind of attitude to want to go there. We need the ability to do some of the
things that will help us to experience that space. In our lives – those of us who are true seekers,
who are willing to make that sacrifice of the senses to go a little deeper – we get a chance to
experience another world. To begin to have what we call, “spiritual experiences,” and to begin
to believe (when we do) that there is a power inside that can meet with us. When we experience
that power, changes come in the way we experience ourselves and in the way we begin to treat
with life itself.
My struggle with the influence of conditioned thinking
There is heavy conditioning that prevents us from making that journey. I have made the journey
from every level. I remember when I was just 20, struggling with this “Who am I” thing,
because I knew that I am not physical, but I am caught up in a world that is completely physical:
education, job, family. I started to question everything and nobody could help me, because
everybody's advice was, “Why are you worrying about those things? Get married, get
organized, have a life!” It did not make sense to me!
158
I remember very clearly one of my family members telling me, “Who do you want to be,
Gandhi? Why are you choosing to go to India? Why do you not go to America?” “What kind
of decision he is making?” he would say to my other family members. Nowhere could I get the
encouragement. I had to go against all the conditioned thinking of the people around me, but
somehow I did it. I dared to be different, because my heart told me from somewhere deep
inside, “There is more.”
How I made the transition
I remember in those days that I could feel a pain in my heart when I tried to think of love – a
pain, an actual pain in the physical heart. I am trying to think of love and to go in the space of
love and, “Oh my God, this is painful.” I did not like it at all. And I remember in my head,
when I am thinking too much, there is some kind of pain at the back of my neck and I am
thinking, “Wow, this is terrible.” So I even tried in my physical being to feel some kind of
thing; it just did not happen.
But in India, in a marvellous energy field, an explosion happened in my Consciousness,

because I stayed with the desire, I listened to the mystics, and I wanted the experience! I wanted
to connect with That which created me, and I did! The band of human Consciousness just
shifted, wow! In a day! God was not somebody to search for on the outside. I began to feel that
power inside of me.
As the days went by, that power was opening up my voice to speak. It was opening up my heart
to love, from another space! And just as how you would have a dream, and you get something
nice in the dream, and you know that you are dreaming but you want to wake up with it, many
times as a young boy I am dreaming that I have this special coin, or that I have this little gift,
and I know that I am dreaming, but I just feel that if I wake up, I will wake up with it. So I hold
this desire to wake up with it, and oh my God, when getting up, nothing is there! So my desire
[in India] was, “Oh my God, I hope this can stay,” and it did! It absolutely did! That changed
my way of honouring the Divine from outside to the inside.
Managing fluctuations in the connection
But of course, it would come very strongly and it would disappear in the beginning for months.
It would come when it would come, open up the space, and it would disappear after a while,
especially when I got caught up in the people around me or the things around me.
Then I began to see a relationship. It was not that it was disappearing; it was I who was
changing. My attention became diverted. My preoccupation was more with the things outside.
As I saw that, I began to change that. I would keep certain practices with me, like chanting the
mantra or singing, or just trying to love more and more through my actions and speech.
Somehow, that brought it back immediately. Stay in a pure environment; avoid people who
would take that energy away from me. That changed my relationship.
159
Three stages of the relationship with the Divine
In that relationship, at that level, I had to work, because the Divine was something that I had to
connect with. I had to work on creating that relationship, so it was me and the Divine in the
inner space. Then the next step of the relationship, which I will discuss in the future, is being
carried completely. So the “I” in me becomes invisible. It lets go, and lets the Divine in and
through me.
So there are three stages in the relationship: one with the Divine being external; one with the
Divine being internal and external, feeling disconnected and connected; and then the last one
is being totally carried, never, never separate, totally carried. Two, but yet one. That is the kind
of relationship that we can develop with the Divine. Where are you? Where do you want to go?
(back to content)
160
Day 24 – Meditation “Deepening the Relationship With the Source”
Let us use the meditation to develop that relationship with our Source, as creator and sustainer
of all that we are, and all that everything is. I know that I exist. I can feel my "I," it is the seeker
of knowledge, of experience, of freedom. My "I" exists. And I know the Divine exists in me
and I am meditating to open up my Consciousness, my individual Consciousness: my mind,
my heart, emotional being, to experience more and more of that power inside of me, that
supports my existence.
Open the space to the Divine

In that opening up of being, I want to use my mind because my mind is the most powerful part
of me in terms of reasoning. I want to use my heart to open up the intuitive space, and to expand
the space in a harmonious field, that there can be no conflict within my being. So I hold this
open space. I hold this space as an invitation to the Divine within me. My heart is in prayer,
supplication, because I know the power is greater. The Supreme power that lies within me is
greater, so I am in supplication.
Pray to that Supreme Power

I open my heart to you O Supreme One. I open my mind to you, in surrender, in deep surrender
as much as I can. You fill me. You show me the way. Without you, I am nothing and I am
learning that with you, I am everything. Help me to keep the space open in my meditation today.
Help me to lose myself in you, that I may become a greater Self. Help me to see the blocks
within me that prevent me from uniting fully with you. I seek only to unite fully in you, that what
I am may be nourished, may be lifted. I breathe you into my being. I expand my Consciousness,
opening up my mind and heart as I breathe. And each time I breathe out, I bow to you. I let
everything that I am, be in submission to you and your will. Carry me. Carry me O Supreme
One.
With the life force of my breath, I honour you, opening up my space to you with every breath
of life that I take. And every time I let this breath go, I want to empty everything that disconnects
me from you in my mind. I want to feel that you and I are one, that my existence is in you.
Now stay with this awareness. Search for the Divine within your being, with every breath.
Surrender everything that you can see or tends to move you away from the Divine, with your
every breath. Feel cleansed, feel nourished and celebrate every little feeling that is there.
Observe the enormity of the space that opens up. Observe the collective space that we are co-
creating in the meditation. Observe it and be in gratitude. Gratitude leads to humility; humility
leads to surrender; surrender leads to mergence; mergence leads to authentic power. It is the
Divine in and through me, not "I," but the Divine in and through me. Stay with me in this space.
You and I are One. All is One. In the Divine we are all One. [Silence]
Set the intention for the day

Give attention to the collective field. Observe where your mind and heart are. That is extremely
important to observe. Be vigilant. If the mind is naturally quiet, then be in gratitude. If the heart
161
is naturally open, be in gratitude. If not, work the mind to be more quiet. Observe the collective
space and its support holding you. This is a journey to deepen the relationship with the Supreme
within you. Stay centred. Hold the intention within you, to have a day of Source Consciousness,
operating in and through the Source. There is no me without the Source, I am in gratitude. May
I hold this awareness throughout this day.

I hope that you have been inspired today again, with the knowledge that you can make
connection with that inner space.
(back to content)
162
DAY 25 – Learn to Ride the Waves of Life Masterfully

We agreed that the “I” that we experience, this fascination of an ego, this “I” that I am
experiencing that is a seeker, that gets caught up in pleasure, that loves power, that seeks to
dominate, that becomes a victim – that “I” is nothing else but a participant in a Play, the Play
of Life.
Flow with life...not fight with it
This “I” is being challenged by the Universe itself – does not know it fully. This “I” is
challenged by the Universe to open itself up in Consciousness that it will evolve; that the “I”
that we have will evolve and realize that its power comes from nowhere else but from the heart
of the Universe. So this “I” is moving from complete separation from itself, thinking it is alone;
coming into the awareness that there could be a Source that is moving it, generating energies
for it, with it; and the possibility of working harmoniously with it. And ultimately the same “I”
will begin to realize that all it needs to do is to get lost, to let go and the great Power that is
behind it will take care of it completely. So it learns to work fully in harmony with life.
So ultimately, the joy of this “I” in its evolution, or unfolding, is to be carried; and to learn not
to fight with life, to try to dominate it or control it, but to flow with it; to understand the meaning
of the Play that life has it in and to flow with it.
Seek to understand and harmonize
The moment you fight with life you have lost it. See what we are doing, we are trying to
dominate nature: rip the trees off, clear the earth, throw a few nutrients in there and we call that
agriculture; pollute the waters to achieve our own ends, destroy the ecology – the balance, and
we are dominant, we are conquering nature. Oh so wise! We will be brought to our knees by
nature until we learn to not fight with it, not try to dominate it but to understand nature and
work with it, be in harmony with it. That is what you are doing; you are fighting with yourself,
your mind, your emotion, the space. It is not going to work by trying to dominate everything
within you, but trying to understand “Where is this power coming from? Where are these
qualities coming from?” and begin to work with the very Source of your being.
Learn to surf the waves by mastering self
This brings me to the idea of a surfer. I love the idea of riding the waves. The ocean is a
powerful entity, but the joy of the surfer is learning how to ride the waves, come high, and
come low. If the surfer tries to dominate the ocean – you know the surfer cannot dominate the
ocean, the ocean is too powerful. So what does the surfer do? The surfer tries to work with the
ocean, to understand the ocean and try to keep that board being held by the ocean. So the surfer
has to master himself, he has to learn how to focus well so he does not become a victim. He
has to learn how to understand. Many times he is going to sink, but that would not discourage
163
him: “I need to understand a little more.” So he understands how to focus, how to develop
confidence and how to work with the ocean; moving the board, moving his weight, balancing
his energy, staying focused.
When he has learned to master himself, he will be flowing with the ocean. He will be in
complete surrender, he will become the ocean, he and the ocean will not be different; he will
feel he is flowing with the ocean, the ocean is carrying him. So in the height of the surfer’s
experience, he is flowing with the ocean. He has not conquered the ocean, he has mastered
himself and he has learned now how to adjust himself harmoniously, every time the ocean
changes. He is completely surrendered to the energy of the ocean by harmonizing himself with
it, by mastering himself.
So he is being carried by the ocean. He has the idea that “the ocean is the power not me, I am
just managing this, everything. The ocean is carrying me with its force.” When the ocean
produces the big wave he is happy, he is being carried high up, and when the ocean brings him
down into the lowest, he goes down and coasts in the lowest. He enjoys. So he rides the wave
however the wave flows.
Manage your energies during the ups and downs
How does that apply to you in riding the waves of life? When you meet the high moments,
what do you do? You develop powerful energies, you reserve your energies, you observe how
you play with that. You do not become proud; you do not become full of ego. You have great
respect, you are happy and you are using the rewards of this now for the times when the waves
will be low – that you will not lose your joy. And as life changes, as life challenges you, you
look for the new skills. “The water does not have as much power now to hold me, so what do
I do? How do I generate now? How do I work with this low phase?” So you try to understand
and use all the reserve of energy you have now to work with this one. And you use the low
moments now just to work with it and build even more energy in that. You learn how to work
with this phase until you are in complete harmony with the vicissitudes of life, the ups and
downs. When there is a dark period and you cannot do anything, because there is not so much
Light, you go within and you build your energies. You let your inner Light guide you.
Learning to work in harmony with life is exciting. No matter what is happening, if the body is
challenged, you learn to work with it. Begin to love it more, begin to take care of it, begin to
apply the mind and emotional drives that you need or attitudes that you need, to change it.
When you meet with adversity you respect it, do not fight with it, “What can I learn from this?
Why is life bringing this situation to me?” And you learn from it. You become stronger from
every interaction; you do not become a victim. When you become a victim you “lose it.”
Meet life with even-mindedness
You should meet life with even-mindedness. Do not get too elated when things are good and
think that now you have become “super.” And do not lose it when life becomes a little low and
164
changes. Do not lose it, it is asking you to sharpen your resources now for this one. So learn to
use the ups and downs to manage and master the inner space, letting life carry you. That is
working with the Source in flow, being carried. It is the ultimate art of letting go and letting
That guide you.
Use your tools skillfully
What is required to do that? You have all the tools with you. You have tools inside of you –
energetic, very powerful tools that are in connection with every part of nature. With every part
of the life, you have a tool for it. You have the mental tool, so you can have the fortitude in the
mind. You have the communication tool, so you can use it skillfully in the space, which means
harmoniously, appropriately, intelligently. You have the emotional energy in the space that you
can tune, fine tune to bring you in harmony with life. You have a source of vitality within you
that can keep you energized whether you eat food or not. Whether there is sunshine outside or
not, you have a source of vitality within you that can create an inner radiance and fire that can
really work magic.
This morning I decided, “You know every morning I am bathing with warm water, not today!”
So I begin to use the breathing technique and I begin to come into creating heat within me,
belly chakra, heart chakra; heat within me – heat, heat, heat, heat. Because I have been looking
at the Tibetan practice of tummo where these yogis generate heat, I said, “Let me use this
today.” I generated the heat and went under the water “Wow, this water is nice. I want this
water.” The last couple of days I have been looking at how the Tibetan yogis use the practice
of tummo to keep their bodies warm and I am saying “Wow!”
I always find that when I do the breathing exercise, I get a lot of heat in my being. Where is
that coming from? It is not from the food. So I started to generate the heat within my being and
that was a beautiful experience this morning of just bathing with the water just as it is, not
turning the hot water on.
Power up the energy centres
So how can I meet with life masterfully, using the energies that I have? I can ground in the
base chakra. I can master the second chakra so I can use its energy. I open up the third, so I
create fire in my being. I open up the fourth, my heart, to love what I am doing, to be excited
and to be passionate. I open up the throat. This morning, I just go up to the throat [draws energy
via the breath to the throat] and create the throat Consciousness “Oh wow, this is nice.” That
is what I was doing this morning as I was chanting; totally focused on my throat and all the
other support elements to help my throat, because I did not want to strain the voice during the
singing, which sometimes I can push the voice. But I did not do that this morning. I was
working more in harmony with the voice.
And I charge up my brain when I want to. I do alternate breathing when I want to charge up
the different brains, left and right. And I breathe energy into the crown when I want to. I use
165
all the tools that I have, masterfully, to hold me in this space. I am on day twenty-five now and
I am still excited, though the body is a little challenged. But I am tremendously excited because
the excitement does not come from the body, it comes from me.
Master the art of living by mastering self
So it does not matter how life meets me, I have the joy of meeting life with flow. I have never
dominated life. I have only mastered the art of living by mastering me, and my energies and
my inner space. I have learned how to live in harmony with life, come what may. And it is my
beautiful world, I see only the Divine outside of me. If somebody insults me I say, “What is
my Divine doing to me today? Oh, well that is interesting.” If somebody gives me praise, “Oh
that is interesting.” I am never elated by your praise, and never taken down by criticism. I try
to understand it and work with it. It is my world, I must welcome everything in my world;
never fight with it, I want to flow with it.
(back to content)
166
Day 25 – Meditation “Learn to Ride the Waves of Life Masterfully”
Let us centre in that space where we can feel the energy of our “I,” the “I” that is the seeker
that wants to have the best meditation experience. Observe that “I” within you. It is the seeker,
“I am sitting, and I want to have the best meditation experience.”
Open the mind to allow intuition to flow

I am going to use my intellect now. I am the “I,” I am going to use my intellect; it is mine to
use, to reason. How am I going to do this? How am I going to have the best meditation
experience? I open up my mind to allow information to flow from within me. There is a lot of
information within me, from my own memory and from the guides. I am going to be open to
both, I am creating the intention. I want to go into the best meditation that I can have.
Follow the guidance of the intuition

Immediately, my intuition is “love it.” Love for me means being open, being in harmony,
having no conflict in my inner space, accepting everything for what is. This is love for me, and
being kind towards all. Then my intuition tells me to breathe, that if I breathe I will connect
with every energy level. My intuition tells me to breathe with ujjayi [breath]. I am trained with
ujjayi, so I am just going to keep the ujjayi going. I love this. My immediate thought is, “Let
me use, what is called by the Taoist, the micro-cosmic orbit.”
Microcosmic orbit
My chakras energize the physical experience through motion. There is a circuit that is going
on in my being already, so I want to flow with it. I am going to breathe with the awareness of
my root chakra, and I am going to come along the spine, because that is where the chakra is
lined up, along the sushumna nadi, which is along the spine. I am going to breathe with
awareness of the energy centres as I breathe up the spine.
I am going to give attention to all the power centres, my navel, my heart, my brow, and as I
come down breathing out, I will focus on the organs within me: the lungs as I breathe out and
the abdominal area. I focus on the body, and the experience of the body in breathing out: the
chest collapses, the abdomen contracts and I am down to the base. So the circuit starts again at
the root. I am going along the spine right up to the brow and I am breathing out from the brow
coming down to the navel.
It is not just breathing in and out. It is giving attention to the energies within you, rooting in
the body, managing the second chakra and bringing energies up if you can, powering up with
the fire of the navel, solar plexus area. Coming into the harmonious light of the heart, coming
into the energy of the brow and going down, focusing on the front of the body.
Then work this by harmonizing all the levels of your being. This is how you are adjusting
yourself and preparing yourself, harmoniously working with the flow of life itself. This is how
your chakras energize your physical field. Whether you are aware of it or not, this movement
is happening in your space; energies are constantly flowing through your body, energizing it to
167
support its functions. You are not aware of this normally. Do not lose the awareness of the
enormity of the inner space. All of this is happening at the level of the body, at the level of the
chakras that are connected to the body, but it is happening in the vast space of Consciousness,
so you could actually observe all of this in a vast inner space.
Look at how magical the breath is. It is combining all the levels of being. Now you notice how
this takes up your concentration because we are not so accustomed to this. Begin to enjoy
training the mind.
Keep the peace and love

Do not lose the sense of love because you are so focused. I can pick up your energy of focus.
Relax and do it lovingly. Relax; you do not need to focus so much because actually, eventually
you can do this without even breathing, because the circuit happens even without the breath.
The breath is only to help you to focus. Eventually, you can just observe these wonderful
energies happening within you, just by applying your mind. That is the advance form of this
orbit.
Give the heart power, because I am missing the beauty of the heart space, and I am missing the
huge collective energy of peace that I normally feel with you; do not lose them. I am trying to
generate more of this so you can open your space. Just stay with me in the flow; allow it to
happen naturally as much as you can. It is like the surfer learning how to use the board,
harmoniously, masterfully. Thank you. I can feel it now, you are with me, the energy will do it
for you.
Take the mind around the circuit

Just take the mind around, you can try that, forget the breath for a moment, take the mind
around a circuit. The beauty of this is it allows you to create balance, harmony: it helps your
body, emotional being and mental being to flow with each other. [Silence]
The circuit already is happening so when you begin to really catch it, you will actually feel that
it is happening by itself. You just need to let go and observe the flow of energies [Silence]

Be in gratitude for all the guidance you receive today and for the wisdom that appeared within
your being, and pray, that you will continue to stay aware, even as you meet life through the
activities of the day. Grant me the wisdom, O Infinite Self, that I may flow with you and never
fight with you. You are my Self. Without you I cannot exist, and with you I complete my
existence.
Thank you everyone, the Divine within me bows to the Divine within you.
(back to content)
168
(back to content)
169
DAY 26 – The Practice Is in the Here and Now

– Sunday April 20
When does the practice happen? This practice of learning to master Self, such that we can meet
with life appropriately, with the objective of learning and growing in the space, in the
awareness that every event that we are involved in is happening for a reason, so there is
meaning and purpose in every engagement.
Life is a present moment experience
Where does the practice happen? In the “here and now,” in this moment. There is only one
moment. There is only one moment. There is only one moment. Where is the past? Which past?
Which past? This is now. Where is the future? Which future? Which future? There is only now.
Past is in our mind, “This happened yesterday.” Future is in our mind, “This will happen
tomorrow.” We are always in “this moment.” Life is always a present moment experience, so
where does the practice take place? Right here and now. Right here and now. Right here and
now.
Stay with the here and the now. Do not daydream. If you must, bring it in the present: “These
are possibilities; that is a possibility.” Change the past if you will, or the way you view the past.
Bring the past here now: “What happened then?” Bring the memory back. I am bringing it in
the now. I am always in the now. Have you noticed we are always in the now? The tendency
is to get so caught up that we leave the now and go into yesterday or tomorrow. What is the
value? Bring it into the now. Yesterday or tomorrow, bring it into the now. Treat with it in the
now. Modify it, put it back; it becomes another experience. But always we are in the now.
Wake up! Wake up! Be in the now!
You are the centre of your Universe
You are the centre of your Universe. You are the centre of all your experiences. You are the
centre of all your engagements. What is the use of thinking about what that one is doing, and
what that one is not doing, and what that one should do, and what the world should do, and
what is not happening? When you waste so much time about the “that out there,” what happens
to the “this in here”?
We are so caught up in how the world should be and how people should be and what they think,
and we are not so taken up with what is happening in “my world.” But the truth is that it is all
about me. Life is all about me. Everything is happening in my space, so life is all about me. I
have the power to let information in. I have the power to detach from anything else. This is my
space; I have the power to claim my space. I have the power to decide what I am going to let
in, what I am going to put out, what I do not need, what I need. I have the power to decide,
nobody else.
170
You will never hear from me, “This person made me angry, and that the person is the cause of
what is happening.” You will never hear that from me because I have the power of choice and
it is my space; I determine what goes on here. So you can come and rant and rave and do
anything you wish in front of me and I will just do this [bows in Namaskar]: “Thank you for
the prasad, for the blessing. You are reminding me of the wonderful duality of my world. I am
so sorry that you are going through all of this. No need to go through that.”
Learn from every engagement with the Universe
Why do I get caught up in that? I do not need to. The Universe will deal with that. I need to be
concerned about where I am, what is happening inside of me, what I need to do to grow in the
Consciousness and how I need to get to that liberated state of moksha. So I respect everything
in the space and I treat with every event around me, asking myself, “How am I going to grow
from this experience? What am I learning from this?”
Sometimes, I might see a point of learning and I grab it and now I am going to process it and
use it; it is mine now. It is mine; the Universe sent it to me. I do not see a person, I see my
Universe. Whatever is happening around me, I do not see the person, I see the Universe. When
I meet with you, I am meeting with my Universe. I do not meet with an individual, my Universe
is operating through the individual. The Universe is bigger, I see the bigger picture. Where are
you? Do you see your Universe meeting with you in every engagement?
Really begin to observe this Play. You are the centre of your world, it is all about you. It is all
about me. It is all about us. See that the Universe is constantly interacting with you, giving you
the exact situation that you need to make your next step. So do not say, “I do not need this
situation, I do not want this situation. Why is it happening there?” reject it, deny it, do not treat
with it. It is the exact one for your growth. Stay with what is before you; give it importance.
That is what the Universe is meting out to you today, in the moment. So as you stay in the
moment, give attention to what is before you, seeing meaning and purpose in it.
Engage from authentic Self in the now
How do you treat with it? You treat with it from your authentic Self; from the best part of you,
from the best awareness that you have, from the set of values that you currently have. That is
your authentic Self. You are not doing something because someone said it; it is because I want
to do it. Maybe someone said it and advised me, but yes, it is what I want to do. I have chosen
to do it, it is mine. Be your authentic Self.
When does engaging begin in any practice? It begins when you know and understand what you
should do; when knowledge dawns within you. “Oh, this is what I need to do.” That is when
your practice begins, not in deferring it to some later stage. “I have an awareness now; the
Universe has granted me this awareness, my practice begins now.” The moment the knowledge
is awakened in your being, that is the moment to take responsibility, because if you do not,
171
what will happen? Whose fault will it be? Take responsibility the moment you know that “this
is the action that I need to perform.” Take responsibility; that is the moment to act.
Meet life at every level of being
How long do you stay with it? You stay with it until the result is achieved and then you can
decide afterwards. How do you treat with it? Authentic Self of course! But what does it mean?
I treat with it from every level of my being. I am blessed with different levels of being from
physical right up to mental; physical, emotional, mental. I carry three power centres within me
from where I can influence my world, from where I can gather information and process. Three
power centres: that which influences my brain, mental operation; that which influences my
heart, emotional experience; and that which is involved with my physicality, my gut, my core.
If you look carefully at the physiology, the cells at the heart (the nerve cells) and the cells at
the core and the cells of the brain, they are similar. So we have a heart brain, and we have a gut
brain. And from what I have read, we have about forty thousand cells in the heart area and
about a hundred thousand in the gut area and there we collect information. They support the
decision making, they are part of the brain, they gave information to the main brain, take
commands, and influence the system.
From the deeper awareness on the mystical side, these cells allow the chakras to operate
powerfully in those areas. When you have a strong core, you have really good connection with
your body and your physical vitality and when you open up the chakra in the core to its positive
side, you become fearless, radiant, full of fire. When you open up the heart to its radiant and
positive side, you are full of love and compassion, respect, kindness, charity, goodness. When
you open up the mental sphere using the chakra to its positive side, your intuition grows, your
openness grows, your focus grows. So this is how you meet the world, with all of your brains,
with all of your being, with all of you.
Do not meet the world only with the thought power; meet the world with the emotional power
too, passionate. You see how I try sometimes just to be quiet and speak, “prim and proper.” It
just does not happen. I need to be me. This is how I feel, my passion is there. I meet the world
with my vitality. I want to give you my radiant self, my brightest self. My core power must be
strong so when I speak with you, you get my best voice, you get my best gesture, you get my
best physical presence. So this is how we meet our world – with the all of us.
The beauty of staying with what is
It is all about now. And as you begin to really treat with the moment as the only moment there
is, you will not think about, “How long will it take to become enlightened?” You will not begin
to think, “When will this issue be over, in front of me?” You will say, “Let me treat with this
step now and stay with this and it will happen when it will happen.” Patience comes in. Patience
comes in; does not matter, no time to get caught up in past or future. I am just in the now. That
is a brilliant, brilliant practice.
172
Stay in the now, stay with what is, stay with your authentic Self. Meet the world with all that
you are and you are going to learn and grow because right behind you would be an entire
Universe and right before you will be an entire Universe. Is that not beautiful? The Universe is
holding me, the ocean of life is holding me, and everywhere I look it is the same, same Universe
on the outside. That is my world.
(back to content)
173
Day 26 –Meditation “The Practice Is in the Here and Now”
Let us give attention to our inner space. We are the centre of our Universe. Have you seen?
Have you noticed? We are the centre of the Universe. All information comes from everywhere
but it is happening from my being. The world outside is an experience in my being. I experience
others in my being. I experience the other in my being.
The meaning of “Light”

I have a choice, this is my space; this is my sacred space of being. I am making it sacred. I have
the choice. This is my sacred space. It must be full of Light. I want it to be full of Light. What
does that Light mean, is it just a word that we say in spirituality? No, that Light means I am
opening up my space to understanding the knowledge that will help me to see in a clearer way.
I am opening up my space to knowledge. I am opening up my space to peace, because where
there is peace there is harmony. I am opening up my space to look at the vastness of being, but
my space is not only my mind, my space is also in my heart.
Gratitude is a good attitude

Wow, whenever I say heart my being gets so warm, comforting. And when I open up in the
inner space, I can feel my Universe cuddling me, holding me, and that is a beautiful feeling. I
need no love from anywhere else; my Universe is loving me from deeper within me. And that
has the most beautiful feeling. I want to share it with the world. I don’t need anything from the
world. I just want to let this feeling fill my being.
Gratitude is a good attitude now, because it allows you to see the blessing of the Universe in
so many wonderful ways. So I am in gratitude to all the Masters. I am in gratitude to my Higher
Self for opening up my mind a little more when I desire to have a greater opening. I am in
gratitude to this physical body for the marvellous support it gives to me on the journey. I am
in gratitude for the gift of love, that in this engagement with my world I can open up my space
and fill it with Light and compassion, and kindness that grow my Consciousness. The moment
I think of being a Light, being loving, being kind, being caring, being accepting, being
forgiving, my inner space just opens up and a warm feeling enters
.
I have no desire of my own; why do I need a desire? Whenever a desire rises in my being, it is
already offered to the Universe. I follow Her desire. Open the inner space to be in gratitude at
every level of being.
Use the breath as a tool to connect to every level

Use the breathing as a tool to connect you to every level. Breathe into the brain, opening up to
the positive qualities of the chakra there: peace, understanding, openness, thoughts of harmony,
connecting with all the beings of the Light. Opening up the heart. Let your love shine in and
through me. My heart becomes big. Let Your love shine in and through me. It is not about me,
it is all about You, my Supreme Self. Bring your attention, as you open up the heart, to every
cell in your being, and if you are thinking external, to every creature and every sentient being
with compassion.
174
Microcosmic orbit
Give attention to the gut area, open up the belly, and there you can nourish your body, in the
same way that a baby is nourished by the mother. The Universe will hold your physical self, in
its nourishing energy, in its fire of warmth and protection, and allow these three areas to open
up to the best within you.
Give attention to the movement of energy along the spine, as you feel some kind of flow of
energy, from the root centre along the spine to every centre that you can feel. Coming right up
to the brow, and the brow opens up to the crown. When you meet the brow, you are meeting
the crown, the interface with the crown, and Grace will open up more. In the out-breath, come
to the front and nourish the organs. As you breathe out, cleanse them, bring the awakened
energies of the back to the front. And keep that orbit going, up along the back, along the spine,
into the head, breathing out to the front, finishing the breath at the navel in full contraction, and
as you open up the navel again, go to the root, and come back along the back. You can start
with the breath and then let the mind take over in the circuit. It can happen without the breath;
it is a movement of energy. Try to be conscious of all the levels. Join me on the inside. [Silence]

You are experiencing the centre of your Universe. You are the centre of your Universe. The
entire Universe is supporting you on the inside and the outside. Be in gratitude for the Grace
you have received this morning, and hold that intention to engage in the Universe in the now
with an attitude of gratitude, a heart that is open. And engage with your Universe in the Light;
hold that intention to engage in the Light: Light of understanding, Light of compassion, and
Light of appreciation for the physical vehicle that we carry. I pray that I be blessed, that we be
blessed.

Thank you everyone for a beautiful morning, the meditation was perfect. I could feel the
collective field, marvellously. I am glad that you stayed with me in that space. Many blessings
for this day from the Universe to the Universe. It is the Universe that is doing everything. We
only think that we are the doer in illusion. What can we do without that power behind us? How
can we float if the ocean does not hold us? How can we surf if there is no ocean beneath us?
So the Play happens because of that which is supporting it. Have a blessed day everyone.
(back to content)
175
(back to content)
176
DAY 27 – Break Free From the Prison of Beliefs

– Monday April 21
In the next few days, I am going to talk about mastering the mental space. The mental space is
your space of primary intelligence. We need the mind; we need the power of intellect. As you
know, this is the path of the Rudra Granthi; this is the major brain. So we need to be able to
master the mental space to make this journey back home to total freedom, and also to manifest
the Light of the Self in the outer space masterfully. We need a powerful mind and intellect, one
that harmonizes with every level.
Shaping of our beliefs by world
By now as a seeker, you will know the power of thought. We have the ability to create thoughts
in the mind. In the antahkarana, this is the manas part of the mind, to create thought and
images. We have the ability, as a soul using the brain, to create thoughts, to produce thoughts
in the mind, and also images in the mind. And with this, we have the ability to produce ideas,
visions, beliefs.
But in ignorance of who we are and the total power that we carry, we allow the environment
around us, society around us, to shape our belief system: what we hear, what we see, what we
are told that we “should do...should not do,” how our education system leads us, how the media
leads us, what doctors say to us, what the elders in society say to us. We are guided by those
things and our beliefs are shaped.
Myths that imprison us in beliefs
For those of you who have questioned this and really looked, you will appreciate that we can
live in a prison, a mental prison of beliefs that are not necessarily true. We live in the great
myth that it is the brain that creates the mind; a myth that still exists. We live in the myth that
our power is mainly physical. We live in the myth that when we die, when the body dies, that
is it. We live in the myth that pills will take care of our health. We live in the myth that health
is not our responsibility, but that of the doctors. We live in the myth that academic education
will make us the best that we can be. We live in the myth that life is about power and pleasure
in the space and nothing else.
We live in the myth that the stronger should dominate. We live in the myth of class
Consciousness. You see it when you go to school and you do not succeed in particular subjects
or in particular areas. You are less than, and you fail the exams and you are dropouts. Wow,
that is it for you. When you reach 60, society tells us that we need to retire; we have become
old, when we are just middle-aged according to gerontology. We live in the myth that we can
only live this amount of age, whatever that might be; three score and ten, and we have added
to that. We live in the myth that we can never be a centenarian.
177
Can we live free from belief?
You know the biblical saying: “As a man thinketh in his heart, so is he.” [Proverbs 23:7] As
we think, so we become. Our perception creates our reality. Our beliefs guide us, influence us.
Can we live free of belief? Can we break the prison of beliefs? That is the subject today: can
we break the prison of beliefs? Can we live beyond belief, that we do not believe? That requires
a lot of strength would you not say? Because even on the path of spirituality, you believe that
“this will happen.” You have expectations on the path and you cannot live without belief. It is
difficult to live without belief.
From very young, we have been told what to do, what to say, how to think, what to think, and
look where our society is. Look where our society is: destroying nature; destroying life on the
planet; violating human rights; hoarding the food that nature has given to us; keeping certain
knowledge selfishly; not sharing the bounties of this planet with each person who is born here.
The moment a person is born here, the Universe has sent that person to enjoy the bounties of
the planet. Every person has a right to everything on the planet; one day we will realize that.
That is the belief system that we are caught in.
Are our belief systems working for us?
What is it that you really want? Are you happy with this belief system? Has it been working
for you? That is the question that you need to ask: “Has this belief system that I have been
working for me?” It did not work for me when I was 20. It just did not work for me. Everything
that I was told I did not believe. Something within me challenged it and I preferred to listen to
that.
Who are the wisest people in the world? The ones with the academic education, who certified
them? God, the Creator? Who are the wisest people on the planet? They may seem like a
“nobody” somewhere, yet they know everything; because they know that to know everything
is to know that you cannot know everything. To know that you do not know is the wisest stance
that you can take, because you will never know everything about everything. Once you know
that, then you know everything, the “real” everything.
In all the minds of those geniuses that we have had were planted the seeds of knowledge by the
Universe. And those who are really wise lay no claim to knowledge. “It came within me in a
dream. It came within me spontaneously in my thought.”
So question your belief system. What are the things that you believe about your health, about
your visions, about your future, about your relationships? Question everything until it begins
to work for you.
178
All beliefs must ultimately go
Ultimately, if you want to find the truth about the Creator, you cannot have any image or belief
about the Creator. “Ultimately,” because everything that you create that even helps you, you
have to outgrow it at some point.
That is what happened to me. Every belief that I had of what the Master is, I had to break
completely. And now, I am learning that every belief system that has influenced me about
health and well-being, I have to break. At this age of my life, 60 in a couple of months (the
body), I have to break the belief system to really make the next years ahead. I have to learn
every secret on the Earth about rejuvenation and to know that I am still full of vitality. I cannot
think that I am old. I would never think that I am old; that is the body. Even this body would
not look old. I have to learn everything that is not in the medical system and is not in the
education system. I have to learn everything from the ancient cultures. I have to break the
prison of belief, now at this age.
In working with you, I am always trying to break your prison of belief. I am trying to help you
to break the cages that you hold yourself in. “I cannot achieve this. I am a failure. I am lonely.
My mind is not working to serve me. I am not making contact with the Divine inside. Where
is the Divine? Why is the Guru not making it happen for me? Why is God not making it happen
for me?” I have to help you to break all those things, to tell you “Look at your life. Look at
how you think. Look at the choices you make and you will see why you are where you are.”
And do not put it to God to correct it. Take responsibility. The moment you begin to see what
life is doing to you, question, seek knowledge, it will come to you, and break the system of
beliefs. Otherwise, banks and mortgages will control you; doctors and pills will control you;
employers will tell you that you are old after 60; society will tell you that you are a failure
when you do not succeed in certain things. No! Break it completely!
Embrace possibilities instead of beliefs
Make life what you want it to be. What do you want? You have the power to create your own
images. We can use thoughts and ideas powerfully in the space, and the idea is to create the
visions we want. I would not call them “beliefs,” but we hold them as possibilities and work
them until they work for us. Then we can say, “This one works for me; it works for me now. I
am not sure it will work for me next month.” So do not make it a belief and do not sell it as a
belief. Say, “This is what works for me now. I am holding it as my truth for now; it can change
tomorrow.” That is how you make visions, you make plans: you hold them within you as
possibilities; you work them until they become a truth for you, until they work for you and then
use them for the moment, always being aware that there is much more in this Universe to know.
That is the journey that you make as you try to go beyond belief.
And, of course the hand of Grace is with you. The moment you question the status quo the
Universe is going to be behind you. When you question, “Why are we destroying our
179
environment?” The Universe will support you. When you question, “Why are we retiring at
60?” The Universe will support you. You can do anything you want to. Question every belief
system that you have. Even about God, question; God will be happy. That which created you
is beyond any description and is always happy when you open your mind to all possibilities.
Break the prison of beliefs completely. You need a keen intellect to do that. Use the power of
reason, guided by those who have broken free from their prisons. Follow them. Listen to their
wisdom. Test it, always test it. Do not believe anything; test it, test it, test it. When it works for
you, then say it is your experience. Do not claim it as a universal truth; it is your experience,
share it. That is what I do; I share my experience with you. I lay no claims, “This is what
worked for me.”
Freedom in living beyond belief
So we can live beyond belief. Would you believe that? We can live beyond belief. What
freedom that is. Think about it for a moment, what freedom that is to really question everything
and come to your own truth. You are the centre of your Universe.
(back to content)
180
Day 27 – Meditation “Break Free From the Prison of Beliefs”
Let us centre in the inner space, by just focusing within, because we are already there. Let us
give attention to the inner space. Be here and now. We spoke about present moment yesterday.
Make that a practice for you to stay with the moment and to stay with what is. Clear the field.
Today we are going to meditate beyond belief! We don't need to believe anything in the space,
just work with what is.
Listen to the silence behind the thoughts

What are you seeing in the inner space? What are you feeling in the inner space? Just let go of
thoughts if they appear, understanding them to be your creations. They may seem to have a
power, but they have no real power over you. You have all the power over them. If you let
thoughts control you, you are giving your power away. You do not want to do that. A very
powerful tool is listening to the silence. There is a silence behind the space, behind the thoughts.
Give your attention to it. Listen to the silence. Listen; I am listening. How vast is the silence?
Can we measure it? Is it boundless? Is there no end? Do I enjoy listening to this? Does it bring
me peace? Begin to observe. As you let go of thoughts, peace appears, these are your realities
there.
Look for the Grace

We will begin this meditation by looking for the Grace in the space. Do I feel supported? Open
up to the collective. Open up to every support that you can feel in the space. When you open
up, what do you do? Do you open your heart so uplifting emotions can enter the space? No
expectation, no belief, just exploring. Open up the emotional space so we can allow love and
compassion, gratitude, to enter. Let us explore with breathing into the chest. If you breathe into
the chest, do you feel it is easier to let go of emotional burdens? Breathe into the chest and
breathe out. Open up to the space, to its possibilities. You can use thoughts to explore, but use
them only as tools. “Let love fill my space, let compassion fill my space.” I am using these as
tools. Now, let us go further into the very core of the body and open up that abdominal area to
let your body receive all the harmonious vibrations of life. Open up to the fire element, warmth,
and go right down to the very root of your being, opening up to body Consciousness. And hold
your entire being, mental, emotional, vital, physical, in this space; breathing into it, seeking to
hold everything in harmony, peace and loving kindness.
Microcosmic orbit
Open up to whatever works for you and learn to stay in balance. Breathe into whichever area
helps you to stay in balance and allow yourself to be nourished. The meditation helps you to
nourish your entire being from a Source within, a wellspring. Some of you can imagine I am
doing the microcosmic orbit in my being. I want to align my flow of energies to the natural
flow within my being. So I look for the power centres along my spine and I move my mind and
my breath too, right along the spine, to the back from the root, right up to the highest point in
my brain that I can feel. Then I come down the front, feeding my organs the wonderful energy
as I breathe out, until I contract fully at the navel. In the breathing in, I make the circuit again
181
and then I let my mind do it when I feel aligned. This is how we nourish the entire body. Test
it. Explore it. Or do simply what works for you; the space is full of Grace. [Silence]
Let us bow to the space within

Open the space now in the Consciousness to the Universe around you. Let us co-create that
harmonious space of being with our world. Let us welcome in the space every energy that is
benevolent. Let us be in gratitude to all the wisdom that has come from the inner space and let
us bow to the space within. In our state of ignorance and separation, let us bow to the inner
space. O Source of my being, my Supreme Self, guide me from darkness into Light. Help me to
be an instrument of your will. Let your power, wisdom, beauty, flow in and through me. I am
in gratitude.
Live every moment in this adventure of life, with the joy of seeking, of learning and growing.
(back to content)
182
DAY 28 – Managing Thoughts in the Mind

Today’s subject is managing the thoughts in the mind. Yesterday, we spoke about breaking
free from the prison of belief.
Observe the impact of your thoughts
We create thoughts in the mind and we reason them out. We create images in the mind and
these thoughts and images are extremely powerful. They have power because every thought
you create is an experience in your being. It is a very positive thought you experience, or wave
of wonderful uplifting energy in your body. If it is a negative thought, you get a kind of toxic
energy flowing through your body.
Vital need for mind management
Because you do not give much attention to the experience of this thought, you do not see it.
That is why I am always asking you, “Observe what is happening through every experience
that you are having.” You will find that positive thoughts and images give you a lift
immediately because they come from the quantum space. They are energies and your entire
body experiences them. So give attention to every thought in your space, and learn how to do
that.
We have not been taught, even from very young, how to control this ability to create thoughts
and images in our mind. We have never been taught that at any level of education in our formal
schools. Mind training is an extremely important knowledge to have.
How do we manage the ability to create thoughts and images in the mind? We should be
teaching it to every child from the moment they can understand what a thought is or what an
image in the mind is. Nevertheless, even if we did not have the training from very young, when
it is the best time, because the mind is impressionable, we can try to make up for it. It is a bit
difficult, but not impossible. It requires training to manage the mind – important training.
Fascination of being able to produce a thought
Let us look at the mind. We have the ability to create thoughts and images in the mind. In terms
of the antahkarana or the inner instruments, manas gives us the ability to create a thought or
an image in the mind. For me, it is phenomenal that I can create a thought that can do
something, that can create an image in my mind eventually by all the thoughts. The fascination
of being able to produce a thought!
If we think of our animal brothers and sisters, you can see why they are where they are (and
that is part of the Play), because they do not have the thought power we have. We have a big
upper brain that allows us to create more complex thoughts and to reason these things out. So
183
we should be happy that we have such awesome power, and be able to understand how to use
it.
We have the ability to create these thoughts in the mind, these power entities, elements, and
we have the ability to keep our focus on them and sustain them in the mind. We can sustain a
thought with our attention and intention; the intention to keep it there and the attention on it.
What happens when we sustain a thought? It becomes stronger! And what happens when we
release a thought? It is stored. It does not disappear. What happens every time we bring this
thought back in memory recall? It has the same energy that we stored it with. And if you begin
to give it more power, by contemplation, by shaping it, by adding dimensions to it, it is stored
now with more power, more possibility.
We can create well-being or monsters within
Look at that awesome ability to develop a powerful thought in the mind that stays with us. And
you know what a powerful thought can do. It can energize you. A powerful image of health
and wellness can energize you! A positive thought about success can energize you. A positive
thought about anything brings a different energy into the space. So you have the ability to create
these things inside of you – extremely important ability.
Because we are in a world of duality, observe what happens. We can create negative thoughts
too that are toxic. When the negative ones come, they create such havoc in your space,
undermining your health and wellness. And by the same process of giving sustained attention,
you make the thought more powerful. So when you have a negative thought (let us say about
your health or your success or relationship), what do you do when you give it so much sustained
attention, and add dimensions to it? You start building a story in your mind that may not be
true at all. You start giving different dimensions to it. You build a powerful story in your mind
with a huge image and lots of energy, and you store it. What is going to happen? When it comes
back, it is like a monster. You have created a monster!
So we have the marvellous ability to create monsters in the mind that are destructive, and
wonderful images of healing and well-being and beauty and goodness. We have that awesome
power in this mind. Would you not agree with me that it is extremely important to be able to
manage this? That was my frustration as a young man of 20. I could not control this mind, and
I was thinking, “If I cannot control this, then how good am I as a human being?” That bothered
me so much that I had to find a solution to it, and I did.
We have the ability to create thoughts, enhance them, build stories around them, give them
attention, and as a result, energy, and store them. When we can do that consciously and
purposefully, then it makes sense. But when we allow the mind to be influenced by any and
everything around us, we are helpless in what is being created within us, because we are not in
charge anymore. We believe every little story that we hear, and build images inside ourselves
that can be destructive. So we need to be careful with this ability.
184
Ability to communicate from the inner space
Another fascinating thing about thought: that we are so caught up in communicating only with
the physical. “I need to talk to you. I need to see you. I need to hear you,” that we have lost the
ability to communicate from the inner space. We have another part of us beyond the physical
that can communicate powerfully with each other and with a Universe. We do not need a human
voice for it. Nor do we need human ears, or a human brain. We use it as a soul, but we have
much more power than the brain. We can communicate with a Universe through thought. When
we get so caught up with the person’s gross body and the gross communication, we have lost
the ability to communicate with our thoughts.
Remember how all the animals ran up to the hills during the tsunami? The people could not
communicate with nature, but the animals got all the vibrations from nature and understood
that something destructive was happening. We have lost touch with the Universe from the
inside.
We are in instant communication with each other
Can you imagine the amazing possibilities? This excites me because that is how I communicate
with you, but you do not see it. You are waiting for a human voice. You are waiting for this
human form but I am constantly communicating with you, in the meditation, in the talk, at other
levels too. I am always highly excited about how I can communicate with a Universe without
the human voice.
All I need to do is announce what I want in the inner space and I see how it comes to me. All I
need to do is to hold an intention about you and I see how you respond, but you do not see it.
Some of you, when you begin to write to me already start getting answers. The moment you
come into the space, and begin to think of me, answers start coming whilst you are writing.
And sometimes, when you are finished your email, you do not send it because the answer came
to you. You started communicating with me already, the moment you thought about me, but
you need to finish the email, you need to wait for an answer when you got an answer already!
Phenomenal power of thought
That is what thought power is: that we can begin to communicate with one other at the level of
thought. Is that not extremely interesting, giving us a reason to learn to use this ability of
thinking a little more? Can you imagine that when we have destructive thought patterns about
another, we are actually communicating that to them? The moment we hold them in the mind,
think about them, and form a relationship in the mind with them, we are communicating with
them.
We are constantly communicating energetically with our Universe through thought forms, but
we do not give attention to the beauty and power of it. We can communicate with the lower
185
life forms with that, the animals, the plants. We can continuously communicate with them from
that inner space through the mind.
When are we going to learn this? This is phenomenal. You can communicate with your body
cells, with your body organs simply through the mind.
Potent power of mental images
Another amazing ability with thought power: when you build very powerful images in the
mind, they are real in another dimension; more real than this one and have more potent power
than this one. When you build a very powerful image of what you want to be and hold it as a
strong possibility, you are actually communicating with your body cells, and with the Universe,
with that real image that you have already created within your Inner Being. You have made a
possibility that is going to actualize through the Law of Cause and Effect. Every cause must
produce an effect. Such is the power of creating these very powerful images in the space.
Whenever you have a low image of yourself in the space, you give it such power. “I am no
good. I am unhealthy. I am fearful. I am lost. I am desperate. I am disempowered.” When you
hold those images within you, they become your reality.
We need to be able to learn how to use the power of thought and imagery in the mind; how to
create these wonderful images that are healing and empowering; and learn how to communicate
with our Universe from the inside. Begin to do that. Communicate with your heart from the
inside, with your mind from the inside, with your gut from the inside.
I can communicate with my world simply from the inner space using the power of thought.
“Thank you my Universe for such a blessing, that you have given me this knowledge whilst in
the body, that I can communicate with you whilst in the body, not through human senses but
through the ones that you have awakened in me, the higher senses.”
Those of you who are viewing this talk again may wonder why it is so powerful even then.
Because it is an event that is in the akash and it is real; it is alive. It has not disappeared. You
can go back and whenever you come to this recording afterwards, you are reliving the message
as it was. This is not just a recording on Livestream, this is an energy experience that continues
to live on in the akash, and you will continue to have the magnificent experience as it is
happening.
Have a wonderful day everyone. Namaskar.
(back to content)
186
Day 28 – Meditation “Managing Thoughts in the Mind”
We begin our meditation. Let us give attention to the inner space: this space of immense power
and possibility; this space where we do not need human abilities to communicate with the
Universe and each other, but we can communicate in the inner space. Open up the space to see
your power, your awesome power.
First you need to assess whether you are able to command or manage the inner space. If you
cannot, that is fine, just accept where you are, but have a passion, a desire for wanting to
communicate from the inner space and to be able to manage it effectively.
Be thought-less in the inner space

So give attention to the silence in the space this allows you to see more. Choose to be silent.
Whatever thought arises, respect it and do not choose it if it is not desirable - if it does not serve
your purpose. Let it go. All you need is to not sustain its power with your attention. Just let it
go as much as you can. Stay focused on every uplifting thought that may arise within you, and
hold the possibility that you can be thought-less in this space. To be aware of the silence and
its “expansiveness” without the need to create a thought but to know that you have the power
to create any thought in this space. So stay with that: this awesome feeling of having the power
to create any thought. And reserve that power as you try to let the silence empower you even
more.
Nourish the body

Observe the silence and what it can do. It can help you to observe yourself. It can help you to
see your body a little more objectively and to nourish it if it needs nourishment by breathing
into the umbilical area, the navel area. Nourish the body; you have learned how to do that.
Breathe into the lower area. Keep the attention on the body and observe that if you use a
thought, “My body is healthy, my body is growing stronger, I love you my body,” what it can
do. “I love you my body. I can feel you growing in strength. I am meeting you today in love.”
Watch what your positive thoughts can do in this space even beyond the silence. It brings
wellness. And it brings greater power to the mind.
And as you observe the physical, open up the heart – that is what I am doing. I breathe into the
chest area and think, “I am a loving, compassionate being.” Or “I open my heart that the infinite
love within me will flow in and through me.” So I use empowering thoughts. I am conscious
of them. I hold them as my possibilities. I am sustaining them with my attention and I am
managing the space – heart-centred, healing uplift. I am staying silent and open to any guidance
that could appear in my mind, because I know thoughts can arise in my mind from the intuitive
space.
Focus on the energy centre in the brain

I am just enjoying breathing the prana because I can feel that I am breathing more than air.
And now I am up to my brain stem. I am going into my brain, and I am breathing into the brain.
This feels healing and nourishing, after having gone to the abdominal area and the heart. I feel
187
I don’t need to use a thought here. I just need to focus on that centre in my brain that I can feel
as an energy centre. And if you cannot feel an energy centre, just breathe into the brain as much
as you can in a way that feels good to you. And for those of you who want to use the healing
sound there, you can use the Om. It is the mystic sound within the brain that opens the brain
space and the mind space. Stay mindful of every experience.
And now, hold the idea that you are communicating with your body cells in the inner space.
When you begin to really do that, your body will tell you how it feels and what it needs through
urges within you. That is how you learn to live in closer touch with your body.
Microcosmic orbit
Now my breathing is slowing down, but there is beautiful feeling on the inside. So now that
my breathing has slowed down I am going to work with the orbit inside – the orbit does not
need the breath. I am taking my attention right up the spine, up to the head and down to the
front. I do not need the breath for that. Join me in the inner space. The orbit knows you.
The idea of the orbit is that it brings all levels of being into focus. Here you are operating in
alignment to the Universe, to the flow of energies within your being. The flow of energy is
through meridians: governing meridian, conceptual or functional meridian at the front.
Try to go beyond your limitations and belief and hold the possibilities within you, explore
them. Love helps me when I do this; loving what I do. Being compassionate to my body helps
me because I look kindly towards myself and organs. And I know that the source of energy in
the orbit comes from the Infinite Source. [Silence]
Now I am communicating with you, and when you are thinking of me, you are communicating
with me. Give that value. [Silence]
Resolution for today

Observe how beautiful this is and resolve to keep this for your day. Resolve to stay in touch
with your Universe, and the inner [being], using the power of thought to communicate. Be in
gratitude for the gift of awareness, the gift of knowledge, the gift of community, the gift of
Masters of the Light.
To my beautiful Universe, I bow to you. I am humbled by your greatness that is my greatness

yet to know. May my mind always be positive and centred in You, O Supreme One!

Thank you everyone – fantastic! Those of you who are viewing this again, you may wonder
why it is so powerful even then. Because it is an event that is in the akash, and it is real, it is
alive. And you can go back whenever you come to this recording; afterwards, you are reliving
the message as it was. Because it is there is the akash, it does not disappear. This is not just a
recording and Livestream. This is an energy experience that continues to live in the akash, and
188
you will continue to have the magnificent experience as it is happening. Have a wonderful day
everyone. Namaskar.
(back to content)
189
DAY 29 – Cultivating a Silent Mind

The nature of a silent mind
Cultivating a silent mind, this is the goal of every true seeker; that the mind should become
quiet, silent. There should be no conflict in the mind. The mind should be a mind that is
listening to the Universe, observing every level of communication with the Universe, being
open and receptive to every form of guidance.
A mind that is humble to its Source; a mind that is not seeking to impose itself with its own
ideas and visions, but a mind that is very open and receptive to every possibility that can appear
in the inner space; a mind that tries not to dominate the space; a mind that is vigilant, observant,
with a lot of curiosity, but with a lot of openness. That is a mind that is alive, awake and
naturally silent.
How can we learn to cultivate that silent mind that is so awake, so much in the present, so open,
so receptive, so humble? We need to manage the thoughts that I spoke about yesterday. We
need to break free from the belief systems that I spoke about that we may come into that silent
space. And that is the space where we can really grow in the Consciousness. How do we get
there? That is the goal when we sit to meditate. That is the very goal: get into a silent space in
the mind.
The challenge of clearing the mind
How can we go about training such a mind? How can we go about developing such a mind?
How can we go about earning the Grace of such a mind? There are various methods. The most
powerful of the methods, but the most difficult is just detaching from thoughts in the mind:
witnessing the space, keeping it open, having no ideas of our own, no images. Especially if you
are a seeker, seeking to connect with the Infinite within you, you can have no idea of the
Infinite, because every idea is a limitation, every image is a limitation, every thought is a
limitation.
The most powerful are those who can hold the mind in that state of witnessing and silence, not
allowing anything to come in. It requires tremendous capacity to discriminate and to detach.
Few of us really have that. So trying to jump into this state when some teachers tell us, “Just
go into that state; let go of everything; detach” is not easy to do. But if you can do it, certainly
that is the best thing – no image, no form. This is what the Zen monks would do. They clear
the space completely; empty it, searching for the fullness of possibilities that are there; seeking
to connect with the reality that is there.
I remember in my days of seeking that I was very impressed with the teacher Jiddu
Krishnamurti, and he is saying, “Do not depend on any Guru, no mantra, no teaching, nothing.
Develop a quiet mind, a silent mind with no conflict.” I really liked it but it was hard. How did
190
he get that? I realized that he had teachers in his early life, not that he asked for them, they
came to him. But he had to move away from everything and then he declared we do not need
anything, which was true, ultimately. I wanted to get there but I could not practice it completely.
I chose a path that got me there. Now I can appreciate the space, but it takes some doing to get
there. Krishnamurti calls the space “a space of choice-less awareness,” no judgment, no being
carried away. I said if you can do that, if you can sit and come to that space, you do not need
anything else. The Ultimate Truth will reveal itself right there.
Let “what is” lead to the silent inner space
One method is staying with what is opening up the mind, detaching from everything, being
non-judgmental and staying there, observing what is happening in the body, observing what is
happening in the mind, observing what is happening in the emotional area. Not owning
anything, not identifying with anything but observing and giving attention to the space that
holds everything, trying to detach that the space might become clear.
Not giving any power. Like I said yesterday, when you give power to thoughts they grow. So
giving no power to them and giving power only to the clearness of the space, the silence behind
everything, the peacefulness in that space from where everything arises.
Clear the mind “stuff” with breath awareness
Of course, it is not easy. What are some of the things that we can do in this space to eventually
get there; holding the idea that this is the space you want to get to?” One of the things that we
can do is begin to follow the breathing. The breathing can take us to energy. It can take us to
another space, another dimension of being. It can take us through certain levels. But as you
follow the breathing you need to follow the connections where the energy centres are. Like
breathing into particular energy centres, observing what arises in the mind and again having to
detach, but here the breath becomes a tool, breath awareness. It can take us to several levels:
from the body, to the emotional area, to the mental area. As we stay with the breathing and
bring regulation to it and begin to manage the prana with a very vigilant mind, discriminating,
we will be able to clear the “stuff” in the mind. So that is one method.
Detach from thoughts by bringing in the mantra
Another method is actually to use a thought in the mind and stay with it no matter what happens.
That is the idea of mantra. Begin to use the mantra in the mind continuously so you are not
allowing other thoughts to come in, as would normally happen. By staying with that thought
continuously, observing the thought, observing the thought and staying with it, you build the
strength in the mind to stay with one thought, to stay in the present moment, to witness. And
finally you let the thought drop when you feel that it is ready to drop and when it drops the
mind becomes naturally silent. The mantra has served its purpose. Or you can combine mantra
and breath.
191
But in all of these you need to stay in that space of observing, just as you would in trying to
create a silent mind. You need to stay with the observing. You need to stay with the
discriminating. You need to stay with the idea of no conflict. You need to stay with what arises.
You need to detach. So you need to do the same things. Only now you have a tool to keep the
mind busy, whether it is the breath, or the mantra, or the breath and the mantra.
Allow the Kundalini to clear the inner space
When you have awakened energies, another dimension comes in to help you: the Inner Guide,
the awakened Kundalini. She comes in and helps you. This has been my journey. Pranayama
came on its own. Mantra became easier and easier. She took me through the chakras, helping
me to go there, creating urges within me that I followed. So I felt a tremendous support in the
inner space. Then She opened my mind, took the images away from my mind. She cleared the
space, and allowed me to merge into Her.
So that is a marvellous support of having a Master who is completely independent of you, does
not want anything from you except to take you to freedom and would do everything to help
you to find yourself. To detach and to come into that space where ultimately you are, like Jiddu
Krishnamurti, not dependent on anything, not even dependent on the Master any more. That is
a great Master who can help you to come to freedom that you may be independent of everything
and have a silent mind.
Stay in your power while using the tools
Do not become dependent on anything. Do not become dependent on the mantra, on the breath.
Work them, use them as tools. Dependency means “I cannot do without a mantra.” Dependency
means “I cannot do without the breath.” Dependency means “I cannot do without the physical
teacher.” Dependency means “I cannot do without a mental teacher.” Ultimately they will go,
but use them whilst you need them. And as you use them, hold the idea that “I want to learn
this. I want to own this. I want to be like this.” Stay in your own space; do not lose your power.
Do not give your power away to anybody: no idea, no image, no Guru, because the Great Guru
is inside of you and it will lead you to all the teachers on the outside that you need. But do not
depend on them in a way that you lose “you.”
This is how you can begin to learn to cultivate a silent mind. You need the help when you are
not so strong, as I did. I needed help. I certainly needed help, but I was guided to it. And as I
got help I never allowed myself to become dependent. I used them...with great appreciation
and gratitude to the ones I got from. But I stayed with “me” and my power that was opening
up within me, and that is the beauty of Kundalini. She keeps you in your own power. She pulls
you inside. She inspires you from the outside and pulls you inside and brings you to your own
being. That is the journey.
192
The tool is not the goal
The goal is a silent mind. Do not fool yourself by thinking you just jump there easily. Few of
us can do it. It is possible, but not all of us can do it. So use the tool that works for you, follow
it and ultimately it will drop away. The tool is not the goal. When you have to cross a river and
you need to use a ferry, you do not keep the ferry with you, you go free. Use the ferry as you
need it. If you are coming back down, use the ferry again, but be free from it. Do not try to
carry the ferry Consciousness with you.
(back to content)
193
Day 29 – Meditation “Cultivating a Silent Mind”
We begin our meditation today. Let us centre in the inner space and let us learn to cultivate a
silent mind. If it comes naturally, stay there. If you find you do not need any tools, just enjoy
the space. And use the tool only when you need to.
Give attention to the vastness of the inner space

Begin first by giving attention to the vastness of the inner space. I can actually feel that we are
all supported in the collective field. It makes this cultivation of a silent mind easier. But we
need to have the silent mind, not only here, but in activity, too. Observe what happens in the
space. See how easy it is now to be open and receptive when you have this collective energy.
Use the breathing to connect to every level

Let it nourish you. Give attention to the body and see how it is nourished by all of this. Give
attention to the breathing and see if it helps you. Use the breathing to connect to every level:
breathing into the navel as you connect with the body and its vitality. Breathe into the chest as
you connect to the emotional part of your being, and breathe into the brain as you energize the
mental space. Stay with the collective as you do this. The collective allows you to experience
your Higher Self.
Hold the mind with mantra or affirmation

Some of us may need no tool except the breathing, but some of us may definitely need a mantra.
When the mind becomes active and is difficult to manage, put the Om in there, just to hold the
mind, but observing the vast space behind the Om. For those of you who want to join the mantra
and the breath, you can do that. For those who want an affirmation as you breathe, you can do
that. “Peace within me, peace around me,” with in breath and out breath, “Divine within me,
Divine around me.” You can choose an affirmation of your choice.
Own your space

The goal is a silent mind: open, receptive, humble and no belief mode, seeking to be guided by
Higher Self within. Now, this is your practice, I am only a guide. Own your space. Every quality
that lifts you is yours, nobody else’s, yours. You are the centre of your Universe.
And in all of this do not lose your heart. As you get into your mind, using the tool of the mind,
do not lose the heart. Heart lifts the mind; heart heals the body; heart opens the space to Grace.
It is central to your being. It is central to collective existence. It is essential to the relationship
between us and our Higher Self.
Now join me in the inner space. [Silence]
Intention for today

Observe how open the mind is, how silent the mind is. Observe. Observe the humility that is
required, the openness that is required, the alertness that is required, the connection that
happens. Observe where you are. And hold the intention to keep a silent mind throughout your
day, remembering to stay open, to meet everything with humility, to stay connected to the
Source Being. This is the mind that you want. It is a silent mind that knows the beauty of
194
existence. It is a silent mind that can capture the subtleties of communication with a Universe.
It is a silent mind that knows the power of thought. Be in gratitude.

Thank you everyone. I hope that you have been inspired to stay silent in this inner space. You
see more, you receive more, you are able to communicate more, you can listen more, you are
more intuitive. Learn to cultivate a silent mind.
Namaskar.
(back to content)
195
DAY 30 – Kundalini as Guide

The struggle to let go
Yesterday, we spoke about cultivating a silent mind and I was saying to you that only a silent
mind can capture the beauty of life in all its marvellous Play. Of course, it is quite a struggle,
because it requires a tremendous amount of humility since we want to “do,” but we have to
learn to let go and let That which is greater inspire the doing. Not that we should not do, but
we have to act in accordance with that Greater Power. When we do, it is a tremendous
experience of beauty in the Play. We see the Divine everywhere, we see perfect order and we
do not want to do anything else but to act in harmony with the Play.
It is a struggle to let go of thoughts in the mind because thoughts are part of our very existence.
We have been using them from as far as we can remember ourselves. We have never been
really taught about them. So we have developed all kinds of conditioning, habits, thought
patterns, ideas, beliefs that we need to break free from, because some are dangerous. They can
lead us further into ignorance and destruction. We need thoughts. They can help to liberate us,
even though they can take us into bondage.
Maha Yoga and the silent mind
Today, I am going to talk about the path that makes cultivating that silent mind easier. It is the
path that I took, or rather it took me. It came to me. It is the path of Maha Yoga as you know,
sometimes referred to as Siddha Yoga, Guru Yoga, Sahaja Yoga, Spontaneous Yoga. I have
said to you before that if you have been touched by me in any way, that this yoga is part of
your life. Maha Yoga means “great yoga.”
The fascinating thing about Maha Yoga is that in meeting the Master, in that impact or
experience of uplift, what has been awakened is the sacred Kundalini energy. In fact, as I
described to you in earlier talks, She is the one who has wrapped us into the Play. She is the
one who engineered that plan that you meet the Guru. The Guru or Master did not just appear
like that. She inspired it. That is how I met the Master. It was nothing but Her. Why did She
send you to the Master? Because the Master is manifesting Her. Who else would She send you
to? She would send you to the one who can help you to wake Her up in you.
Kundalini as Guru
It is not so much about the Master as much as about the Kundalini energy operating within you.
She is the one who is inspiring you. She is the one who leads you to the Master. She is the one
who shows you how to work with the Master so that She can rise in the inner space and ascend.
She is the one who is going to cultivate the silent mind for you. That is the beauty of it. She
will lead you to the silent mind. All you need to do is to be able to learn how to follow Her
guidance. She is the Guru; no one else. She is the Guru manifesting on the outside and She is
196
the Guru manifesting on the inside. So who is the Guru? Kundalini is the Guru. The sacred
divine energy is the Guru.
Why do you tend to want to remember the Master? Because She is manifesting in the Master,
so She wants you to see how She moves in the Master. When you begin to see the Master as
an instrument and to see Her operating in the Master, and to see Her operating within you, it is
fascinating. It is tremendously fascinating because then you see the same things that are
happening in you also being displayed in the Master.
She begins where you are
When Kundalini wakes up within you, She focuses on the area that you need developing. That
is why it is extremely important. Do not compare yourself to another because you are going to
have a unique set of experiences through the Kundalini. When She wakes up inside of you, She
will appear on different levels depending on where your level of Consciousness is. So do not
expect that She may come into your mind and begin to put order to your mind so quickly. She
may appear in the physical plane with you, drawing you to the hatha yoga, drawing you to the
physical exercise and encouraging you to get into movement and breathing. And She will
inspire you to do particular exercises so the channel can be opened up more. So the hatha yoga
or the physical yoga that happens through Kundalini is spontaneous movements that come to
you. You can do all the exercises that you like for fitness, but special ones will appear to you
that will help you to go deeper. The moment you do them, you will actually feel that some kind
of power is manifesting in your being.
She revitalizes the physical
She will inspire you to do special exercises that will bring Her even more within your space.
So when She appears on the physical realm, you see your breathing begins to change, the way
you breathe; the way you do exercises begins to change and you begin to see definite strength
in the physical body. When you are trying to think, “Oh this Kundalini needs to be in my mind.
Oh, I need to work with my mind,” She might be really inspiring you to work with your body,
but you are not listening. But when She does and you really follow Her, you will begin to see
your vitality begin to open up. So look for what She is telling you on the physical plane.
Right now, She is speaking to me on the physical plane. She is showing me exactly what I need
to do to keep my physical in order and I listen to Her completely. She moves in the inner space
so I know exactly what kind of pranayama I should do. I know exactly what kind of physical
exercise I should do. I know exactly what breathing patterns to do and I cannot do it without
her. She inspires it; she knows exactly what is happening inside of me. I am Her servant. She
takes care of me.
197
She inspires loving being
Then She may appear on the emotional plane for some of us, teaching us to love the Divine, to
love Her in Her many expressions. When She comes in this heart space, She opens up our
voice. We begin to feel that transformation is happening in our voice. She is pushing us to
speak with love. She is pushing us to sing with devotion. She opens up the throat and She grows
that love energy within us powerfully. The moment we begin to do things and we remember
the urge to love that She is inspiring in us and we do it, we begin to feel a glow in our being.
She inspires movement when the heart opens up, ease and flow.
You need to begin to look for when She is present in the emotional area and what She is trying
to do to you, how She is trying to inspire you. She will send you to certain bookstores. She will
send you to certain books. She will send you to certain Masters and She will inspire you. “I
want to go to this Master; I want to listen to this Master.” She is inspiring you because She is
in every Master. So She will open up the heart space for you.
She transforms the mental Consciousness
When heart space is opened up and She finds it sufficient, She will bring you to the mind.
When you are in your physical body, the mind is involved. She will help your mind through
the physical, because the moment you bring the physical into a better state of vitality it will
help the mind. But She is focusing on your prime areas. When She opens up the heart, the mind
will have a new quality and then when She goes into the mind itself from these platforms She
will bring your mind into silence in the most marvellous way that you can think of. She will
begin to energize your brain with the pranayama; she will show you how to breathe. She will
help you to come into the head space and open it up. She will make sounds in the head and She
will open up the space so beautifully. And She will bring to you the awareness that you are
nothing but Her.
As She opens up the head space, you begin to worship Her differently. You begin to feel Her
power within you and you begin to feel like a Durga or a Kali or like a Shiva. “Wow, this
Kundalini is masterful. lt is making me in Oneness with Her!” Then She renders the mind quiet
in Her masterful way and you begin to think, “Wow, what peace in my mind. She is doing it.”
She puts you in harmony with everything. She makes you the Master.
She is the Master guiding every step
Throughout all, it is only Kundalini that is guiding; She is the Master. What the Master outside
wants to do for you is to help you to go within. So the remembering of the Master, being
inspired by the Master, is only because of the Master’s manifestation of Her. She wants you to
pick that up and begin to see it in you. The moment you begin to take charge of the inner space
and work with Her as the Guru, you will have the most marvellous experience in the inner
space.
198
Everything that has happened to me has been a result of Her. The very moment of awakening
I was so surprised that an energy was entering my space, totally foreign to me. I was thinking,
“What is happening in the space? What kind of energy is in the space?” My mind only became
satisfied when I read a book with signs of awakened Kundalini and everything that was
happening to me was in the book. I said, “What is this? Wow!” Then I started to become
interested in the Master and in the space itself.
She completely transformed my Consciousness
She opened up into my heart space, and my voice movement, and, walking became different.
“Wow, this is amazing!” It took me a couple of weeks to come to terms with this but when I
did, it was a whole different beautiful feeling, and then she became the Guru within me. The
physical Guru was not there so that was easy for me to see Her as Guru. She became the Guru
within me and I followed Her. That is why I could leave India after four months, rather than
staying indefinitely in India. After four months, I felt Her so strongly within me. I felt the
presence of Kundalini as Guru within me and I left. When I came back, I could actually feel
the same within me and the moment I would think about the Guru, listen to his voice or look
at his picture, I could actually feel Her moving more within me.
I began to follow the teachings of the Guru so that I could experience Her more and for two
years away from India, I was in a marvellous state of working with Her continuously. Then I
went back to India because I wanted to see who the physical Master was. In meeting him, I had
to go back to Her and She guided me as to how to relate to the outer Master. So I became
detached from the physical form. I became conscious of his presence inside of me as Kundalini
and worked with that. There was a beautiful connection between Kundalini, the Guru, and
myself. And She is the one who took me marvellously through the 40 Days, granting me that
state of self-mastery.
So what can I claim? The path really followed me. It took me; it led me to the Guru. It led me
to understanding the Guru; it led me within, it freed me of everything, and now it made me its
servant. That is the journey that you are on. It is the journey of Maha Yoga, the journey of
Shaktipat. Once the Master awakens that energy within you, it is a marvellous journey of
Kundalini as Guide.
I hope that you have been inspired by today’s session. It is really asking you to let go and to
work with that Divine Guidance from within you. In fact, it should not make you feel less
empowered; it should make you feel more empowered and more curious to see, “Where is She
working within me? At what level is She working?” She can be working within you in the
simplest ways that you are not able to see. She inspires you to exercise. She inspires you to
work in a different way. She inspires you to eat in a different way. She inspires you to listen to
others. She inspires everything in the space, every good inspiration.
Have a blessed day everyone. Namaskar.
199
Day 30 – Meditation “Kundalini as Guide”
Let us give attention to the inner space. Let us remember that the true guide in the inner space
is none other than the very energy that moves within your being, guiding you. It is your very
Self inside. Give attention to the inner space that you may experience Her presence within you.
Observe the breath while looking for the inner guide

A good place to begin is using the breathing. She will inspire you as to how to breathe. Just
begin to breathe out slowly and completely and breathe in slowly and deeply, and see what
happens next. What sort of intuitive guidance do you have: to open up the belly in breathing,
to open up the chest in breathing, or to go to the head in breathing? You choose. She is the
guide. I am just an instrument, a servant. I am offering you the possibilities. Look for the areas
of weaknesses within you. That is where She will be most present. She will guide you how to
strengthen the inner space.
I am using the ujjayi breathing. That is when I feel the most strong within me, as energy. She
wants me to energize my brain, so I am doing that. Look for what She wants you to do. I used
Her already in my morning to energize the rest of my being, so I can understand why She is
leading me to the brain, because the rest is strong.
Look for Her guidance at every chakra

Try Her in the heart, opening up to love, or try Her at the navel, opening up the physical space
to Her. Then look for the natural urge in your being as you clear the mind and surrender to the
presence of the Divine within you, as energy. She loves to create balance within you. And She
will give you a better experience of the head if you make the lower area stronger. I am down
to my heart now, and as I breathe the prana into the chest, I can actually feel the organs of the
area being supported, energized. Now I am going to the navel area. I breathe there.
Open up the space to Her presence

Now if your mind is busy, you can use a mantra in the mind to bring the mind into more quiet.
A good mantra to use with the breath is the “Om.” You can use the mantra at any chakra that
you are working with, any area that you are working with. But open up the space to Her
presence, She is ever present within you. Learn to work with Her. I am going to allow for a
silent space as I bring Her powerfully in my space, creating balance. We share a common space
in mind and heart, whether you know it or not: we share a universal mind and a universal heart.
So you can easily be inspired by all Masters.
I am opening up my field even more powerfully now to the collective. So all those of you who
are physically far away, I am with you in the moment helping you to experience Her presence
within you. [Silence]
Feel the joy in recognizing Her presence

The joy is that when you begin to recognize the presence within you, you realize that you do
not need to take charge. You need to work with. And the moment you begin the work with, you
200
will feel even stronger in your space. Be relaxed as you work with Her; that is how you will
uncover more information. [Silence]
Let there be joy in feeling a presence within you. Be happy that you can have guidance in the
inner space. That changes the quality of your energy. [Silence]
For those who feel disconnected, just stay with the breath or the mantra. She is there. Even if
you feel that the breath is moving in rhythm, She is showing you, in the little things. Even if
you begin to enjoy repeating the sound, She is there. [Silence]

Now let us give attention to the physical level, wherever we are connecting to our world. In
this earthly experience She resides at the base. Let us connect to the physical world, knowing
that we are connecting with Her, in her gross aspect. Opening up to love, opening up to peace,
opening up to every expression of Her energy in our being.
O Supreme Mother within me, O Supreme Divine Self within me, shine in your glory in and
through me. I render myself an instrument of your Light, of your Power. Mould me and make
me after Thy will. Clear my mind, open my heart, let me see and feel your presence everywhere.
Let me rejoice in You and your perfection. I seek to lose myself in You.

I hope that you have been inspired by today’s session. It is asking you to let go and to work
with that Divine guidance from within you. In fact, it should not make you feel less empowered.
It should make you feel more empowered and more curious to see, “Where is She working
within me? At what level is She working?” She can be working within you in the simplest ways
that you are not able to see: She inspires you to exercise. She inspires you to work in a different
way. She inspires you to eat in a different way. She inspires you to listen to others. She inspires
everything in this space, every good inspiration.
(back to content)
201
(back to content)
202
DAY 31 – Yoga – Science of Being and Art of Living

– Friday April 25
Yesterday, we spoke about Kundalini as guide, and the challenge I gave to you was the idea of
letting go and seeing that the power that really moves everything is far greater than this “I.”
that we have. It is the very source of the “I.” I was speaking about learning to let go the hold
of wanting to do everything the way we want to do it and to allow this power to work with us,
because it is seeking manifestation. It is seeking to grow the Consciousness or to evolve within
us. So it is the very source of our being. Potentially it has everything, it is the manifestation
that is important – that is what takes us to freedom. I have been saying to you, “Keep an eye,
perception, on the “I,” ego.” That is how you can really tell if you are growing in the
Consciousness, by observing the “I.” Is it growing? Is it developing? Is it expanding? It is very
difficult for us to let go and let something else come into the space.
Science of harnessing energy fields
Yoga is an amazing field of study, because it is a science and an art: the science of being, and
the art of living as well. It is telling you that there is a systematic way to open the
Consciousness. There is a way to do it, there is a methodology that makes it a science; and then
in the way we do that we can develop the art. So it is all about energy.
I have been saying to you that this human experience is an experience of Consciousness on one
hand, that which is observing, that which is conscious and is having an experience: observer,
Consciousness, awareness. And then there is energy, there is movement in the field. There is
play. There is activity. That is energy-manifestation. We need energy for activity. Energy is
that which has the capacity to do work.
If we observe ourselves carefully we will see that we have the energy of vitality, which is
related to the physical; we will see that we have the energy of emotion, which is related to
feeling; and we have the energy of the mind, which is related to thought. And if you look
carefully you will see how scattered they are: how your vitality fluctuates, how your emotional
being fluctuates, how your mental being fluctuates. So the energy of vitality, of emotion, of
mind are scattered. The science is to bring it back into order. And to do that we need to have a
Consciousness that is evolving, because when the Consciousness is in its ignorance that is how
we become scattered. It is not able to harness its potential power. So as the Consciousness
grows and understanding comes, then the power comes more and more to harness the energy
in the Consciousness. That makes yoga the science of harnessing the energy fields in the
Consciousness.
Learn how to master the physical and the vitality
It is a marvellous science because it is a science of body, physical – Hatha yoga. Through the
Hatha yoga you can learn how to master the physical and the vitality. But that is only one step
on the way. One of the powerful things in the yoga is the science of Pranayama. And Hatha
203
yoga is a physical science. You study the body, you study the endocrine system, you study the
nervous system and you study the effect of movement and breathing. It will tell you exactly
how to improve your circulation, how to take away stress, how to stimulate the endocrine
glands. It tells how to improve your health in a marvellous way.
Pranayama – the way to mental mastery
Then there is the science of breathing that begins with the Hatha yoga. The breathing can lead
you to the mental field because the breath has a subtle connection. So there is a science of
breath; and if you begin to follow the science of breath, you will learn how to harness the
energy in the emotional space and mental space. That is the idea of the Raj yoga; you come
into another level of yoga that deals with the mental mastery. Then you go into the mind and
you study the energy and the mind, how energy and mind works; and you study how the breath
can have an effect on that. You learn the science of pranayama that can take you into the subtle
field. The understanding of pranayama is the control of energies, not just the science of
breathing, but the physical science of breathing. We lose the whole goal of pranayama if we
just stay with the physical breathing. But when we are able to capture, through the breathing,
the subtle energy field, then we come into a new space of managing energies on the inside.
And it is not just about physical breathing; it is about movement of energy in the Consciousness.
So the pranayama needs to take the next step to the subtle effect of pranayama. That is when
you really get into pranayama. Pranayama is the movement of prana, the energy. So the breath
allows you to make that subtle jump to the next level.
The next level: you need to work the mind. So there is a definite science of mind. Where do
you place your thought? How do you concentrate? And how do you begin to move into the
space beyond thought? As you apply yourself and the “I” begins to evolve, you are able more
and more to harness all the energies of your being, and it is fascinating when you can. So the
science of pranayama will lead to the mental field of the Raj yoga that will open up the space;
and the “I” will finally get into the space of the freedom, the super Consciousness.
Patanjali’s foundation steps to Astanga yoga
The one who has really made this into a great science in the yoga is Patanjali. Patanjali
developed what is called Astanga yoga and he has made it into a marvellous science. He begins
with what is called Yama and Niyama – the “do’s” and “do not’s.” He is saying you need to
start with the moral culture and the discipline. You do not just jump into asana and pranayama.
Asana is postures, without having the moral fabric strong (the moral foundation). The Yamas
are the do not’s, the things you do not do. So, Ahimsa, you do not hurt another creature; Asteya,
you do not steal from others what is not yours; Satyr, you do not speak false, you stay truthful;
Brahmacharya, you control your energies, you do not waste them; and Aparigraha, which
means that you do not covet what is another’s (do not be greedy). So these form the aspects of
the Yama, the moral culture.
204
If you really think about it, this is a big task to not be greedy, not speak falsehood, “not be
violent in any form, or not covet what is another’s, and always speak the truth. So a real student
of yoga needs to start with that because if they do not start with that there are a many things in
the space that will pull them away from the goal.
Then the Niyamas, which are the do’s, the things that you should do: Saucha, you should be
clean; Santosh, you should learn to be contented with what you have; Svadhayaya, which is
the study of the self;, that you should be interested in finding out more about the inner Self;
Tapas which are those exercises that create purification, transformation, the fire of
transformation; and Ishwara Pranidhana, which means that whatever action you perform, let
the motive be towards the Divine. Ishwara is the Divine, and Pranidhana are those actions that
you will perform; those energies that you would expend, letting it all be devoted to God.
Bring the body under control
Think about that fantastic moral culture that we need to begin to clean. It is a science and an
art; the art of living is right there. Then Pantanjali says, “Whilst you are doing all of these, now
engage in asana – bring the physical body under your control.” How many of us really have
the physical body under control? We cannot bend properly; we cannot twist properly; we
cannot create circulation in the body properly; we cannot breathe properly. So asana tells us
how to bring the body under control, because how you will go further if you cannot sit properly?
He says, “Asana is that which is steady and comfortable.” Is your body steady and comfortable
when you sit, when you move?
Catch the subtle energy of the breath
Then he says “While you are getting asana under control, then look for the energy of the breath;
find it – pranayama.” Patanjali clearly says it is not just the inhalation and the exhalation. He
says when you start not depending on the air that you breathe, when the cessation of the breath
comes, then you really become in charge of your energies. If you read Patanjali very carefully,
he is telling you that the breath has to move to the subtle level where it works with the mind,
where the energy works from the mind. So the breath begins and then the mind takes over, then
you can move energies simply by the mind. The pranayama will get you in touch with the
energy and then the energy will simply move by the mind.
The way to inner focus
Then he says, “Now you are ready for concentration.” “When you have harnessed the power
of the breath,” he says, “Now you are ready for the next step.” Patanjali calls the next step
Pratyahara, which that means now you are able to withdraw from the senses because you are
not wasting the subtle energy on the outside. So he says, “Now you are ready to come into
Pratyahara, inner focus.”
205
Then he says Dharana, now you are ready to focus on any object. And he says, “Stay with the
Dharana until it becomes Dhyan, until it becomes an unbroken flow of concentration.” So
taking a mantra, for example, you see in the beginning the mantra is all over the place; the
mind is here, there and everywhere. But Patanjali says, “Stay with it.” That is the Dharana,
stay with the concentration; you work it until you are firm. When it becomes firm and unbroken
it is called Dhyan. Now you are steady in the mind.
Unity of subject, object, and process
And he says that when you reach there, the next step comes: subject, object, and process all
become one. You begin to feel your unity with the space. Super Consciousness comes and he
calls it “Samadhi,” when there is balance in the Consciousness; when there are no more ripples
in the field; and when that observer within you comes in its purest form, he says you come into
the super Consciousness. Now the spirit is released on the inside.
Kriya yoga accelerates purification
So whilst you are waiting for Kundalini to come, whilst you are learning to work with
Kundalini, you have things you can do. You have the science of purification and that is why it
is sometimes called “Kriya yoga.” Because from the Maha yoga you will get spontaneous
kriyas, all kinds of things will happen. There is a science of Kriya yoga that will help you to
purify the field. So when you are getting these spontaneous kriyas, look for the science
involved: the science of the breath, the science of meditation and the science of posture. Look
for the work that you need to do.
When the kriyas come, tell yourself, “Okay, I am going to work on this field. I am going to
work on this. I am going to work on that,” and you can use the multi-pronged approach of
body: physical, breath, emotion, and mind. So there is a science. And in time, as you begin to
do this Kriya yoga, which are the actions that help to clean the energy along the field, the
different levels, you will begin to get more and more of the Shaktipat. The energy will come to
you more and more.
So my intention is to tell you there is a definite course of action you can take. It is a science
and that is what makes yoga so powerful. It is a science of “being,” and it provides an art of
living.
(back to content)
206
Day 31 – Meditation “Yoga – Science of Being and Art of Living”
Create the foundation

Let us give attention to the inner space. Now, let us follow Patanjali and his marvellous science,
as we use the gift of Shaktipat, the gift of awakening by the Guru. He says, “Let us come into
that place of being contented: feeling clean on the inside, being disciplined in our action,
devoting ourselves to the inner study, inner observation, offering all our actions to the Divine
on the inside.” Let us come into a non-violent Consciousness that we feel in harmony with all
of life. And let us stay with the Truth of the Inner Being. That helps to create a nice foundation.
Have a good posture

Let us look at the posture. Posture is that which is comfortable and steady, that which you can
keep.
Observe the pranayama

Then come into the breathing; that is a key. Begin to observe the pranayama exercises. Do
them breathing into the navel area, breathing into the chest area, breathing into the brow area.
Begin to work the pranayama, knowing that the physical must be strong.
Open up the field, Ishvara Pranidhana, “Let all your actions be devoted to the Divine.” The
magic is when the breath will stop and you will begin to feel the energy moving within you
marvellously –until then work the breath. And if the mind begins to move, come into the
dharana mode: bring in the Om, or the Soham. Soham is “I am That, I am He.” So with the in
breath, ham with the out breath, or the Om. Then, if you are aware of the chakra points, take
the breath towards them; take the prana towards them, and you can repeat the mantra at these
points.
Give attention to the lower, because it grounds you. Stay with all the levels. This is the Science
of Yoga. Concentration: this is what you can do. The Super conscious state will come. Have no
expectations, just stay with the doing, and opening up your space to Grace.
Stay with the breathing so long as you know that your energies are out of balance. When your
energy comes into balance, your breath will naturally become more and more shallow.
See where your “I” is placed

Learn to be in touch with your being at all levels. Swadhyaya, “the study of the Self.” Really
observing Self and trying to understand where the “I” is placed, and what you can do to open
up the space of the “I.” Be relaxed while you do this; this not a stressful activity.
Open up to the collective energy, and remember that what you are doing is allowing your
Higher Self to manifest. Whilst you are doing, your Higher Self is also trying to manifest in
and through you. So allow that process.
Stay with the breathing so long as your energies are out of balance.
207
Keep an attention on all levels. For those of you who wish to hold the breath for a moment at
any of the chakra points, you can do that. Observe the effect it has with the held breath at a
chakra point. [Silence]
Use the tools to manage the inner space

Put a mantra in the mind. Patanjali says, “Use the Om,” the primordial sound. So long as the
mind is active, bring the Om in. You can repeat the Om at any chakra that you bring the breath
to. So long as mind is moving, bring the Om in for the dharana, the concentration.
So long as your energies feel out of balance, bring the prana in – pranayama, breath it in and
it will settle down on its own.
And open up the space of Consciousness so you can do it in the presence of the Divine, your
highest Consciousness. [Silence]
Now observe how you have brought yourself into this space. There is effort that you made:
what the Buddha would call “right effort.” Observe what has happened.

Give your attention to the space around you, because now you are going to become involved
in your active day. Hold your intention in your being that you are going to keep this science
during your day: science of mind, science of heart, science of body, science of being. That is
the Yoga: the Science of Living, that you are going to keep this, and you are going to keep an
eye on the “I.”
Hold yourself in gratitude, for the gift of knowledge, the gift of the Masters.
Om, peace, peace, peace.

We have work to do. It is there before us. We cannot expect the Grace to just enter the space.
So let us go for it! Let us make it happen! Let us clear the space and the Grace will come. You
know the saying: “God helps those who help themselves.” Have a blessed day all. Namaskar.
(back to content)
208
(back to content)
209
DAY 32 – Stay in Your Own Seat of Power

Today’s subject is “Stay in your own seat of power.”
It is all about us
It is extremely important for the seeker on the journey to observe their sense of Self, the ego
that is manifesting within them. Centre there, own it and observe the process as it grows in the
Consciousness. It is all about us. It is not about anyone else in the space.
I have been speaking about kriyas and about energy, but energies in the space simply facilitate
a journey of Consciousness; it is all about the Consciousness unfolding. How do we observe
Consciousness unfolding? It is this sense of “I” that I have that begins to change.
Believe only that which is true to you
Do not let your “I” be compromised at any time by believing that which is not true to you, that
which you have not yet experienced. Do not be a believer; do not go trusting. You do not need
to give your power away to a belief. You do not need to give your power away to another ego
in the space, Guru or whoever it is. Do not give your power away to anyone. You are the centre
of the Universe. The Supreme Guru is within you. The Supreme Power is within you. Why do
you belittle yourself? Why do you become attached to things outside of you and then develop
a lot of expectations?
Trust in your process
I need to explain this because the Divine is also acting outside of us. Whenever there is a
tendency to believe something, what you need to believe is that it is a possibility to explore.
What are you going to trust? You are going to trust that when you explore, there is the
possibility that you will experience. You are trusting in the process that you are going to
undergo. Let it be very clear. Do not give your power away, because you are giving your power
away, [when you think], “Oh, I believe this one, it has to be true.” No, no, no, because when
you give your power away, you become a slave. The Universe is not asking you to give your
power away; it is saying, “Stay in your authentic Self, stay where you are, stay with what you
know to be true and explore.” If something seems like a possibility, go after it fearlessly. The
Universe will continue to guide you, within and without.
See how you give your power away in so many ways? When you give, you are trusting in
somebody else’s ego and not your own. We go about quoting other people. We make their truth
ours when it is not yet ours, but we can hold those only as possibilities. On this journey, you
need to give power to you.
210
I love to see people who have strong egos. I love them, especially when they are open and they
have a sense of justice and are sincere. The ego is a wonderful quality in the space; it is a rush
of energy; it is power; but it is an ego that must be placed in humility, wanting to learn, being
open, but true to itself. “This is what I believe. This is what I have experienced.” Stay with it,
the Universe will continue to guide you. I love to meet strong people, and when I see there is
a sense of fair play in them, I see there is a sense of justice, there is a sense of being open it
empowers me.
Observe and own the experience of your “I” in engagement
When people become attached to us, it is a weakness. I try to push people away from being too
attached to this [form]. What value is it going to be, because when you become attached to my
voice only (physical), when you become attached to my form only (physical), you miss the
inner communication that is so much more huge in my space. The moment you turn your
attention inward, “When I am with the Master, what is happening to me? How am I being
influenced in me?” and you give attention to that, really you will begin to see a marvellous play
that your “I” gets a lift from the Master. You give attention to what is happening inside of you
and begin to think, “What am I going to do with this lift that I am feeling from the Master?”
Take ownership of it and begin to seek your own goal.
The Masters are free. They do not see bodies, they do not see individuals, they see only the
Universe. Do not get caught up in the external, go where they are. A real Master will want you
to go where they are. I always feel happy when you can come into your own sense of Self and
you can begin to observe, “What is the Master doing? What effect does He have in me?”
Begin to see what is happening to your “I” when you relate to the Master, or when you relate
to anyone else for that matter. Begin to observe, “What is happening with my “I”? Never give
your power away; begin to observe what is happening to your “I” and you will learn a lot about
how to move in the inner space and make your “I” greater.
Stay true to who you are
The most wonderful relationship you can ever have with the Master, or anyone else, is not that
of dependency, but that of sharing, that of collaborating, that of creating unity and harmony,
oneness, that of oneness. Look for nothing else but for that relationship of oneness, where you
do not lose yourself. “I am there and I am relating from who I am and I am staying true to who
I am.” That gives me much more power when you relate to me like that. I feel happy because
then I see you are becoming the Master, and when you become the Master, it brings me the
greatest happiness, not when you are the slave. That does not give me any excitement at all,
when everything is about Guru, “Guru said this. Guru said that.” What do you say? Speak from
your own truth and as your truth grows, speak from that and hold anybody else’s word as a
possibility. “You know, I have listened to what Guru says and this seems like a strong
possibility. I want to explore this.” The “I” remains strong.
211
Then somebody may tell you, “Oh that experience you are having is not true. That is in the
imagination.” When you have no sense of Self, you are wiped out. The person has destroyed
you because you gave your power away to them, “Oh my God, is that true? Oh my God, what
is happening to me?” We become powerless. How many times have we become powerless in
speaking with people and feeling we are not where we think we are? No, do not ever do that.
Stay in your own seat of power, what you know to be true, and stand up to it.
You need to stay in your own “I” throughout the journey. Your own “I” is the best “I” you can
ever think about. The moment you stay there, I am more attracted to you. I want to support you
more. The moment I can see that you are staying in your own “I,” and you are really exploring
the journey, I become more interested in you, because I am seeing that you are making the true
journey. So do not get caught up in the externals. Look for the internal. That is the goal of this
journey. Look for it inside and you will find it. You have everything the Master has inside of
you. You have everything inside of you that anyone has for that matter. Do not give your power
away.
Journey through evolving “I’s”
It is important to begin to observe inside of you “Where my “I” is placed.” The “I” is on a
journey of evolving, so your “I” is going to evolve in the space. When you stay in your seat of
power you work with everything around you, seeing the influence it has on you and begin to
grow within your own inner space. Observe where your “I” is placed. Is your “I” caught up
with the physical body? If it is, then the pleasure and pain of the body is going to keep you on
a see-saw, making you fluctuate. When you are just body conscious or heavily centred on the
body, the mind becomes compromised, the emotions become compromised and the body
becomes everything. When you stay in body Consciousness, this is what is going to happen to
your “I.”
It is important to make a leap beyond the body Consciousness. You can feel body
Consciousness is there. You can feel the physical identity, the physical “I,” but you can feel
another emerging identity inside of you. This is what you get with your association with me;
another emerging identity. Now give attention to that because that opens the emotional field,
the vital field too. It opens the vital field; it gives you power to deal with the body. It opens the
emotional field and it opens the mental field. So begin to look at your physical “I”; begin to
look at your vital “I” that can help to lift the physical; begin to look at your emotional “I”;
begin to look at your mental “I”; and begin to look at the very source of “I.” That is how the
journey is in the inner space inside of all of us. It is a journey through evolving “I’s.”
Observation reveals areas for improvement
As you begin to become more aware of your vital “I,” your emotional “I,” your mental “I,” and
journey through them, you will have the most amazing experiences. “How do I feel emotionally
in this experience? How do I feel mentally in this experience? How do I feel at my vital level
in this experience?” Observe how your “I” is feeling, or what your “I” is experiencing and then
212
you can learn a lot about where you need to improve; because the Universe is right behind you,
full of Grace to help you to move through the “I’s.”
What it is really trying to do, in terms of evolution, is bring you into a space of higher vitality.
What the Kundalini is trying to do, what the inner Guru is trying to do is to bring you into a
space of higher vitality so you can manage your physical experience. It is trying to help you to
open up the emotional space so you can tap into the more than human emotion. You can enter
the space of more spiritual emotions, more emotions in the Light: compassion, kindness,
charity, forgiveness. These are emotions that are placed in the Light; they are not physical.
Physical is biology; the pleasurable things that are associated with the body, emotions based
on those, driven by the limbic brain.
The Universe will support your efforts
Give attention to the higher qualities. Then, as you begin to give attention to your mind, look
for your most expansive qualities in the mind and own them. “They are mine!” And seek to
improve your mental “I,” at all levels that you can see. Work on them, work on your emotional
“I”; work on your mental “I”; work on your vital “I,” and the Universe is going to support you.
It will bring information from outside of you. It will bring information from within you. The
journey is about you. It begins with you. It ends with you, period. So use every resource outside
of you, but do not become a believer until you have experienced. Do not become attached. Stay
with your “I,” stay with your seat of power and let your “I” evolve in any relationship. Through
relationships we should grow, our “I” should evolve in the relationship and not become caught
or compromised.
In this talk, the advice is to stay in your seat of power. Be authentic. Be true to yourself, do not
just believe blindly. Explore all the possibilities that appear within your being, then you will
have the best relationship with me and any other teacher; then you will have the best
relationship with each other. Operate from your best, give the world your best. Stay in your
best.
(back to content)
213
Day 32 – Meditation “Stay in Your Own Seat of Power”
Let us centre in the inner space. Let us claim who we are. Let us be strong in what we know to
be true. We know that we are more than the body. Let us respect the body. It is ours in this
lifetime. Hold it in a loving space but let us explore the all that we are. Let us use every support
that we have to bring out the best “I” in today’s meditation.
You are the centre of the Universe

Give attention to your space, it is all your space. You are the centre of the Universe. When you
know your space well, you will know that you are part of everything. Stay with where you are.
Create a surge of vitality

Give attention to your vital being. You know how to improve that, breathe into the navel area.
Focus on the prana, not just the physical breath. We all can feel prana, some a little more than
others. When the prana begins to come into the space, we feel a new surge of vitality as we
breathe beyond the oxygenation. We feel a tingling in the body; we feel a greater sense of
vitality. Check your vital centre and see. If it is stable then you are “good to go.” If it is not
stable yet, stay with it.
Work with your truth staying in an expansive field

Stay with your truth at the moment and work with it, but work with it always in an expansive
field, open. Open to every form of guidance, of possibility.
Give attention and value to both out breath and in breath. Out breath is the letting go, emptying,
which is a good thing. The more you empty, the more you allow for the in breath. In breath
brings in prana, and brings in oxygen.
Keep the mind open to any form of guidance that will come from the Kundalini within you, or
from the Masters of the Light. They are right with you.
It is good to begin by making the breath long and deep, so you can cover all levels.
Now come into this sense that you are the centre of your Universe: indeed you are. That is
unquestionable. Begin to own everything in your space, without conflict or complaint.
Light up the inside

Observe your emotional nature, and be the best emotional you that you can find within your
being. Be true to your best knowledge: be as loving as you can be, as forgiving as you can be,
as kind as you can be, as compassionate as you can be.
When you observe carefully you will see that the emotions feature in the chest area: in the area
of the physical heart, in the area of the lungs. There is an energy centre there. Keep the mind
open, do not close the space. When you breathe into that centre, breathe as if you are breathing
into infinity. Breathe into an open space, and breathe out into an open space. Do not limit the
mind. Work with the emotional centre until you feel that you are lighting up on the inside.
214
If you give attention to the collective, you will be able to appreciate how we support each other
in the space: all in the unity of One Supreme Self. Here you are in your Truth, in your Self, this
is the place to be: your Self is going to grow into an Infinite Self.
Take charge of your mental space

When you feel that your emotional self is in a lift, and stable, now it will support the mind
powerfully. Go into the mind, go into the brain area, and open the mental space – the joy of
peace, openness; this is your mental “I.” “I have the power of intelligence, of reason. I have
the power to keep the space open with my intellect. I have the power to bring any thought in
there, or dismantle any idea, or move thoughts away.” Work with that as much as you can. You
are in charge of your mental space. Keep it open, peaceful, accepting what there is, and bringing
it into what you want it to be. Believe in you. Believe in you – what you know, your possibilities
– and you will be guided further.
Observe the posture of the “I”

Look at the energies you feel. Work with it, but stay in the Consciousness of the “I,” observing
the posture of the “I.” Stay with me in the space. Do not let any part of you pull you down if
you can.
My truth is that I am One with you; my truth is that I can feel you in my being. That is my
truth. You work with your truth. What does the collective energy inspire within you? What
kind of presence do you feel on the inside?
Now I am going to go into silence, allowing you to meet me in the Inner Space, meet us in the
Inner Space. See how it grows the “I,” bringing it into more Light. Believe in you, only you.
[Silence]
Preparation for a new day

Let us come to the vital “I.” Let us bond with our Earth and the elements of Nature. Come into
the vital and gross energy. Let us harmonize, looking ahead to a new day and to the immense
possibilities that this day can bring, centred in our Self.
“Wherever I am on the inside, I am true to my Self. I seek only to grow at every level, and to be
an instrument of the Divine in the human experience. I am in gratitude.”
(back to content)
215
(back to content)
216
DAY 33 – Use All Your Intelligence in the Human Experience

– Sunday April 27
Today, the subject is “Using All of Your Intelligence in the Human Experience.” All of your
intelligence! We have intellectual intelligence. That is what drives the academics, and that is
what we test for in intelligence quotient, IQ – brain power. And from the mystical point of view
we have two chakras there, from the soul level that drives the brain.
Our entire being is full of intelligence
We are learning as a society that we have a heart brain; that the heart has cells that are similar
to the brain, and that it communicates with the brain. Not the brain just giving commands to it,
it is also communicating to the brain. There is a relationship between the heart brain and the
cranial brain. Then there is a gut brain. We have brain cells there, many nerve cells that
resemble brain cells as well and function similarly.
The soul is able to communicate through the heart, by stimulating those brain cells through the
heart chakra, and it is also able to communicate to the body through the navel chakra, because
there is quite an intelligence there. So we have a body full of intelligence.
If you think carefully, we have cells with intelligence. Cells are communicating with each other
intelligently and they are performing many functions to keep us alive. We are still learning
about the depth of cellular intelligence and if you go right down to the cell and to the atoms,
electrons operate intelligently as well. You see that the entire being is full of intelligence, and
intelligence can only come from the Consciousness.
Are we using all of our intelligence?
Are we using all of our intelligence as a soul in the human experience? Are we receiving signals
from the heart and communicating through the heart? Are we receiving signals from the body
and communicating through the body, and with the body? We are so caught up in the cranial
brain that we do not use the heart brain enough, and we do not use the body brain (the gut brain)
enough so that we can be using all our brains. The more we become awakened as a soul,
realizing the brain power we have in the heart and in the gut, we will have the key to self-
mastery and to freedom. So today’s talk is about using all of your brains!
Think about the intelligence of every cell. We get information from the cells but we ignore
them, because we are so stuck in our mental world. We are the “boss” in the mental world. We
try to control everything from the mental world, whereas the body is communicating with us
powerfully, but we ignore a lot of the body signals. We override hunger, we override thirst, we
override the need to rest. We disguise the taste and we feed the body more than it needs. We
do many things and the body then gives us signals of pain, and we ignore them. We take a
painkiller and we ignore it. Very, very powerful beings we are with such cranial brains that we
disregard the gut brain and we disregard the heart brain. We are unable to create relationships.
217
We come out with our degrees and diplomas from the university but we are unable to have
relationships, because we have never developed the heart brain.
Use your full brain capacity in the human experience
Think about that. Are we not handicapping ourselves when we do not use all of our brains?
How much of your total brain capacity are you using as a soul in the human experience? Are
we handicapped, because we use only a portion of our brain? I think the marvel of the human
experience is that we can use all our brains.
I am reminded of the beautiful saying in the Proverbs [4:7] of the Bible: “Wisdom is the
principal thing; therefore get wisdom, and with all thy getting, get understanding.” That
wisdom can only come from using all of the brains: listening to the body, listening to the heart,
communicating with our world effectively, using the cranial brain as the leader, because it is
the leader. It is the principal brain. Look at the head; we have the most nerve cells there, brain
power!
Freedom from ignorance is a principal goal
Now certainly, life’s journey as a soul in the human experience is to achieve freedom. What is
that freedom? It is the freedom from the bondage of ignorance. It is to free our soul from the
ignorance of what it is, all that it is. It is for illumination of the Consciousness to realize that “I
am not a body; I am not a mind; I am not an emotional being. I am That, which drives all of
it!” The freedom comes when the “I” knows fully that its root is in the Source of being, that it
becomes humble to the Source and becomes a pure channel of the Source. That is true freedom.
The “I” is not operating in separation or ignorance. It is fully aware that its strength, its power,
is coming from another place, its Source. It becomes humble to the Source and it meets the
human experience harmoniously. No conflict, inner or outer. That is freedom! The soul knows
what it is; that it is simply an instrument of a Greater Power. Its existence depends on that
Greater Power. It lives and moves and has its being in that Great Power. That is why the Hindus
say, “Aham brahmasmi,” which means that my “I” is nothing but an entity in the Source of my
being.
Self-mastery is also needed in our world!
Some of us on our journey to freedom take an intellectual journey, and we will get freedom,
because this [head space] is the place. When we clear all our attachments to every other level,
we can certainly get freedom by going into the mind and making the intellectual journey to
freedom. But does it mean that we have mastered all the energies in the space? Look at some
of these beings who have achieved that freedom through the intellect. They do not care to relate
to the world. It may not be important to them; nor do they care so much about their bodies that
they will keep them healthy. Some of them certainly do, but the tendency is to remain in that
space and not to master the human experience.
218
I am never one for that. I want to have both: freedom and self-mastery. And that is what I did.
I became free in my Consciousness, but what did I do? I got involved in the world. I tested this
into the world until I could master the world. That is how I feel. I do not ignore my body. I
listen to every signal from it. I work in harmony with it. I do not start my day without attention
to the body and listening to it. And in every relationship I have with my world, I am very aware
of the energy of the relationship and I always bring the best that I have in every relationship:
unconditional love, meeting everything without conflict. I see only Divine order and purpose.
That is mastering the human experience.
We can create a movement of change in the world
We have enough brain power in the whole being to master the human experience, but we have
to give attention to all levels of being. That is what the world needs. We do not need just the
intellectuals without the heart and without the vitality of the body; we need those people who
can master the human experience. We want them to lead us into a new world.
Of course, we all have the power to do that. In this new world, everyone must become a master.
It is not going to happen in a day, or even in my lifetime, but we can begin the movement of
change. It starts from inside. Like Gandhiji said, “We must become the change that we want to
see in the world.” If those of us who are inspired by this become more and more of the change,
certainly the world will change. If we create that current, that energy movement in the field,
change will come. That is what I am doing with you.
Our main brain can lead, but stay with all of them
The idea is using the main brain to lead the show, working in harmony with the heart brain,
working in harmony with the gut brain. Where are you placed? You need to be honest about
where you are placed. If you are still placed in the physical, you can use the physical as the
lead, bring the heart into the physical and bring the mind into the physical. You can use the
heart as the lead and ultimately you will get to the main brain and to influence it.
If you are more emotional in nature and it is your temperament, then follow the heart and then
bring the main brain there, the intellect there, and bring the body there – wherever you are
working, stay with all of them. If you are operating in the main brain, you are more intellectual,
more in the mind. Be conscious of the heart and of the body and add them, though the
intellectual brain is the lead.
When you can make all three leaders, all three working in perfect harmony, you are the best
leader. You are the best master of Self. I make all of them important. All my brains are
important, so they function as one brain. If I am doing anything, I am observing the body’s
intelligence, I am observing the emotional intelligence and I am observing the mental
intelligence.
219
Combine all levels and be a blessing to our world
Begin to look at where you are placed. What draws you into the human experience? Is it the
emotional space, is it the mental space, or is it the physical space? It does not really matter
which one draws you into the experience, start with where you are, but give attention to all
three. When you combine the intellect with the heart, do you know how powerful that
experience is, because the heart brings light and love and healing and harmony in the space? It
is meant to create harmony and unity in any space. It lights up everything. So when you bring
the heart intelligence into it, it is beautiful for a harmonious world, for harmonious co-
existence. And when you bring your body’s intelligence into it, harmonizing with the intellect
and the heart, you get a fantastic body with vitality. So why do we operate in a handicapped
way, using only the intellectual brain?
Can you see this? Can you have a vision of a better world? Can you have a vision of a better
Self? Now do you see why self-mastery is so important? Not just the journey to freedom, not
just to free ourselves from ignorance, but to be able to utilize our full intelligence in the human
experience, to be a blessing to our world. To make our world a better place. That is where my
passion is. I live every day for it; to inspire my world so that we can have a better world, a
harmonious world, operating at all levels of being. That is why Maha yoga is so important, that
is why all the yogas are important, because they teach us, they help us, they guide us, to
harmonize with our world.
(back to content)
220
Day 33 – Meditation “Use all Your Intelligence in the Human Experience”
We begin our meditation today. Let us give attention to the inner space. Because we are such
intelligent creatures, let us give attention to our total intelligence. The lead is the intellect, so it
can really communicate all the intelligence of the body…every cell…using the heart.
Engage all your intelligence to energize the body

Let us begin with observing our body’s intelligence, listening to the body. Let us use the
intuitive ability of the soul, as we observe the body. Let us use the intellect to open to guidance
from the inside. As we listen to the body, the body will inform us of how to breathe in a better
way, how to sit in a better way, what will make it more comfortable.
As we use the soul’s intuition and intelligence, we know that if we breathe into the navel area,
we can energize the body much more. And if we hold all the cells in our love, “loving being,”
we will have a better physical experience. Our intellect also informs us that we need
concentration, we need the power of attention, we need to stay in the now.
So lovingly, joyfully, engage in revitalizing your body. It is the temple of the soul. Just observe
for a moment, as you open your heart, as you open your mind – how just breathing out
completely and breathing in deeply – how stresses go away, and how the mind becomes more
peaceful: that when you get the body more revitalized, the mind benefits. Look at the
relationship between a vital body, a peaceful mind, and a happy heart. The idea in the
meditation is to use all your brain power.
See how you have drawn the heart to the body. You have opened the heart simply by going to
the body. So you have drawn the heart into the play. Keep the breath moving. Open the mental
space. Draw the mind to open the mental space, to be intuitive and also to channel energies
through the heart, through the attention. Observe now how you can bring mind power into it,
just by thinking, “My body is healthy.” Just by producing a thought there, and observing what
happens when you put in that thought, “My body is healthy.”
Use the main brain to stimulate the heart

Observe how you can open the heart with the main brain, the intellect of the main brain, or
using the main brain. “I open my heart that pure love can flow in and through me.” I am using
my intellect, a thought, to stimulate my heart. “I open my heart that the love of the Divine will
flow in and through me. I make myself a channel of love today.”
So this is about communicating with the inner, and allowing the “I” to become humble to the
Source of all love. The body is still there because the love is flooding the body’s cells. So I am
keeping my body’s intelligence to see what the love is doing to it.
As I use my intellectual intelligence, my body informs me that if I breathe into the brain, that
the body will feel better, the brain will feel better, the physical brain will feel better. So there
is an urge for my body from the brain cells to breathe into it. So I am going to breathe deeply
221
into my brain cells bringing energy there. The air goes to the lungs, but the prana of the
breathing goes to the brain cells, the life-force from the breathing.
Then look at the balance you are creating using all the brains: communicating with the body,
listening to the body, communicating through the heart, observing the experience of bringing
love into the space, knowing that the mind is the principal one, operating with the main brain,
but doing so with all humility, knowing that all of this energy that we are experiencing is
coming from the Source of Being.
Allow all three brains to guide repetition of the “Om”

My mind wants to vibrate with the Om. So I am just going to repeat Om within my own mind.
I want to experience the vibration of Om. So I am listening to my breath in ujjayi, and I am
mentally repeating the Om sound with the breath, synchronizing, but in a huge space of
awareness. I can feel my heart involved. I can feel my body involved with the breathing. Body
is informing me what the best breath is for it. And I am enjoying this communication.
Stay with me in the inner space and stay with me in the practice of using all of the soul’s
intelligence, and the body’s brains. In this meditation I am staying with the deep breathing until
the breath naturally subsides.
For those of you whose minds are working and the tendency is to divert in the meditation, give
it the Om, and stay with the Om. It will get a lot of benefit when the mind is moving to offer it
the Om. [Silence]
Stay with an open heart. Do not get too caught up, do it joyfully, and the heart will stay open.
Let the intellectual brain just monitor and allow everything to open to create harmony and
balance. [Silence]
Intention for today

As you observe the inner space, be in gratitude. It is easy is it not, to be in gratitude in this
moment, that you can use all your intelligence? See how beautiful it is to use the heart
intelligence. No matter how intellectual you are, you come to the heart and some marvellous
experience. And you see how wonderful it is to keep the body vital, that you can enjoy the
human experience in a physical body? Be in gratitude, and let the prayer be to continue to stay
open to the Source and to be a blessing to the world.
(back to content)
222
(back to content)
223
DAY 34 – Manifesting Love Consciousness in the Human Experience

– Monday April 28
Today’s subject is “Manifesting Love Consciousness in the Human Experience.”
The call to manifest more love
We are challenged today to manifest more love Consciousness in our world. You can see the
result of not doing that when we operate from more of our limbic brain and reptilian brain,
without the power of the neocortex that allows us to open up more to love in the Consciousness,
of course using the emotional brain that I have been speaking about. This is what we see:
destruction across our world, hurt, pain, suffering as a result of not manifesting more of our
soul Consciousness in the human experience.
If you take that to the personal level and observe when you do not manifest a powerful love
Consciousness in your being what happens, there is that same kind of destruction in your inner
space; body organs begin to shut down, deteriorate, and you feel pain and suffering in the inner
space. There is conflict in the mind; there is conflict in your Inner Being; there is more darkness
on the inside. There is a similar kind of suffering on the inside when you do not manifest more
love Consciousness in the human experience.
Infinite love is our Divine nature
You can well imagine that the Divine, in creating the Universe through the Shakti, through the
Kundalini power, in veiling ourselves into this Play, contracting the Consciousness, that it
would have been out of love. Because when you come back to the purest level of
Consciousness, there you find infinite love. So from that space of infinite love, the Divine
would have acted in terms of veiling itself until it contracted into the darkness – of course a
play, a game. When it did, it has become involved in the material existence, in the biology of
things, in the darkness of the Consciousness. Then when it comes there, we operate like the
creature, the human creature, manifesting only a limited amount of soul Consciousness that
gives us more of the creature Consciousness. So that is where we are operating and that is the
result of the suffering on the inside and the suffering in our world.
In the ascension, we have to go back to more of that love Consciousness, and then go back into
the infinite Consciousness of love where we can experience how the Divine created the world,
out of what kind of experience, out of what kind of Consciousness. At that level, there is total
unity in the space. Infinite love creates unity, harmony, healing. So our world is challenged
today to open up the soul Consciousness in the human experience; open up the soul
Consciousness so we can experience more of our Divine nature.
We can influence our brain. Our brain is not the leader; the soul Consciousness is the leader
using the brain. We need to open up the soul Consciousness; that is why we need the noble
souls. That is why we need the great souls who have more love Consciousness, because then
224
they can help us to come into that space of opening up the soul Consciousness so we can
manifest more soul Consciousness in the human experience. Because when we operate from
limited brain capacity and we use more of the limbic and reptilian brain without the neocortex
opening up to the higher brain that we have as a human being, we do not manifest that degree
of love Consciousness.
Love is the solution for a more healthy body
When love Consciousness comes in at the personal level and there it needs to begin, we cannot
solve the world’s problem unless we solve the personal one. It begins with us. So when we
begin to come into the inner space and open up to the love Consciousness, observe what
happens to your own physical body. Observe, because we start with the physical. The more
you come into love Consciousness on the inside, there is more harmony in the inside, there is
more energy in the physical body.
Observe where the love centre is, the energy centre of love in the human being; right here at
the heart, right here. Observe what is here [chest]; the human breast is here for nurturing. We
all had that experience from our mothers of a tremendous amount of love coming through those
nurturing organs. Look what is there, the heart that pumps blood through the whole body,
nourishing the body, feeding the body. Look what is there, the lungs that bring the air and
oxygen into the body.
Look what is being fired up when you bring that love energy from the quantum space, from the
soul Consciousness and bring it into the body. Look at what is happening, this whole area fires
up. And look what is here, the thymus gland. This is the gland that prepares those killer T-Cells
in the immune system to fight away infection and disease. So look what is there.
The more you open up this heart space to love Consciousness, look at the healing, the
phenomenal healing that will take place in the space. When you do not open up this love
Consciousness and you operate in darkness, observe what happens to the breathing, to the heart,
to the immune system. Observe. You have all kinds of issues here. When you open up this
space, there is such a beautiful energy in there. It inspires unity in the outer space. It inspires
more appreciation of the world, more compassion, more kindness, more forgiveness, when you
open up the space in the Consciousness.
It is the Consciousness that is going to provide the Light to enter into firing up the body. So
when you open up the space more, observe what is happening within the body, and observe
what is happening in the space; you inspire peace. All your relationships in the world improve
because you are so much more harmonious with your world. Love is the solution for a better
world. Love is the solution for a more healthy body. Love is the solution for more harmonious
relationships.
225
Opening to the fullness of love unites us with the Divine Self
That Infinite Power created this human body and contracted in the Consciousness out of love.
When it created this space, it created it out of love and it wanted to expand more. So once we
come into this space, the mind experiences a whole lift because it is from that beautiful mind
that the love centre opened up from; from the intention of the Universe to create and to put
itself in all of existence, to embody itself in all of existence. It did it from love. So if we need
to go back to that Infinite Self, how are we going to go? We have to pass through this tunnel
of love.
Some of us open it up and then we get caught in the mind, the play of power and ego and
pleasure, and we do not open it enough. We open up a little to allow it to go and then we take
charge on the inside, still staying in darkness, manipulating the field and we go through
suffering in doing that. The idea is to take the love more and more into its infinite level and
that is when love becomes unconditional. When we stay in the dark level, love becomes
biological, a pleasurable experience of the senses, and we become caught up in that, thinking,
“Wow, this is the expression of love that will fulfill me.” So it is all about pleasure. It is all
about power. It is all about conditional behaviour. And when we experience the pain and the
suffering of that, we seek for another kind of love. We bring more soul Consciousness as we
seek for that higher form of love, because then we are uniting more and more with the Divine
Self.
We need to look into that Consciousness of love and to open it up more and more. so that our
brain will open up more and more to manifest this love. This love is Divine. Love is God; love
is healing; love is Light. No matter how intellectual we are, we can still operate in darkness if
that love Consciousness is not there. And it is a Consciousness, a soul Consciousness. Love is
not a biological experience in the human being; it is an experience in the soul Consciousness.
When it comes there, there is this marvellous experience of compassion.
Observe the quality of love manifested by noble souls
How do you know if you are manifesting more love? There is more openness in the
Consciousness – no judgment toward another. There is more healing in your Inner Being. There
is more integration in your Inner Being. There is no conflict on the inside because love inspires
unity, understanding, tolerance, acceptance. When it is not there, observe the conflict that is
within and observe the experience of conflict; we are never truly happy.
The more we embrace the love, the more we get into the Divine Consciousness of love. That
is expressed so wonderfully by these souls who have united the Consciousness once more with
the Higher Self, and you see their expressions of love. If you want to see the love of the Divine,
look at those noble souls who have transcended duality. Observe them in the human experience
and see a marvellous quality of love. Even when they are firm, you can still feel on the inside
that their intention is totally noble, and that is a magnificent quality.
226
I have seen the Master in an angry mode, apparently angry, and when he came close to me, I
am saying, “Wow this is a wave of love.” I am hearing him shouting in the dining hall with so
much noise happening and then when he came across to where I was, wow, this huge wave of
love and I am thinking, “Wow the Master is shouting, but there is such love there.” So their
actions are inspired from infinite love. Once a Master has transcended and gone to that place,
all their actions are inspired by tremendous love. Out of love for us, they did what they did.
Look at Christ, when he threw things apart, it was inspired out of love. Out of love He was
doing that. He shed His body out of tremendous love. So that is the call for us: to come into
that space of love. What did the Master Jesus say? “I will give you two commandments to live
by, just two and on these two commandments hang all the laws and all the prophets.” He said,
“Everything is in these two commandments: to love God with your whole mind, your whole
soul, your whole being, and; to love your neighbour as you love yourself.” [Matthew 22:37-
40] We are still struggling today with those two little commandments because they are huge.
They carry everything. The result of our world problems today is simply the inability to really
manifest this fully. We call ourselves Christians, we call ourselves devotees of God, and yet
we do not allow ourselves to manifest more soul Consciousness.
How much love are you expressing?
This needs to be a personal message to all of us, to look into our Self. Change must begin with
us. The world will never change until we change. The collective will never change until we
change. It begins with us. So look at your personal life and see how much love Consciousness
you are operating with and see how much you are influenced by the biology of the body. See
how much hormones are driving you, survival urges are driving you.
In all relationships, see where you are driven. In your relationship with yourself, in your
relationship with your world, in all of your relationships, see where you are driven – how much
love is being expressed there. The challenge is to express more and more love. The more you
do that, the space lights up immediately, which shows that the Divine wants us to love more
and more. “Love one another,” the sages would say. Love, love, love.
Love heals, love inspires. The moment you come into love, observe what happens to the mind:
it becomes more creative. You want to compose more, you want to write more, you want to
create more through artistic nature, your communication is different, your thoughts are
different, and your relationships are different. It is a call to come into your love nature. And it
influences your mind powerfully; the mind goes into a more beautiful place. Do not operate
the mind, as you seek to grow, at low levels of Consciousness. Bring in the love there and it
changes everything.
That is the reason why I live, simply out of love for all and why I am inspired. It is only by
love. I do everything out of love. That is my life; that is my mission. I hope that you can just
be inspired by what I am saying today that you can make love the central part of your existence,
227
as it is central to the system here [physical body], it is central to the human existence. Make it
the centre of your existence and you will experience the most phenomenal energies in the space.
(back to content)
228
Day 34 – Meditation “Manifesting Love Consciousness in the Human Experience”
Catch the energy of Love

We begin our meditation today. Let us go into that space of loving being and observe what
happens when we do. Let go of all beliefs that love should be “this” or “that.” Love means
opening yourself to harmony on the inner and outer, opening your being to harmony. Love is
reflected in compassion: compassion for you, compassion for everything else. It is reflected in
the most beautiful thoughts of caring and kindness, appreciation. It is expressed in how you
relate to your body. Observe when love enters, how the mind wants to be more quiet; how the
prana of the breathing becomes steady, quiet; how the restlessness of the body goes away. And
even as you open up to more love, the Inner Guide comes and shows you how to breathe with
more love. She inspires movement within your being that heals, that purifies, and that inspires.
Just stay in that space of love, it is already in the collective field and the Grace of the Masters
are with us. I can feel them. They love when we express this, not only to ourselves but to our
world. This meditation today is an experience of love. If you just let go of your thoughts, open
up to the collective space. You will get a chance to manifest more and more love
Consciousness. Move away from belief of what you should do, or what you should not be
doing. Just catch the energy that is in this space. It renders the mind still.
Journey with me into the beauty of soul Consciousness

Stay with me on the inside. My mind goes very quiet and so my voice wants to be quiet too.
And my intention is to tell you, "Come on the inner with me, far beyond the voice, far beyond
the thought, far beyond any belief of what love should be or could be, and just catch the spirit
that is opening up across the planet now as we meditate with each other. Open up, no matter
what country we are in now, as we join the stream, open up to the oneness of love and the
beauty of love." This is what will save our planet.
If the mind is busy, repeat the mantra with love. If the mind is scattered, affirm, as you centre
in your being, those statements that lead you to more Unity Consciousness. Journey with me
into the beauty of soul Consciousness in the human existence; tap into the infinite
Consciousness of your being, no end. Love unites, purifies, uplifts, inspires, heals. It lights up
our existence. The essence of love is divine. And if you are going into the breathless state,
observe how the prana fills your being when the breath stops. Observe how you are so filled
with prana that you can move prana with the mind when the breath stops. [Silence]
Just your intention to love will generate so much energy in your being and open you to so much
Grace. Centre your Consciousness in the chest area. And remember, those of you who enjoy
staying in the head, you do not leave the head, you bring the head to the heart. You do not step
down, you just include the heart. [Silence]
Where is your "I" centred?

Now observe this, where is your "I" centred? Open your intelligence to see what you have
done, and what you are experiencing, so that this space can become part of your normal
Consciousness, a higher Consciousness in the human experience. Observe this very carefully
229
– where you are centred. How the mind is operating from the centre; how the body is feeling
in the centre; how the space feels in this centre, observe it. You are actually connecting to souls
across the world, joining in that frequency of loving being. It is a vibration across our world. It
unites all souls who tune in to that same energy level. So you are not alone in this. We are
always having a collective experience. If you go into the darkness, we are in the darkness of
the collective. If we stay in the Light, we are in the Light of the collective. We have the free
will to choose where we stay.

As you open to a new day, with a heart full of gratitude and with a Consciousness of love, let
us seek to manifest more Light in the human experience and let us seek to be a blessing to our
world. Let us bow to the Divine within, and let us bow to the Divine around.
Thank you everyone for a lovely meditation today and thank you for listening to me. I hope
that you have been inspired to bring more love Consciousness into your personal lives and into
your relationships. Have a blessed day everyone. Namaskar.
(back to content)
230
DAY 35 – Transforming the Human Experience Through Love

Yesterday, we spoke about manifesting more love in the human experience. Today is about
transforming the human experience through love.
Universal Consciousness creates the multiplicity out of love
Let us go back for a moment to that wrapping at that cosmic level that I spoke about; the veiling
of the Consciousness through the various stages that correspond to the chakras, and then
coming finally into the gross physical. The energy that underlies the physical – veiled and
sustaining the whole physical – is called Kundalini, because She is going to rise. She is Maha
Kundali in the collective sense and in the individual sense, she is Kundalini. This Kundalini
power is within us, and She is going to rise to create that evolution in our Consciousness. That
is the goal of the play. In veiling Herself, She has not diminished at all. She is still in Her full
glory, but veiled for the sake of the Play, the Play of life. She has with Her now, because She
has veiled Herself, the force of evolution. She wants to spring up back in an evolutionary
process, opening up the Consciousness to all possibilities, to its fullness of being, its full Light.
You can imagine that first a universal mind, not the individual mind within us, would have
begun that drive or created that intention to veil itself. Universal, the large, we call it
“Paramatma.” In doing that, it started with the mind: a thought, an intention, a mental process.
So that is the first level created, the mental. From that Consciousness space, a universal mind
had to begin its operation, so it is manifesting as mind.
Then, with that intention, it has to create the space that is the field of play. It has to create the
space and that is what is at the throat, the akash. When you go back to that throat
Consciousness, you feel a huge space of listening, of being, of communication. Observe
carefully. We have a mental being, now individual and collective: universal mind, individual
mind, and we have what we call our individual space, but it is connected to a universal space.
What is the next process? Heart! Now it is going to get involved in more gross elements. The
heart is considered to be connected to the element of air, movement in the space, flow. Think
carefully: to manifest here at the grosser levels, how did it open itself to do that? Love, love! It
had to design or create two to create the multiplicity, so it did it out of love. It generated love
in the play, so much love that extended itself as waves and waves of love. From that love came
the fire element; fire, agni, navel, vitality; then the water, the fluid element that is represented
by the second chakra; and finally the gross layer that is represented by the base chakra. So out
of love, from that universal love in itself, it created all of this.
The call to love
What do you think will happen in the evolutionary process as the heart begins to open up?
What will be the call there, the need there? It will be to come back to love. If we want to unite
231
with the universal, we have to come back to that universal love. We are pushed in the human
experience to open up the heart to love before we can ascend further, because further ascension
requires space, universal thinking. If you think carefully of where you are, you are trying to
ascend this Consciousness ladder as individual going towards collective, atma going towards
Paramatma. Because we are trapped at the physical level, we have primal instincts to survive,
to mate, to have shelter, to be territorial that come from the human experience. That is why we
have the reptilian brain and limbic brain. So they are conditional expressions of love, physical
expressions of love.
Transcend gender Consciousness
When the Consciousness begins to evolve within us and it begins to move beyond the physical
(that is what the evolution is, moving beyond the physical), what will happen? How will the
Consciousness be? When we are in the physical, the creature, there is gender. We have gender
in the human experience. As the Consciousness begins to evolve more, what will happen to
that gender Consciousness? When we move from body Consciousness to soul Consciousness,
what will happen to the gender? Does the soul have a gender? The soul does not have a gender,
so we are going to move more and more into realizing that we are a soul and not a body. That
is the marvel of spiritual awakening, to be aware that we are a soul and not a physical body.
As you become more aware in the Consciousness, you will be pushed to move beyond gender.
Then you begin to see husband and wife as a soul and not just a body, not just a physical
companion. As you begin to grow more spiritual, your eyes will open to see that your children
are not just children. They are souls in the human experience together with you. And that
transforms your way of thinking.
So to evolve in the Consciousness, the call will be to rise beyond gender Consciousness and to
come into soul Consciousness. If we want to transform the human experience through soul
Consciousness, we need to follow the path of Kundalini, the path of the Divine Energy in its
evolution, and begin to open ourselves up to the possibilities that we are more than just male
or female.
Mystical vision of duality
As we move in the Consciousness, there is a different kind of gender relationship. We still use
the “He” and “She” in mystical terms, but the She becomes the Divine Energy, and the He
becomes that which supports the Divine Energy. The "He" and "She" are totally equal. One is
not greater than the other so we will be pushed to observe the duality, seeing that Consciousness
and energy are equal. We are pushed through the human experience to transform the
Consciousness this way.
If you look, the heart opens us up to relationships. When the Universal Being opened up in the
space to create the physical duality (the further duality besides Consciousness and energy),
which is the first duality, it did it out of love. The multiplicity was created out of love. So in
232
the human experience, when we move from just physical beings to spiritual beings, we are
pushed to come into that space of relating to each other differently, as souls in a human
experience having the Consciousness that we are equal on the inside and seeing that the human
play is meant for evolution in Consciousness.
Transform the Consciousness through every relationship
All the relationships that we are having in the physical duality are meant for growth in the Play.
That is why it is important to honour every relationship that is before you in the Play. It is not
there by chance. Husband, wife, child, mother, father, colleague, friend, all are meant to help
you to grow in the Consciousness. You have attracted all of these. The purpose would be,
through these, to transform the Consciousness. So honour every relationship, see the meaning
and purpose. Some are beautiful relationships of support. We have players who will come back
with us to support us on the journey. Do not take those relationships for granted. Continue to
evolve in them, grow in the Consciousness through those strong relationships. The weak ones
need more attention because they are the ones that take your energy away. So you need to
honour them and use them to transform your Consciousness.
Every challenge in a relationship is a call to love unconditionally, to go back to that spiritual

Consciousness of the heart and love unconditionally. The moment you begin to do that, you
would not see enemies in the Play. You will only see the Divine in a marvellous game, pushing
us to transform the Consciousness, so that we can experience more and more of that inner space
of being. That is the call of love. So do not push away the relationships that challenge you.
Give them attention and look for what it is asking you to manifest. Each relationship may
challenge you differently at a different level. Observe it.
Even your physical body is a relationship, because your soul has come into a body. Your soul
is not the body; it is in a relationship with the body. How is your relationship with every cell
of your body? Every cell is an individual being. How is your relationship with your own body?
Are you in harmony with it? Are you growing in the Consciousness through it? Do you see
what love can do in this human experience? It can help you through its manifestation to
transform your body, really seeing all your physical challenges as a result of some issue of
separation that is creating discordance, disharmony. It is an invitation to open up your
Consciousness to have a better relationship and to create more balance so that you may grow
in the Consciousness. Every relationship, even if it is with your physical vehicle, physical
creature, is meant to grow in the Consciousness.
Change the vision
The call to love, when the heart begins to open and there are tremors there, is to love
unconditionally and to see each other as souls in the human experience. Do not see “mother,
father, brother, sister." That is human. The moment you are spiritually awakened, change the
vision! When you do, you will be aligning to the evolutionary force of the Universe. If you do
not, you are going counter to the evolutionary force and guess what will happen? Lots of
233
problems! So love, love unconditionally and let us make that journey back to Unity
Consciousness, where the All is the one and the One is the all.
I hope that you appreciate this call to love in a different way in the human experience, and also
to open the Consciousness so that we move beyond that physicality and gender of the physical
and come into that mystical relationship of Oneness, Consciousness and energy, the Shiva and
Shakti inside.
(back to content)
234
Day 35 – Meditation “Transforming the Human Experience Through Love”
Let us centre in the Consciousness space. Use the breathing to create balance. Prana has a
marvellous way of bringing us in balance. Pranayama is not just physical breathing; it is
transcending the Consciousness of a physical breath to feel the energy that moves the breath.
Give attention to the entire column of the spine, the different centres of Consciousness, seeing
them all as equal and important. Don’t just stay in the head, make all equal and important. The
Divine is at every one of those centres.
Breathe into the brain

Let us begin with the mind; that is the most powerful place. Let us clear it, as we have been
doing, and breathe with an awareness of the brain. Focus on the third eye, positioned between
the eyebrows, and breathe into the brain. Catch that feeling of the prana flowing through the
chakra, opening up the brain that you may experience more Consciousness, and remember that
you are a soul in the human experience. You have enough awakening to understand it and to
begin to experience it more and more. Don’t discredit yourself; don’t degrade yourself, that is
sabotage. Stay open; stay with every possibility. Now when you breathe into the brain, it is not
a limiting human experience.
Stay with the idea of vastness

Hold the Consciousness of the vastness. Join me in the throat Consciousness. Vastness, listen
to the vastness. Don’t limit the mind. And whatever you are doing in there, stay with the idea
of vast, infinite space. When you do that, the Consciousness of the crown chakra, the sahasrara
chakra will open more and more that you may see from that place of Universal Being. I can
feel you coming there, so that is beautiful. Just go as far as you can go; no belief, no expectation,
just gratitude and openness.
Add the heart

Now that we have created that space that we call the field of play, the Infinite Consciousness
space, come to the heart. You are not descending; you are adding the heart to it. You are still
in the vastness of the space, you are still in the openness of possibility, but you are adding the
heart. You are in the direction of descent, but you are adding every layer.
Open up! Breathe into the chest; breathing in love, breathing out love. Your soul knows this in
its essence: it has come from this place. As you meet with your human self, fill it with love.
Flood the human experience with your love. Every time you breathe out feel that you are
emptying. See yourself emptying every barrier, boundary, stress, and breathe into love. I am
so enjoying this. Thank you for sharing your heart with me. The Universal Heart is magnificent.
There should be a smile on your face; your soul should smile. If you are missing the smile, you
are caught in the duality, in the human Consciousness. Let your soul smile.
Include the fire of vitality in the Consciousness

Now go down to the level of fire, vitality; include it in the Consciousness. Breathe into the
navel, like a hero, a champion! [Breathing powerfully] Observe how the Kundalini will guide.
235
She loves when you do this! [Continues breathing powerfully] This is the space of physical
mastery. And remember, although you express through a gender being, you are not a gender
being. You are beyond that. You power up the gender being. So you are powering up second
chakra, as male or female. Do that in that Universal Consciousness of Being, holding your soul
Consciousness strong as you meet with the physical. And then you will transmute, purify, the
second chakra. It is not about another; it is the soul bringing its beautiful energy through the
second, to shine into whatever gender quality you are. You are shining in the “physical-ness”
of that.
Root yourself in the earth element

And go right down to the gross now that you can root yourself in the earth element. Hold the
perineum area strongly and observe the beauty of the entire field of energy held in an Infinite
Consciousness space. You are touching it, I can feel that. That is the beauty of the play: every
level Divine, every level supporting each other; the Oneness, the Oneness of Being. This is
what love does. It inspires Oneness: beauty, love, healing, transcendence of every barrier,
boundary. Join me on the inside. [Silence]
Experience transcendence
For those you who may begin to experience a breathless state, that is transcendence. That is
where your being becomes suffused with prana so much that you do not even need to breathe,
yet every system is being fed. So as you come into a more and more breathless state, observe
the magnificence of it, being nourished by the prana just through your intention. And that
breathless experience, wherever you take your intention, you move tremendous prana. So do
not push the breath to move, if it does not want to move, the body knows how to breathe. Just
stay in that awareness, seeing that you can transcend the physical. Join me in that space.
[Silence]

Now let us open up the love space to include every cell, every organ in the physical world, with
a heart full of gratitude and with the intention of staying with this marvellous Consciousness,
expressing unconditional love in every relationship today.
Thank you, O Supreme Self, O Paramatma. My heart is in gratitude as atma. I know we are
One. I seek only to experience it fully.

Thank you everyone for joining me today. I hope that you appreciate this call to love in a
different way in the human experience, and also to open up the Consciousness, so that we move
beyond that physical reality and gender of the physical and come into that mystical relationship
of Oneness: Consciousness and Energy, the Shiva and the Shakti inside.
(back to content)
236
(back to content)
237
DAY 36 – Working Through the Karma of Relationships Masterfully

Honour every relationship
Yesterday, we spoke about relationships and using love in relationships to transform them, and
we spoke about honouring all relationships, even that with your body. Of course, you have a
relationship with your Self inside, your Higher Self, what some of us call “God,” or “Source.”
We are in a relationship with “That.” We are in a relationship with the physical creature that
we are inhabiting as a soul and this creature has trillions of cells, so we are in a relationship
with them. We are in various relationships with our fellow human beings and with nature as
well.
Karma brings all the players on our stage
Now, why the point of karma? Because karma creates the assemblage, it brings all the players
on our stage. What do we mean by karma? Unresolved issues that we have brought into the life
from the past. What would be unresolved issues? They will be attachments to things because
those attachments bring us back. They are desires, unfulfilled desires through attachments, so
they bring us back. What brings us back again? All the so-called “enemies” in the Play, those
whom we fought with are going to come back to visit us again in the assemblage. So we have
brought together through karma, this amazing assemblage in the Play, all the players in the
assembly. Our bodies are one of those players. The body we have now is a result of our
experiences with all our bodies in the past.
Identify the karmas and work through them
We have come back with all the unresolved issues that we call karmas. They may be mental,
emotional, vital, physical. You can understand if you look carefully, that all the players who
are with you, the intimate ones and the not-so-intimate ones and the ones who challenge you
to the core, have been selected by you for your field of play. We do not see the Play when we
feel it is a battle, but a battle is part of the Play. That is why we need to honour and respect
them because they are part of our growing in soul Consciousness. They are meant to return to
help us to grow, to break free of attachments in the Play; and also to meet with adversity in the
Play and break free from them. If you look carefully at how you are positioned, do you only
have friends in the Play? That is a great thing if you have, you must have been born for some
noble purpose. Do you have adversity in the Play, even from your body, from family members,
from work members? If you do, then you planned in the lifetime that you wanted to really
grow; and if you have a lot of adversity, then you really planned to make this your last lifetime.
So observe carefully.
You need to work through the karmas, because if you do not work through them in this lifespan
you are going to have a very interesting assemblage in the next. So you have to work through
these masterfully. You have to determine, if you want to return in the next lifetime, how you
238
can master the Play so you can have the physical body that you want, the assemblage of players
that you want – whatever you want, you determine the next by this one. Makes it an interesting
Play, does it not? And it makes a lot of sense in terms of our life and understanding the Play.
Give greater attention to the challenges
Look at how we fight in the Play, creating more adversity, more issues. We create situations
that are full of issues. Can you imagine the misery that we are going to face in the next or even
in the lifetime? Or some of us become a little wise and begin to create friends in the Play. We
begin to create that friendship with the physical body, with the players who are close to us, and
we begin to respect our enemies and really work on developing a better relationship. So we
free ourselves slowly from the karmas associated with all the players.
This is to say that we need to really honour all relationships that are before us; give them
attention. I said yesterday that the ones that challenge us need our greater attention. The ones
that do not, we need to grow them, not just take them for granted. And what does growing
mean? It means that we use these positive relationships to go even deeper into soul
Consciousness, allowing those relationships to help us to transform our Consciousness in life.
Change battle into a Play
But what is the secret in the battle, because this can become a real battlefield? “What is
Vasudeva saying? Do you think that this life is easy?” That will be the response. The life can
be as hard as you make it and it can be as easy as you make it. So it is about how we make it.
There is a saying that the way you make your bed is the experience you will have when you lie
on it. Make a very comfortable bed, you will have a wonderful experience, make an
uncomfortable bed, this is what you will have.
The beauty of the Play and the strength of the Play is Grace. The reason why we have the Play
is to grow in an inner relationship with our Higher Self. You see this well demonstrated in the
Bhagavad Gita where Arjuna, the warrior, is in a battlefield. And do you know what his real
weapon is? The Krishna, the Divine Master. He kept Krishna as his counsel throughout the
battle, until Krishna advised him – well, he asked the Krishna: “Who are you really? I think of
you as my comrade, my friend but I am not sure who you are, please give me an idea of who
you are.” And Krishna said, “You cannot see me with those human eyes Arjuna, but I am going
to give you the Divine Eye.”
So Krishna gave him the touch of the third eye, ajna chakra, and the Shaktipat was so strong
in Arjuna. Ah! Arjuna saw Krishna everywhere; everyone in the battle field became Krishna
everyone, everywhere became Krishna. Then he knew that no one was going to be destroyed
in this battle. As Krishna had been telling him, it is all part of a Play. Then Arjuna followed
exactly what Krishna said and became completely victorious in the Play of the battle.
Meet friendship and adversity in the Divine
239
So the secret to all the relationships is really coming into your Divine Self, uniting with your
Divine Self and meeting the relationship from there. It cannot happen otherwise because the
more you stay in your own individual ego; the more you are going to be staying in selfish and
conditional behaviour. The more you come into your Divine Self, the more you will learn to
let go and let That which is within you take the forefront.
So it is not to just love someone because they are your friend, not just to respect adversity
because it is the enemy and you need to be careful, it is to meet the friend in the Divine and
meet adversity in the Divine. So love your children, love your spouse in the Divine and respect
your enemies in the Divine. It has to be in the Divine because when you go there it is no work
anymore. You will actually feel the Divine, which is represented by the Krishna, giving you
the power. Though you are at the forefront the power is coming within you, the advice is
coming within you, the instruction is coming within you, the feeling of fearlessness is coming
within you, the intuition is coming within you.
As I said yesterday, we need to move from the idea of the human, “this is a human being.” We
need to see our fellow human beings as souls on the journey in the assemblage on Life’s Stage
and begin to meet with them from the Divine. You are meeting the Divine there from the Divine
in you. That is the way.
Love beyond possessiveness
When we are caught up in conditional loving, some of us like that because we like to feel being
possessed, owned by someone, or to own someone. That is a conditional relationship. It is one
of control, “I want to feel that I am controlled by someone or owned by someone. I want that
kind of relationship.” But that is conditional because there are many expectations there. As you
begin to love from a Divine space that is going to change a bit and people may say, “You do
not love me anymore. I do not feel that you want to possess me anymore.” And they begin to
lose the sense of ownership and possession. That is good because the person is really loving
you differently. They are loving you for who you really are as a soul and they are loving you
in the Divine. So when you become more divinely loving, you do not want to possess, nor be
possessed. You want to be possessed only by the Divine within you and within the other as you
begin to feel the Divine within the other. Then the possession is different. You are being
possessed not by a human being, but by the Divine in and through the human being.
So as you come into more loving relationships, there is no longer the selfish possession, but
the unselfish loving in the Divine; and that takes relationship into a whole other space. There
is a kind of detachment in that, in the relationship, and there is holding the relationship in God.
So you hold the person for what they really are, as a soul traveller on the journey and not for
what they can give to you or what you can get from them.
240
When are karmas finished?
How do you know when karmas are finished? When you have worked through the karma,
when you are not attached to anyone; that there is no sorrow if they are not there. And you are
not averse to anyone. You have no enemies. When everything around you does not pull you in
attachment or push you in adversity, then you know you have broken the bonds of karma. It no
longer matters. You just want to be an instrument of the Divine in the Play. To see only the
Divine; to hold only the Divine; and to want only what the Divine wants, then the karma of the
relationship is broken. That is where the freedom lies. So now you have the tools of self-
mastery in the karmic play of relationships. Use it – love in the Divine from the Divine. That
is the secret. It feels a little different, but the Consciousness within you grows.
(back to content)
241
Day 36 – Meditation “Working Through the Karma of Relationships Masterfully”
We begin our meditation today. Let us look at the inner stage, our Consciousness field. What
is the assemblage there of thoughts? Because the world is inside of us; our experiences of the
outer world, are inner ones. Can we clear the mind completely and be in total harmony with all
the energies in our field? That is the goal: letting the Divine Presence of our being predominate.
That is the Consciousness of the Play, the liberating Consciousness of the Play.
Observe the playground

Let us observe the extent of the playground: seven chakras, six marvellous energy fields, seven
levels of Consciousness. Hold your entire field in that space of peace, harmony. Just breathe
out slowly and breathe in slowly. Take the prana to all the fields, as you give attention to all
the fields. Mental field, there is peace, intuitive awareness, acceptance of everything that is,
observing the silence, the vast silence in the space. Hold that mental field if you can. If thoughts
invade your mind, begin to observe what kind of thoughts are there. If they are uplifting ones,
you can allow them in. If they are negative ones, try to understand why they are there and bless
them, that you may be free. One way of blessing them is to use a mantra in the mind: the Om,
in the vast field of being Om, Om. See the beauty of the Om.
Let us follow the Buddhist way of Metta Bhavana

As you come to the level of the akash, the communication space, listen to the entire space with
your inner ear, the soul. In attentiveness to the vastness of the Consciousness space, infinite
peace, let the boundaries disappear. And then let us step into the heart. See what players come
up in the heart. And let us follow the Buddhist way of “Metta Bhavana,” loving kindness
towards all. Loving kindness towards all, compassion, friendliness towards all sentient beings;
all forms of life.
In this process, the whole field is blessed, all adversaries, all sentient beings, all living beings,
in every direction. Metta Bhavana, the cultivation of friendliness and compassion towards all.
What a marvellous gift from the Buddha. And open up the field of love. In this field you can
visit all those who challenge you in the play, and bless them and thank them for coming on
your stage of life. And breathe into the heart, that the prana may come to open up the heart
centre.
Start with loving ourselves

But in the Metta Bhavana, we start with loving ourselves before we can even love another. The
technique is to love yourself; come into that space of harmony within your own being. Open
up to your own being: mental being, emotional being, physical being, and see how much easier
it is to open up to the field outside of you. One process is to receive the love that comes from
your space with every in breath and offer your own with every out breath. Observe how
beautiful that is and you can step into the platform of the physical as you open up the space to
love your own body, every cell.
242
Tune into the Om – the subtle vibration of life

Keep your space as open as you can, that intuitive guidance may come. The goal is to grow in
the Consciousness, to grow in the Divine Consciousness. I am bringing the mantra Om into the
play that it may vibrate in every field of being. It is the beautiful sound in the background of
the play that reminds me that the Divine is with me. Even beyond sound, the Consciousness of
the Om is there as a subtle vibration of life itself, the very vibration of existence, the very
vibration of my “I” that is conscious. Om. Stay with me in this beautiful space and if the breath
stops, allow it and observe the tremendous stillness that comes when the breath stops naturally.
When the breath stops naturally, you are being fed by the prana inside with every intention
that you have. And I am letting love pervade my field. Metta Bhavana, love and compassion
towards all. I become the Buddha, the Buddha of friendliness. Wake up to your Buddha nature.
[Silence]

Let us hold the Consciousness of taking this to our world today, honouring all noble souls at
every level who support us in the play. May our own Buddha nature be awakened. May we be
loving and compassionate to all in the play field of life. May we learn and grow from every
experience. I enter my day with the blessing of the Masters of the Play.
Thank you, everyone, for joining in today as you see how much I enjoy this talk of today and
how beautiful the meditation has been. We will continue to grow in it. I hope that the seeds of
knowledge that I have presented today will stay with you and sprout and grow so that we can
co-create a better world than the one that we have before us, a world of war and suffering. Join
me and join the Blue Star. Namaskar.
(back to content)
243
(back to content)
244
DAY 37 – Mastering the Centre of Vitality

– Thursday May 1
We have spoken about the chakras in the brain and how important they are for the intellect, for
the mind. We have spoken about the throat, giving that expansive space of communication. We
have spoken extensively about the heart and how to come into a greater awareness of heart,
emotion in the human experience. Now let us go down to the level of the physical body.
The umbilical connection to the womb
It is important to remember that your body is not your soul. Your body was created in the womb
of a mother; nature did the work to create this magnificent creature that we call the human
body. If you observe in the mother while the baby was growing in the womb, what was the
connection from the mother to the baby? An umbilical connection: the baby was being fed by
an umbilical connection. Certainly nutrients were going through there, but they would need a
carrier energy. Would it not need a carrier energy for the system? We have prana doing all the
work. Prana would have been moving from the Mom and into the developing baby.
While the baby was being created, of course all the organs being created, prana would have
been needed inside to continue the journey of energizing this little baby, this little human being
in the womb. So there would have been some movement of prana through the navel, as the
energy carrier influencing the physical system.
Soul takes over as energy driver
When that child was created, the child had to come out obviously; it is a breathing creature.
When that umbilical cord was cut, that soul had to enter; then the soul would have taken over
being the energy carrier. It needed the breath of life and it needed to be sustained from the
outside: the mother’s breasts and then food. So the soul came in to bring the breath in and to
continue the energy movement on the inside. Taoism has a wonderful concept about that called
the “microcosmic orbit” that keeps on moving in us, feeding the body with energy through the
chakra system and through meridians.
This is an important area; nabhi chakra, navel chakra. It is a chakra that connects the soul to
the physical body and drives the physical body. It is the main chakra in the physical system for
driving the body. Patanjali says, “nabhi chakre kaya vyuha jnanam” [Patanjali Yoga Sutra
3:30]. He is saying that by contemplating, that is called samyama; putting your attention on the
nabhi chakra you will gain the knowledge of the body system. Kaya vyuha jnanam: knowledge
of the body system.
Magnificent power at the navel
We are learning that there is a gut brain, so that nabhi chakra energizes the body and drives
the body all from that gut brain. This is an intelligent centre; you pick up information from here
245
and you can drive the body magnificently from here. Imagine those of us who are in
“disconnect” to the physical body. We do not come down to that belly Consciousness to move
the energy there as we become more conscious, to drive the body magnificently. Then we lose
the value of a power centre that was designed by nature, by life, to drive the human body
magnificently through vitality.
This nabhi chakra or manipura, “city of jewels,” brightness, allows the body like a battery to
recharge its vitality. When you breathe into this area consciously, deep diaphragmatic breathing
or belly breathing, you actually bring more prana here. It is a storage centre. The Chinese call
it dantian, a storage centre of energy. When you are not so conscious of this area, you do not
breathe enough into this area (extend the lungs downwards), you do not energize the body as
powerfully as you can.
Those of us who do core exercises at this area can see the vitality that comes from them. Those
who do the yoga focus on this area, and those who do the breathing, the pranayama focus with
this area, see the magnificent vitality they have. The Japanese give this area a lot of attention;
they call it hara. For them, it is a centre of gravity of the body. This is the place that we keep
the Consciousness so that we are in balance. They consider it a vital centre and an important
centre for balance in the physical experience.
This centre also is responsible for the power of digestion. We have pranas that drive the body,
called vayus, and this one is samana. The prana that moves in this area gives power to the
digestion, agni, the fire of digestion, and gives a shine in the body. That shine is called tejas,
that radiance that we see in a person when this centre is very active.
Drive the body masterfully using navel chakra
Where are you with this power centre that can drive the body? For those who are challenged
with grounding in the body Consciousness and for those who are challenged with unmanaged
sexual energy, the secret is coming to the nabhi chakra, the navel chakra, and mastering the
energies. Because disconnection with the body, not being grounded, unable to control the
sexual energy within you creates great disturbance in your field; and the more you can employ
this centre in its awakened state, meaning more from your soul Consciousness, the more you
can manage the whole experience of the body masterfully. So is that not worth the exploration?
That is my fascination, that I can drive the human experience magnificently from a soul
Consciousness and energy fields that are within me and available to me. I can breathe into my
navel. I can hold the breath in my navel. I can ground myself using my base chakra. I can
manage the sexual energy magnificently because of the power of the navel and the power of
the brow.
There is great, great freedom and power in harnessing the energy of the third chakra. Look at
the promise that it brings to us! In those people who master this chakra, you see a shine on
them, tejas. You see shine, radiance. It does not come from just the food that you eat but from
246
the vibration of this chakra, the prana from this chakra. So we need the Consciousness of that
chakra, we need the soul Consciousness that is associated with that chakra.
The vitality centre supports all other chakras
The moment you begin to give attention to that chakra with soul awareness and really revitalize
it, recharge the body and hold it firm, do you know what happens? The mind gets a lift. The
heart gets more power because the physical body now is strong and it supports the whole human
experience. There is much more confidence; knee does not buckle, fear seems to disappear, we
are unafraid.
When you have a firm brow centre, with focus, concentration and a firm vital centre, can you
imagine the possibilities in the human experience? And when there is humility and love in the
middle, can you imagine the incredible power that you can have in the human experience in
terms of self-mastery and sporting in the journey of life? That is the beauty of having all
chakras fired up, you have seven of them in the human experience and you need to use all of
them. And this is the centre of the physical experience.
Use body masterfully with appreciation
Observe where you are in terms of your connection with your body. Do you love your body?
This little creature was created just for you and it was fashioned by you based on your past
karmas. The desire that you had before, or the negative feelings that you had before; they all
shape what you have now. You have created this. You need to take stock of your relationship
with it. If you create the image of a better one and begin to treat it differently, it will begin to
change in this lifetime and if it does not completely, next one you will have a better one, far
better one. Look at that promise.
Do not neglect your physical vehicle ever. No one who is masterful will neglect the physical
body. It is a magnificent body. Drive it from soul Consciousness at every level. Energize the
brain, energize the heart, energize the power centre, and you will be on top of the human
experience. In every experience that you are having, begin to observe these three areas, called
dantiens. They are three powerful chakras; agna chakra, anahata chakra and manipura or
nabhi chakra.
So rise to the challenge O noble soul! You are not a physical body; you are given the gift of a
precious physical body. Drive it, drive it nobly. Put it to use in the human experience. Do not
degrade your body; do not insult your body. Do not have a poor relationship with your body,
be vital. Master the vitality centre, it is there for you, the wisdom is there! Every moment of
every day you should be revitalizing your body. That is the power you have.
If you have such power and potential, why would you not use it masterfully? How sad is that?
You were given such a magnificent creature as a vehicle in the human experience, to experience
the human world and to fulfil your karmic obligation. You have been given a magnificent
247
creature that you are in charge of and you can mould, you can change, you can heal, you can
drive. Do not abuse it by overworking it, under nourishing it, neglecting it. Be more conscious
of your physical being!
My little prayer is “I love you my body. You are God’s gift to me. You are nature’s gift to me.
I love you my every cell. You are so precious to me.” For those of you who have followed me
over the years you know this is my prayer.
(back to content)
248
Day 37 – Meditation “Mastering the Centre of Vitality”
Let us centre in the Consciousness space, seeking to come into soul Consciousness as much as
we can. That gives us the awareness of the vastness of our potential and possibility, and puts
us squarely at the feet of the Divine. Open up the space to just be humble.
Let your “I” be humble to its origins

Your ego is a product of the Universal Energy. You have a sense of “I” but you do not really
own it! It is given for play. Your “I” is a result of the embodiments by the Universal Energy,
in the Universal Consciousness. So let your “I” be humble to its Source. Render your mind
silent before that magnificent Source, the Sun of all Suns, the Light of all Lights. Be a humble
soul.
Accept responsibility for the gift of the physical

Give attention now to the gift of the physical. It is a gift! It ought to be cherished. You have
shaped it. Accept the responsibility that you have had to shape, to create this body with your
intentions and choices. Accept what you have. And make a journey in the present to bring it in
this lifetime, in the best space that you can, and to drive it nobly, carefully, masterfully, in
service to Self.
Consciously use the breath to energize every field

Let us use all chakras in the field, centred in that space of humility and awareness of the Divine
as the Source Being. Use the breath. Prana moves the breath, energy moves the breath. Just by
your intention to breathe deeper, prana moves, extends. Breathe out slowly; your intention to
breathe out is moving the prana. Plus the Kundalini energy is already moving the prana to
support the body. When you are not consciously doing it, She is doing it. Now take
responsibility, lengthen the breath. Observe all the energy fields, and breathe into them. Breathe
into the brain, energizing the brain cells; prana goes to the brain. From the pranayama, the
movement of prana, air goes to the lungs. Prana goes to the throat chakra that gives more
powerful listening and openness to the vastness of the communication space, the akash. Listen
to the vastness of the Inner Space!
Open the heart to the Divine in and around you

Open the heart magnificently to the Divine within you and around you. The prayer there is, “I
open my heart that Your unconditional and powerful love will flow in and through me.” That
is the humility of the soul. “I open my heart that Your love, O Supreme Energy, Consciousness,
will flow in and through me.” And observe what love does, it brings compassion, kindness.
Hold the upper chakra awareness while energizing the navel

Stay with the deep breathing. Then as you open up the field to love, go to the navel. Breathe in
fully into the navel area, holding that soul Consciousness, that you are more than just the body.
And begin to observe the feeling of prana there. As Patanjali says, “The awareness of the body,
knowledge of the body system, will become more acute, more sharp.”
249
Think of the gut brain that allows you to communicate powerfully as a soul with the body. And
think of the centre of gravity, the hara area that creates balance. Breathe into the naval. Think
of the agni, the samana vayu, fire! Keep the breath at the navel. Remember that coming into
the body Consciousness here; you don’t lose the vastness of your inner space. So do not
contract the heart, bring the fullness of the heart there. Do not contract the mind; bring the
vastness of the mind there. Do not contract the communication space; be aware of every
guidance at every level.
Give attention to every chakra

If your second chakra is active, you breathe in there. Keeping that belly Consciousness
powerful, and brow Consciousness powerful and soon enough you will find that you are
mastering that energy of the second chakra. And then go right down to the root, to the perineum
area, muladhara, and work the breath from the muladhara, right along the spine, up and down
– giving attention to every chakra.
Centre your “I” in its authentic power

Now you are in my field! You have a great opportunity to feel everything that I am feeling, and
to share in my masterful experience of the inner space. All that I have, you have. We are all
One in this space. Every Master, every energy of the Light is trying to get you to the awareness
that All is within you: you are ‘”That,” you are the “All.” This is the future; this is the
Consciousness of the future. Beyond the body, I am! Driving the body masterfully, I am.
Loving unconditionally, I am. Grounded to the earth in my body, I am. I am the centre of
Infinite Consciousness, my “I” is of the Divine. “In Him I live, move and have my being,”
biblical words. Aham brahmasmi, “That my “I” is in the Divine.” – Mahavakya of the Veda’s,
great saying. Centre your “I” in its power, authentic power, driven by the very Source of your
being.
Now join me in that inner space. Let go of everything that hinders you. Unite with my energies;
let us be One in the inner space. [Silence]

Open your awareness to the world around you. Now that you are in balance, let your heart be
filled with gratitude. Stay in the awareness, “I love you my body. You are God’s gift to me. I
love you my every cell, you are so precious to me. Today, I will be more conscious of you my
precious vehicle, my Divine vehicle. I seek all the Grace to grow in Consciousness through the
human experience.”

I hope you have been inspired today to take responsibility for your vitality and for the physical
body. It is a gift that will help us to fulfill the purpose for which we came into human
experience. Be conscious of your body; take care of it. It is yours! You are the one who is
responsible for what it is now and you are the one who can make it the best that it can be. Have
a blessed day everyone.
250
(back to content)
251
DAY 38 – Heal, Stay Well and Transition From Immortal Consciousness

– Friday May 2
Today: heal, stay well and transition from Immortal Consciousness. Interesting subject, is it
not?
The call for a new world
Now, all of us, have been born in a world of sickness, all kinds of disease – mental, emotional,
physical, death, hospitals, clinics, doctors – that we feel this is how life should be. We are not
aware that there are other possibilities. We fear death. We think at some point we are going to
get sick because we see everybody getting sick; we think that we only live this amount of age.
We have no real concept of living beyond sickness and disease, and the strong possibility of it.
If we had a world of immortal beings, people who live in that Immortal Consciousness, free
from disease, we would have a new standard. And if we saw people happily transitioning, we
would never fear death. These are possibilities. There are beings who just say, “I am leaving
today,” feed everybody, give a long discourse of three hours and then say, “Okay I am going,”
and they leave. This should be the norm in a new world.
We should not have hospitals. We do not need doctors who deal with degenerative diseases.
We need the people of medicine to explain how the body works and show you how to keep it
healthy that we will not have any sickness. And not to believe in the pills but to believe that
nature has a beautiful pharmacy with everything. And not to go to the supermarket with all
these processed foods, but showing us that nature has all the food that we need. And not to get
caught up in the vitamins and minerals and proteins as we are taught, but to realize that nature
has all the packages with everything. That is what we need.
Living in Immortal Consciousness
Then, to understand that the more we go back to Immortal Consciousness inside, the more we
will feed the body from prana, not just the physical food. As the Consciousness changes the
way we eat changes. And then we may realize in that higher Consciousness that we do not need
to eat flesh food, which is more toxic. And we do not need to be violent towards other creatures.
Can you imagine a different world? When we come more into that Immortal Consciousness,
we would not have war with each other. There would be more love for each other. We would
not need policemen. If soldiers and policemen become important, it will be to protect us from
the forces of nature, not from each other.
So we have lost the standards. You and I have grown up in a society of sickness, disease, war,
famine and we think that this is how we should live, so we fight with each other. We go to the
supermarkets and pharmacies and think that everything on the label is just how it should be.
Everybody is truthful, people do not make money out of these things; they really want to help
us, as they say in infomercials. But we cannot believe that. I had to rewrite all the standards in
252
my life. From a young boy to this day, I am still fighting against those conditionings that tell
me how much protein to eat and how much food to eat; but as I came more and more into that
Immortal Consciousness, I questioned. But now in 2014, I know even better, hence the topic.
If we are well we do not need to heal
If we are staying well, we do not need to heal. . If you really stay well through your lifetime,
and you can, it is a possibility, we will leave the body happily, we lose all fear that people die.
People say goodbye at an airport, it is the same way. That is how we should be in a new world.
I live for a new world. I hope that you can be passionate like me. And I want you to join me
and the Blue Star in thinking of a world with no medicines and pills, but a world of wellness,
Immortal Consciousness. That is the new world.
Now let us talk about healing and disease. What is disease? Of course when our body shows
some kind of stressful condition – dis-ease, we begin to think of disease. When it gets chronic
or it gets really bad it shows up in some problem with the organs inside. And the mind and the
emotion get so taken up with it that everything becomes sick: mind becomes sick, emotion
becomes sick, body is sick, everything is gone, sick. So we are in sickness Consciousness. Then
we think of death; and then we go for pills. We go for chemotherapy when the source of the
problem is in the Consciousness – in the lack of Consciousness in thinking we are the body,
thinking that we need these things, thinking that what we are told is gospel truth. Amazing, is
it not?
Come into Immortal Consciousness where there is no disease
In your essence there is no disease, absolutely no disease. That is what we call the Immortal
Consciousness. In there, there is no disease whatsoever. Disease is obviously in the body, it is
a physical world, but our minds need not have disease and our emotional being may not have
disease because they are soul qualities, they are soul functions. So when the mind begins to
operate from Immortal Consciousness of no disease and when the emotional being becomes
fired up from an Immortal Consciousness of no disease, then the body follows suit.
Remember the body is only a creature. Your body is not the driver; you are the driver of the
body. It is we who do things to the body – poor body. It was given to us, most of us, in an
amazing healthy condition as a baby, unless the karma dictated otherwise. But we are the soul
coming back with the seeds of disease from the past – in the mind, in the emotional being that
has not been cleared and cleaned. We come back into the body and we create the same
conditions in the body once more.
So the problem is to get the mind right; get the emotional being right. Look at the qualities we
have brought from the past, and how the karma has pulled us back into the current lifetime to
clean up the field, and how the field is providing all the opportunities for us. Even this is an
opportunity – this gathering, this information, this experience is an opportunity to clean up the
field. How do we clean up the field? By becoming more and more conscious of our Immortal
253
Being; coming more and more into soul Consciousness. That is how we clear up the field:
beginning to experience more and more Infinite Essence within us where there is no disease.
Stay in the company of Higher Consciousness
There is a space within us where there is absolutely no disease, you need to know that. Of
course, it is difficult on the journey to come out of that trap of body conditioning, mortal
Consciousness. But when we come into those who live in that awareness of no disease, that
Consciousness of no disease, we begin to be lifted by their presence, by their information, by
their energy and in that moment we begin to see it and believe it; but when we lose that contact,
it goes, it goes back down to body Consciousness. So we need to stay in that company of Higher
Consciousness until we begin to resonate with the Immortal Consciousness.
But for this we need to have the possibility that “there is no disease within me in my Essence.”
We need to welcome and embrace the possibility that “In the core of my being there is no
disease.” I know it for a truth. It is not intellectual in my mind because I have read it. I know it
is a truth. I can feel it in my essence. There is no disease in me, even when it appears in the
body, and then I know I would have done something to create that.
Get connected to the essence of your being
So if you are in the healing process, as many of us are, try to get your mind and emotional
being connected to the essence of your being. Try to make that essential connection, as I have
been teaching you, with the very essence of your being and then if there is disease in the
physical field, it need not be in your mind and emotional being. You can create new templates.
You have that power to create a condition in the Inner Space, in the astral space, in the subtle
energy space, in the quantum space; you can create a new template and drive the body with
that. The body will follow, the body is a follower, and it is a good follower when you train it
well. And then if you clean up the field, the emotional field, and you can, it is in your soul, and
you clean up the mental field, the body will clear up. How many people have conquered cancer?
It is there in the research, in the testimonies. How many people who have conquered cancer
simply by cleaning up the emotional field coming into love and forgiveness and better
relationship with their bodies as a result? Clear up the mind of the limiting thoughts of disease;
opening up to new possibilities of complete healing; creating a template on the inside; and then
working it; manifesting it – that is how we heal, from the inside out, from the Essence.
Stay well and leave by Maha Samadhi
Then we stay well, we recharge the body; every dantien, every power centre within us, we
recharge them. Physically recharge the body through the manipura; open up the emotional field
to love and compassion and energize the heart area; energize the mind through pure thoughts
noble intentions, Divine company; energize all three areas…meditation, alone time; charge up
all your three areas and then you stay well. Keep the connection – positive mind; loving being;
energized body, radiant; connected to the Source; and then we stay well, we avoid disease, we
254
stay well. And if you are staying well there is no question that the body will shut down, you
will leave when the karma is up. You will know when the karma is up and you will tell yourself,
“I am leaving.” And you will not die out of degeneration, you will willingly leave the body –
conscious exit. Yogis call it Maha Samadhi – the great Super Consciousness. That is the
possibility to all of us. We need to create a new world with new standards that is what I am
setting. Let us see differently.
So heal, stay well and finally let us transition from Immortal Consciousness. The Hindus have
a beautiful prayer from the Upanishads that says: “Mrityor Ma Amritam Gamaya,” take away
from me that mortal Consciousness of dying and grant me the Immortal Consciousness of
being; grant me that Immortal Consciousness. And they have a healing mantra that is beautiful:
“Om Trayambakam Yajamahe.” This is the Mahamrityunjay mantra, the death defying mantra.
The mantra of Immortal Consciousness: Om Trayambakam Yajamahe – I honour, I worship
that Immortal Consciousness that sees everything – Three-Eyed One: – Trayambakam;
“Sugandhim Pushtivardhanam” – that, whose fragrance nourishes and brings prosperity:
“Urvarukamaiva Bandhanan Mrityor Mukshiya” – free me from all unhealthy attachments and
disease – even death; “Maamritat” – and do not take away immortality from me, grant me
Immortal Consciousness: Maamritat. What a powerful mantra. It is said that those who repeat
these mantras with their awareness will remove disease, will restore and finally make the
transition to that state of wellness.
(back to content)
255
Day 38 – Meditation “Heal, Stay Well and Transition From Immortal Consciousness”
Let us give attention to the inner space. The joy today is going into that Immortal
Consciousness. Come with me in that space! That deathless space, that life-giving space, that
wellspring of life – come into that space with me!
Free the mind of disease! Embrace a new Consciousness of wellness, of well-being. Even if it
is not fully there in the body, it can be fully in your Consciousness in a template, an image.
Whatever you create in the inner space, you make it happen. Do not live in the fear of disease
and death. Live in the joy of expressing your Immortal Consciousness. Clear the space of all
ideas of disease. Do not let it be in the mind. Accept that it is there in the field, and hold the
idea, hold the Consciousness of Immortal Being. In my Consciousness I exist infinitely in my
being.
Feed every area from your immortal centre

Move the breath of life. You are a breathing creature as a human being. Move the breath of
life! Let it energize every field. Let the rhythmic breathing, the pranayama, bring prana to the
cranial brain, to the emotional brain, to the gut brain, to the power centres: brow chakra, heart
chakra, navel chakra; do not leave any one out. Feed them as they need to be fed, from your
immortal centre. Live in fearlessness of being. Open the heart as much as you can to remove
every emotion that is stressful. Remove every belief that stresses you out, remove it from the
space. Grace will open the space to the Truth. [Silence]
You can try the mantra in this awareness and see how it vibrates in the Consciousness, creating
harmony, and holding you into your space of Truth.
Stay with the chakra that needs the most support. Bring the mind to it, bring the emotional
being to it, and stay in that awareness of well-being; this is the Immortal Consciousness.
Nourish the body with prana

And if the breathing naturally slows down, as it may, begin to see how you can drive the prana
simply by intention, even without the breath. That is called the “breathless experience,” where
you nourish the body simply by prana that is coming up from the Kundalini. She is nourishing
the body beyond the breath. So many wonderful possibilities you have on the inner space: no
disease, no infirmities, only life-giving energy, only Consciousness. [Silence]
Bring in the joy

Are you doing this joyfully? Are you happy with what you can understand? Because joy simply
brings beautiful energy into your space: the joy of understanding, the joy of applying what you
understand, the joy of receiving from the Field, the joy of being nourished from within, the joy
of understanding your power and aligning it to the Universal Power.
256
Doing and being can happen at the same time

In that alignment, look at the recharge. The moment you open yourself to align to the Universe
observe the recharge, a dynamic recharge in the Source. Observe how “doing” and “being” can
happen at the same time: being in the space of Infinite Consciousness; being in love, being in
peace. And doing: repeating a mantra or breathing. Observe how doing and being can happen,
simultaneously. [Silence]
Stay in the moment. Stay in your highest awareness. Do not let body or mind, limit your
Consciousness; stay in your highest awareness. Observe everything that is happening to you at
every level; stay conscious. [Silence]

Observe how you feel. Create that intention that you want to keep this awareness with you,
beyond the sitting meditation: this awareness of Immortal Being, this awareness of living
beyond disease, this awareness of staying well and recharged, this awareness of meeting life
with the joy of spirit, fearlessly.
Glory to Immortal Spirit, glory to Immortal Consciousness, glory to deathless Being. Glory,
glory, glory!
Now I am going to repeat Mahamrityunjaya mantra, the death defying mantra, mantra of
restoration and wellness. And I am going to repeat it with full awareness of what it means, and
the power of mantra. It is a prayer to Immortal Consciousness: the Tryambakam
Consciousness.
Om Tryambakam Yajamahe, Sugandhim Pushtivardhanam,

Urvarukamiva Bandhanan, Mrityor Mukshiya Maamritat.
Om Shaantih, Shaantih, Shaantih.
And with the prayer from the Upanishad:
Asato Maa Sad-Gamaya, “Take away the falsehood; let me experience the Truth.”
Tamaso Maa Jyotir-Gamaya, “Take away the darkness; lead me into the Light.”
Mrtyor-Maa Amritam Gamaya, “Take away mortal Consciousness; grant me Immortal
Consciousness.”
Om Shaantih, Shaantih, Shaantih.

Have a blessed day everyone, I hope you have been inspired by today’s talk. I am fired up
about it and it is going to stay that way for the rest of my life. Join me on a marvellous journey
257
of the Blue Star into Immortal Consciousness, and to staying well in Immortal Consciousness.
We need a new world, we need new standards. Let us do it together, let us create the change.
(back to content)
258
DAY 39 – Develop a Masterful Practice

– Saturday May 3
Today’s subject: Develop a Masterful Practice.
Integrate new knowledge into our system
The saying: “Practice makes perfect,” is a saying that we have grown up with. When we learn
something new, it is not going to be assimilated into the system right away. When we have a
new understanding about something, it does not mean that all our actions will be consistent
with it. In the beginning, with the novelty of new knowledge, we are so inspired. Then, when
the novelty wears away we find ourselves going back into the old habits.
When we want to stay with the new knowledge or new awareness that we have, it can be a
challenge. But there are ways to develop a masterful practice so that we can integrate the new
knowledge and awareness into our lives masterfully, that it becomes part of our moment to
moment Consciousness and a lifestyle. That is the goal: that we integrate every new awareness
and every bit of new knowledge into our life and actions.
We need repeated practice and detachment
In the Bhagavad Gita, Arjuna said to Krishna, the Supreme Teacher, “This mind is difficult to
control, it is like the wind. You are telling me about equanimity, but I cannot do it. It is
difficult!” And Krishna says, “Certainly, it is difficult,” but he says, “By constant practice, by
repeated practice, and dispassion, detachment, you will achieve it.” “Abhyāsa” is the practice,
the repeated practice, and “vairāgya,” which means that dispassion towards the material pull
that tends to consume our minds. So he is saying, “By repeated practice and by vairāgya,” not
being pulled by the world.
Patanjali, the father of yoga, ashtanga yoga (the eight-limbed yoga that I spoke about), echoed
the same thing. He says, “Abhyāsa vairāgyabyām tan nirodhah.” “If you want to calm the
mind, you need abhyāsa, you need repeated practice, and vairāgya.” Exactly the same thing.
“Abhyāsa vairāgyabyām tan nirodhah.” Patanjali is saying that abhyāsa means repeated
practice without interruption, without interruption and with respect, honour and devotion to
your practice. Do not look down at the practice; respect it. He says the vairāgya is a detachment,
a withdrawal from the world.
Patanjali went on to say that the secret to that is becoming more and more absorbed in the inner
Self inside; that it is easier to detach. He says that the ultimate vairāgya, ultimate detachment
or dispassion, is to be completely absorbed in the Essence of Being, in the joy of the inner
space. He is not saying to just push away things and suppress them. He is saying, “Go into the
essence.” That is the idea of dispassion. That is the secret to practice. If you want to learn
something, you will need to stay with it, stay with it, stay with it, stay with it, stay with it!
259
The example of continued practice in great Masters
The Master Hatha yogi, B.K.S. Iyengar is in his nineties now, looking marvellous. I love
listening to him. He says that even when he wanted to go and help his wife at the marketplace
to get the things, she would say, “No, no, no, you stay and practice!” And he kept that practice
right through, no matter what. Now he is in his nineties, healthy. He says, “Practice, practice,
practice, practice!”
And beloved Paramahansa Yogananda, even when his devotees asked him, “Master, you are
not too well, why are you practising?” says, “No, I have to be the example!” He would practice
his energization exercises. And when he left his body, after a most beautiful talk about India
and about God, his body maintained a lovely smile and no decomposition after 21 days. He did
it for the sake of being an inspiration to others. He continued his practice to inspire the space.
How great these Masters are! Even when they no longer require that practice so often, they still
do it. That is why even Masters continue to practice, simply to charge up the space and to
inspire others. Are they not beautiful beings? Not for themselves, but for the world. That is the
greatness of the Masters. Those are the Masters I admire: those who stick to their practice,
transforming Self, and those who are an example to the world. I salute them.
Express soul Consciousness through all brains
It is the soul that is manifesting its Consciousness in a human body, a physical creature, one of
nature’s species. The soul has to communicate with this creature and through the creature.
Traditional medical scientists are wont to say that the awareness that we have is a result of the
chemistry of the human body. No thinking about a soul inside. But the true scientists, the yogis
and the mystics say, “No, it is Consciousness of the soul that is manifesting in the body. The
thinking is happening in another place.” They are thinking with the brain, so that the soul can
manifest as Consciousness in fullness in the human experience. This means that as the soul
opens up its awareness through Shaktipat, through spirituality, it fires up the brain. It gives the
brain more power; it opens up spaces in the brain.
As you know, we have a reptilian brain, which is in the brain stem area. That makes the human
behave like a reptile: fight and flight, freeze, survival, primal instincts. Then as the species
evolves, we have what is called a “limbic brain,” and a limbic brain allows us to express
emotions. So, not just a reptilian brain but also a limbic brain.
As we evolved more as a species, we got an upper brain, called neocortex, which means “a new
cortex.” That allows us the complexity of thinking. In this neocortex we have a left brain and
a right brain. Left brain is logical, processing; right brain is more creative, more intuitive. So
we can express the Consciousness through all of these brains. And now you know that we have
a heart brain and we have a gut brain. We have so much brain power in the system that we can
express our soul Consciousness through. We can influence the entire physical system so
magnificently when we are able to use all the brains!
260
Change the way genes operate from the outside
We used to think that it is heredity that controls us; that the genes we got from mother and
father are the controlling factors. Today, we are learning differently. The science is called
“epigenetics,” which means “on top of the genes, above the genes.” This science is saying that
the external modifications to the DNA, what is happening on the outside, not in the gene, can
turn genes on and off. It changes the way the genes operate. It means that the external
environment can affect the way the cell reads the genes, because if genes can turn on and off,
the cell is going to get a different reading from the genes.
So when we thought that genes were fixed and we are habituated to be influenced by parents
and heredity, now we know differently: that the external is what influences the genes. It means
that the way we think, the way we behave inside of the body, can change the way the genes
operate. We are not caught in the mould of the genes. The way we think, the way we behave,
and external stimuli can change the genes.
Change habits by the way we think
Then the next thing is that neural pathways in the brain and nervous system that deal with habit
can change! When we thought that the brain was physiologically static (fixed), it is no longer.
Now we learn of brain plasticity; that the brain can continue to change. Neural pathways can
continue to change through the life. We can continue to change the habits by the way we think,
by the way we behave. Now we are learning that nothing is fixed. That means that we can
develop habits through changing the way we think, changing the way we behave, and staying,
staying, staying with the practice, so we can change the habits. Is that not freedom?
When you look at the ancient wisdom, and at the modern thinking, what are you seeing? When
we marry them, we have so much more power. So how do we open up brain capacity? By
expanding the Consciousness, by the meditation, by changing the way we think, the way we
behave, by getting involved in environments that impact us with uplift, we change the system.
This is the way we develop a practice.
Stay with the practice until the body changes
When you have a new idea or you are beginning to develop a new practice, it begins in the
mind; it begins in the awareness. Whatever is happening in the mind is happening in the
quantum space. Immediately, you have a new idea, a new awareness, but that does not mean
that the body is going to comply right away. The body works on chemistry, it will be slower,
hence the repeated practice, hence the remembering. Work it: work it in the mind, work it in
the template on the inside, until the body begins to change. The body will change; it has to
change! That is what I do. When I want to change anything, I stay with it from the moment I
have it in my mind. I stay with it, stay with it, stay with it, stay with it, until the change is there.
261
All the tools are there for transformation
Of course, we need to be detached from the thing around us and grow the inner Consciousness.
That is why we need to retreat sometimes. Like in these 40 Days, we have retreated to give
attention to the inner space and stay with it. As we grow on the inside, we become more and
more detached from the outside. That is the vairāgya. We need to have that, because if we are
pulled by the world again and again, how are we going to change? I am so impassioned by
modern knowledge and ancient wisdom. All the tools are there for transformation. All the
things that I have been telling you through these 40 Days, you can assimilate in your being by
mastering the practice. Master the practice! Do not let the mind slip into tamas, it will stay in
tamas. Create new neural pathways, so that the old ones will have no more power. They will
become obsolete. Create new pathways in the brain.
Thank you very much everyone. I hope that you have been inspired by today’s talk; that we
can change the life; that we can change the brain; that we can change the way the genes operate;
that we can manifest much more soul Consciousness in the human experience. Every moment
of my life is exciting, no matter what is before me, and that will be until my last happy day on
the earth. I live fearlessly. I live in Grace. I live in humility and I live in service. Let us co-
create a better world, all of us together. We need a new world; new standards, new thinking.
Let us be the change that will inspire change.
(back to content)
262
Day 39 – Meditation “Develop a Masterful Practice”
Let us centre in the inner space. Let us be devoted now to dispassion, vairagya, and to the
discipline of practice, abhyasa. Let us let go of all the things that may pull us. Just let it go by
giving more attention to the Inner Consciousness and its beauty: that which we have felt, that
which we know. Let us stay in the inner space.
Open all the brain capacity

Let us observe the practice of staying in the moment, staying with what is. Stay with the body.
Let us have great respect and honour for the practice, like Patanjali said. Let us honour this
body that has so much brain capacity!
Let us honour the power of Shakitpat, that we can be awakened inside from the Power of the
Masters, that the Consciousness can open up to utilize more and more of all the brains.
Use the practice of Pranayama

Use the practice of Pranayama. This supports the growing in the Consciousness at every level.
As you breathe out, focus on the entire system: mind, emotion, space, abdomen, and grounding.
And as you breathe in, know that you bring prana from the outside and also from the awakened
Kundalini on the inside. Stay with the ujjayi and observe how you are feeding the body from
outside. With the air that you breathe, you feed the body oxygen and prana from the outside.
And you feed the body prana from the inside, just through your attention and intention and
staying with the awakened spiritual power.
Breathe that prana into every chakra

Breathe that prana into every chakra, from the top to the bottom, from the bottom to the top.
And stay with me, in my masterful practice. I am anchored in the space. I am anchored in every
chakra powerfully, and I am doing that for myself and for you.
Do not lose the heart. I know you are practising very powerfully, but do not lose the heart!
Open it up. When you breathe into the heart, there must be flow, ease, healing, compassion,
and love for what you are doing; when you breathe into the brain (cranial brain) open to the
Consciousness space. Let intellect lead you to be intuitive (right brain).
Think of supporting me in the space

Think of supporting me in this space, because I know when you think of supporting me you
will open up to the space more. Think of helping me to help you because we are One in the
space. At the very core of our being, I am you-you are me – holographic principle.
Look for inspiration from the Kundalini Power

Remember that the awakened Kundalini will guide you on the inside. So look for that
inspiration from the Kundalini Power. It is there. She is there. She will move in the inner space
as you allow Her to. Look for Her! How does She want you to breathe? How does She want
you to think? How does She want you to feel?
263
Be humble to the Power that gives power to your “I”

When you go into the ujjayi, I see some of you are letting your body rule you. Do not do that;
be on top of the body. Stay with the breathing, open up the brain spaces, be the master. Practice
masterfully, in the present moment, with every effort that you have, seeking to make the
practice effortless by being carried through Grace. It is not by effort alone, but by the Grace of
the Supreme Self. Open up this space. Be humble to the Power that gives power to your “I.”
Breathe into infinity! In fact, when the air stops at the lungs, the prana still moves in the
inhalation. Find that space where prana moves beyond the end of the breath. It is right there!
And for those of you who are having shallow breathing, the reason for shallow breathing, when
you are really into the practice, is that the prana is moving now effortlessly. You can just apply
the mind and the prana will move from your Inner Being.
And those of you who want to feel the power of the Om, you know the Om is powerful; you
can use it at the eyebrows [Om three times]. See how beautiful that was? That is the field,
continue, we are in this space of Grace. We are in this space of Grace! [Silence]
Pray for the strength to maintain a masterful practice

This is how the brain changes. We are creating powerful neural pathways. This is how we
influence the genes; this is how we transform life. We are the masters of our destiny; we are
the souls driving the human experience. The body is a follower; the body is not the doer. The
body is humbly in our care.
Let us pray for that Grace to stay open and conscious. And let us pray for the strength to
maintain a masterful practice that we may become all that we want to be. [Silence]
Let us observe this awareness that we have in this moment, and create the intention to keep this
throughout the day, as a practice. Let us remember that we are the soul driving the human
experience, doing so with honour and with gratitude: gratitude for the blessing of the human
body that we have, and for the opportunity to grow under the influence of the Masters of the
Light. Om, peace, peace, peace.

Thank you everyone. I hope you have been inspired by today’s talk: That we can change the
life, that we can change the brain, that we can change the way the genes operate, that we can
manifest much more Soul Consciousness in the human experience.
Every moment of my life is exciting, no matter what is before me, and that will be until my last
happy day on the Earth. I live fearlessly. I live in Grace. I live in humility, and I live in service.
Let us co-create a better world, all of us together. We need a new world: new standards, new
thinking. And let us be the change that will inspire change.
Namaskar everyone.
(back to content)
264
(back to content)
265
DAY 40 – The Ultimate Secret to Self-Mastery

– Sunday May 4
Let your Higher Self lead
The ultimate secret of self-mastery is to let your Higher Self lead. All the true Masters do that.
It is no longer I, but That. It is no longer I through my voice, but That through my voice. It is
no longer these eyes that see from a limited place, but these eyes rest in a place that is infinite.
Every time we get involved in the Play and we are not coming from that place, or aligned to
that place, there is pain and suffering in the Play. When the ego is tainted with the duality by
ignorance, operating in separation, all the problems begin. So the ultimate secret of self-
mastery is learning how to align to Higher Self and let Higher Self work in and through us.
What did the Master Jesus say? “Thy Will be done on Earth as it is in Heaven.” [Matthew 6:10;
Luke 11:2] What did he say heaven is? “The kingdom of Heaven lies within you.” [Luke 17:21]
When we are really interested in self-mastery, true self-mastery, we need to be aware of the
presence of Higher Self. Higher Self is always with us. It is always engaging with us, always
reaching out to us, always seeking to manifest in and through us. It is we who do not hold that
hand of Grace, and we operate in separation. And that is where our problem begins.
Clean the Consciousness of all fluctuations
The Masters tell us how to do that. They tell us how to work with that Higher Self. I have been
sharing Patanjali with you. He says to make that union your Consciousness field needs to be
clean of all its fluctuations: “Yoga chitta vritti nirodhah” [Sutra 1.2 Yoga Sutras of Patanjali].
The chitta is that Consciousness space, and the vritti are those energy waves, emotion, and
mind: all the disturbances in the chitta that are created by the modifications of the ego. He says
that when those ego waves cease in the Play, “Tada drashtuh svarupe avasthanam” [Sutra 1.3
Yoga Sutras of Patanjali], the seer, drashtuh, stands in its own nature, svarupe avasthanam. It
is resting now in its beautiful nature. Then tada: drashtuh, seer, Self; svarupe, its true nature;
avasthanam, resting. Then the seer is in its true nature.
Who leads: Higher or lower Self?
When waves are created from that space, they are in harmony with everything. They are created
from silence, from beauty, from purity. And the way is very clear. You will know when you
really begin to observe every time you are operating from that ego-driven Self, not from Higher
Self. If you observe your speech, when speech is coming from that selfless space, it comes in
the way of uplifting others, even if it is strong; but the intention is so pure that it uplifts even
when it is strong. When we become aware of everything that we say and see where it is coming
from, we have a chance to see how it can come from Higher Self and how it can come from
lower Self. Higher Self always opens the space; lower Self brings contraction.
266
And you know! You know when you speak and it uplifts and you know when you speak and it
contracts the space. Who is leading: Higher Self or lower Self? When you become angry and
destructive in the space, who is leading: Higher Self or lower Self? When you create thoughts
inside of resistance, of violence towards others, thoughts that are involved with hurting others,
where is it coming from: lower Self or Higher Self? When you think of helping others, when
you think of goodness in the space and sharing, what kinds of thoughts come in the mind?
Thoughts from Higher Self.
Observation is needed in the Play
So looking at your thoughts in your mind, looking at your emotional being, looking at your
actions; if you really begin to observe, you will see where it is coming from. That degree of
observation is what we need in the Play. “Am I aware of what I am doing? Am I aware if it is
opening the space to goodness and to Light, or it is bringing more and more darkness in the
space?” Darkness creates further enmity: hate, destruction, violence, lack of trust, anger. The
moment you see that in the space, if you are really interested in self-mastery, you would not
want to get involved.
So observing the mind, which is the superior place, because what we think affects what we do
and what we say. What we think also affects the well-being of the body and how we feel also
affects the body. You see it first in yourself: when you are operating in separation, when you
are operating in disharmony, you see what happens to the health, you see what happens to the
relationship.
Desire to be led from another place
What kind of intelligence do you need to observe that? Do you need any kind of super
intelligence to observe how you are speaking, how you are thinking, and how you are acting?
Does it require any kind of superior intelligence other than what we have? What does it require?
It requires the desire for transformation, the desire for change, the desire to be a better person,
the desire to participate in co-creating a higher world, a better world. The desire, the desire!
That is what is going to help us; the desire to master Self when we see the conflict on the inside;
the desire to open our Self to be led from another place. “Thy Will be done on Earth as it is in
Heaven, O Supreme One.” [Matthew 6:10; Luke 11:2]. The constant prayer: “No longer me
my Lord but You in and through me; no longer I.”
We see how people who become aware of this; they see their lower Self inside and they do not
like it at all and they try to crush it, destroy it. That is not the way. The ego is a powerful thing;
it is a drive. You do not try to crush it; you will be frustrated; you will become self-destructive.
You transform it, you observe it, intelligently. You observe it and you transform it. It is an
energy. It is a drive. It is a power. It is the power of Self – Higher Self.
When you begin to realize that all the power inside of you is coming from that noble place, you
will not want to use that power to speak and to think and to act in any ignoble way, creating
267
destruction. When you understand that “This power that I have, this ego that I have, this Self
that I have is not mine in isolation, it is the Universe in and through me – Where is this power
coming from? Where do I get this power to think and to speak and to act? Where is it coming
from, chemistry? Or is it coming from Divinity?” then we would have the greatest respect.
Separation from the Higher Self creates suffering within and around
Otherwise, we would be like the prodigal son; we take all the goods we have, we want the
inheritance and we go and spend it out, wastefully. When we expend the energies in wasteful,
destructive ego tendencies, we are just like the prodigal son. We are wasting all the vital prana
(energy) that we have, not to uplift, but to satisfy the ego; selfish pursuits of power and pleasure.
When we get really depleted like the prodigal son, we begin to think “What have I done?” Then
we begin to think of the Father, who has given everything; then the ego thinks “I need to go
back to that place. I need to go back home. I need that place. I need my Father.” That is what
happens to us.
Before we can waste everything away and suffer like the prodigal son, let us begin to see how
we separate ourselves from that Higher Self and how we become destructive and create
suffering within and around. We need to see it; we need to open our eyes to see it. The moment
Buddha saw suffering in the world, he woke up. Are we going to continue to sleep in ignorance?
Can we not see our self-destructive ways operating from ego? Or are we going to open to see
Higher Self inside of us, always engaging with us? Do you think there was any day the father
of the prodigal son did not think of the son? Do you think his love was less when he went
astray? He was so happy when the son returned that even the son who was home became
jealous.
Live in the zone of Higher Self
When we change our ways can you imagine? We fulfill the Higher Self within us by changing
our ways. So the secret is letting the Higher Self lead. And for those who have found the secret,
they shine. They live in what we call “the zone”; they zone out the ego and they zone in Higher
Self. They live with continuous energy, no depletion.
The moment we begin to engage with Higher Self, there is a wave of energy that comes inside,
because we are making the journey back home. There is a wave of energy that comes inside.
The moment you begin to love in the space, there is a greater energy that flows within your
being than when you become selfish in your loving. The moment you begin to think of being
charitable, the Universe opens up more doors to you. The moment you think of being a peace
maker, creating peace in any space, the Universe sends so much peace to your Inner Being. For
the Universe is always showing you the way; always how to open the Consciousness. That is
how we master Self.
268
Personal journey to Self
That was my journey. The moment my heart opened to see this, I ran with it. I made it my
practice. I wanted my every thought to be clean and good. I wanted my every action to be
inspired by my Inner Being. I wanted it and I ran with it and I grew and grew and grew.
Everything that I did was full of Light and everything that I do now – because I am completely
there. The 40 Days in 1978 brought me into the space of “only Self exists.” I do not see you in
separation to me, you are myself. Only Self exists. That is my reality. I do not do anything
without That within me, moving me. I rest my “I” in That. Tada drashtuh svarupe avasthanam,
I rest my seer; my “I” rests in that pure nature of Being.
If I can do it, you can. We are having the same human experience as souls. If I can live in that
awareness, you can. Wake up, wake up. Let us walk the path back. Let us inspire others. Let
us be the change like Gandhi said: Gandhi walked it. Mandela walked it. Let us be the change.
I hope that you have enjoyed these morning talks. I hope that you are benefitting from them.
As you can see, they are filled with energy, with information, that we can continue to use them.
And every time we go back to them, the energy is still there; it is in the akash.
(back to content)
269
Day 40 – Meditation “The Ultimate Secret to Self-Mastery”
Let us give attention to the inner space, that we may let Higher Self lead. Let us observe the
Consciousness Space, the chitta. Let us observe the waves that we create there, vritti, the ego
waves. And let us open up to every beautiful thought that can appear within our being in this
moment.
Allow Higher Self to guide

The thought of the Divine within me, “I exist in the Divine,” is the thought that comes to my
mind, and I want to hold it. “I exist in the Divine,” my “I” exists in the Divine, and I want to
stay there. I want to stay in that awareness. What do I do? I open up the peace. Higher Self is
infinite peace, I open up the peace. Higher Self is infinite love, I open up to love. Higher Self
is infinite wisdom, I open up to intuitive awareness – wisdom not from my mind, but from
Higher Self. I open up the space. Let me be taught by Higher Self. Let me guided by Higher
Self.
I use the breathing, the energy. Every intention that I have is an energy generator in the quantum
space. So I begin to observe “loving” as an intention: loving being, compassionate being, kind
being. I want to continue to generate those wonderful waves of energy. I am creating vrittis but
I am creating noble ones.
I am trying to align my “I,” with the Universal “I.” I can feel that I am being nourished by all
the Masters; they are expressions of Higher Self. And I share that with all of you. I share my
being with all of you, in the love of the Divine. And my inner prayer is that we all grow in the
Consciousness; that lower self can rest in Higher Self.
My mind looks for the “Om,” the primordial sound that unites everything. “Om, Om,” the sound
of the Inner Guru. “Om,” it moves energy in the space.
Give attention to “the all” of you

Now give attention to “the all” of you. You are in a human experience, you carry a body. Hold
every cell in your loving being, in the higher awareness of your being. Know that every time
you breathe, you breathe in oxygen from the Universe, the atmosphere, and you breathe in
prana, life force, to sustain you. How gracious is the Universe.
Let your heart be filled with gratitude. That is a beautiful posture for lower self. And let your
heart be in the prayerful mode, to desire Higher Self to manifest in and through you. “Come
into me O Higher Self, I open my every door to You. Cleanse my being, cleanse my being. Take
away the darkness.” Tamaso ma, “Lead me into your Light.” Jyotirgamaya, “I breathe away
the darkness from within me, and I breathe in the Light within me.” Do that to every chakra,
making every one important. Go to every energy field within you, making it important. And
breathe away darkness and breathe in the Light. Higher Self is the Light.
270
Keep the waves moving, the Creative Power of the Universe is always moving. Keep this space
expansive and listen. Listen to your Universe, to the sweetness of its silence, to the beauty of
its love. All these are fields that are within your being. The Universe created out of love. As
the Universe is love, so are we. As the Universe is peace, so are we. [Silence]
Hold all beings in your loving field

Now open your compassionate nature to the Universe. Hold all beings in your loving field.
Learn to relate from this space of Higher Self. Bring your loved ones to mind and hold them
there. Bring your friends to mind and hold them there. Bring your challenges to mind and hold
them there. All are important players in the field. Bless your field of play: This is my play, I
created this play. I am opening up the field in my Consciousness, that it will be blessed by the
Supreme Divine. I pray to be led by Higher Self. I pray to be led by Higher Self: I meditate on
You O Higher Self. O Creator of all Worlds.
Om Bhur-Bhuvah Svah, “You are completely adorable.”

Om Tat-Savitur-Varennyam, Bhargo Devasya Dhiimahi. I meditate in You, O Adorable One
of the Light, that can purify me with your Light,” Tat-Savitur-Varennyam, Bhargo Devasya
Dhiimahi.
“I pray that You will illumine my mind, with your Light.” Dhiyo Yo Nah Prachodayaat…Dhiyo
Yo Nah Prachodayaat…Dhiyo Yo Nah Prachodayaat.
The beautiful Gayatri mantra. [Silence]
From this space I extend the most beautiful energies to my world:

Sarve Bhavantu Sukhinah. May all be happy.
Sarve Santu Nir-Aamayaah. May no one ever know sickness.
Sarve Bhadraani Pashyantu. May all see only beautiful things.
Maa Kashcit Duhkha Bhaag Bhavet. May no one experience sorrow.
Om Shaantih Shaantih Shaantih.

Thank you everyone for joining me in meditation today. I hope you have been inspired by this
talk of today. Let us live it! Let us let the Higher Self lead. Let us be very conscious of lower
self, and let us not be that prodigal child that leaves the father and wastes away all the energies.
Let us respect the energies of our being: the energies that we have from the inner space, the
Consciousness space. And let us use it nobly in our thoughts, through our emotions, through
our speech, through our actions. Then life will become bright and we will see only happiness.
This is the last talk. I hope that you have enjoyed these morning talks. I hope you are benefitting
from them. As you can see, they are filled will energy and information that we can continue to
use them. And every time we go back to them the energy is still there. It is in the akash.
(back to content)
271
(back to content)
272
40 Days Closing Satsang with Sri Vasudeva – Saturday May 5, 2014
Highlights
It is May 5, 2014, thirty-six years since that eventful day of May 5, 1978. A young boy, hardly
twenty-four – in this state of Consciousness that I knew I had to serve the world from. I did not
know how I would do it but I knew that this was my goal: to help my world to move another
level, and of course, I was given the Mission of the Blue Star.
The start of the original 40 days
Before the 40 Days started my only desire was to seclude myself. I felt the need for aloneness,
the need to grow in my Consciousness. In those days I was thinking, “Why do I not retire from
public life and just devote myself to spiritual practice? I do not really need much.” Before I
could do anything about it the eventful day happened on March 25 and a series of experiences
came that I had never had before leading me into the period of transformation.
My desire had been to be a master of my mind, to have the fullness of love in my heart, and
ultimately to experience the highest Consciousness that any human being can have. I had a
series of incredible experiences, the extent of which you will know in an autobiography. My
desire is to begin that next year. I can have an autobiography that will have my life up to sixty
years.
[In 1978] there was a total transformation of my Consciousness; completely, as I desired;

fullness of heart and mastery of mind. So I achieved what I wanted. I was given Blue Star in
my hands. I needed to fulfill a mission. Some of you would have known the story. It came
through my Mother just after the 40 Days.
I was given this extraordinary Consciousness for a purpose. I was born for a purpose. My
Mother prayed for a son as bright as the sun, not knowing what she would get. Her fervent
prayer was, “I want to have a son and he must be as bright as the sun.” “Mum, I am continuing
to shine my light towards all humbly.”
I was given the mandate in 1978 to walk in the footsteps of the Masters, the grand privilege of
walking in the footsteps of the Masters, and that is where I still am.
Mastery of the world of study and work
This is, and as I have been sharing with you, I think that I have made yet another transformative
step on my journey. Coming out of 1978 I knew I was so young [and that] there were many
things to do. While I was waiting for something to happen, I thought, “Why not master a
profession? Why not finish my academic life or training and master a profession?” As I thought
about that there was a surge of energy! After months of seclusion I got back into the world of
work. Eventually, a scholarship to university, studies of engineering, which was the easiest
273
thing I could do as a profession; I was already in that trend. So I mastered the academic world
in a profession, mastered the world of work in the engineering field but being propelled, as the
Divine would have it, into management. I delighted in managing through spiritual principles.
The start of Blue Star
Finally, when I felt fulfilled, accomplished at thirty-nine, I decided to really start the work
because now I had the management skills. I had the vision and I had the spiritual training and
experiences, so Blue Star began. I felt that I now knew what to do. So from the age of thirty-
nine until now, which is shy of 60 years for the body, I have worked through Blue Star to
inspire all of you.
Integration of the body into the Consciousness
Today, there is another resurgence in me because there is one thing that I did not master fully.
I mastered the Consciousness, the mind, the emotional being, the secular world. Guess what I
did not master fully? The creature, the human body! I never spent enough time to completely
integrate the human body in my Consciousness. I use it masterfully but there is so much more
I can do.
This 40 Days took me into a marvellous process with the blessings of the Masters to go deeper
into the yoga of the body, to go deeper into the energy yoga of kriya, to go deeper into the
meditative process that involves the body and to be inspired by the practices of the ancient
sciences, the energy science of the Chinese the Chi, the deeper work of the yogis in prana, the
meditative practices of the Taoist tradition. And today I feel so empowered.
So the next couple of years are going to be spent in bringing this body to the highest level, the
ultimate level it can be – just like how I went into the profession, just as how I went into the
Consciousness, just as how I went into the mission of the Blue Star.
Tapovan and the mission of the Blue Star
This physical specimen is going to be my point of interest to integrate it completely in my

Consciousness. I want those of you on the international scene to know that this is going to be
my year of travel, but in 2015–2016 this is where I am going to be. I am going to be in Trinidad,
devoted to mastering this [body] completely through my practices, taking this and those of you
who will join me into a natural environment full of prana, and living in harmony with nature.
At the moment, it is called our Brasso project, but today, on May 5, 2014, in these 40 Days the
name for Brasso has come to my mind, as the Divine would have it. "Tapovan" will be the
name for Brasso. The brow centre is Tapo Loka and Tapo Loka is the place where we perform
the spiritual practices that are necessary for making the final journey in the Consciousness to
the crown, Satya Loka. My mission is to take people across this Tapo Lok to the Sat Lok. That
is my mission; that is the mission of the Blue Star.
274
So Tapovan, tapo is this [the brow] meaning the tapas, the loka of tapas. Tapasya, spiritual
practice, spiritual purification, and vana mean the forest, the wilderness, like Brindavan –
Tapovan. It is going to be a retreat centre and an eco centre where we live in harmony with
nature. That is the vision that I have. So I want to surround myself for the next two years in the
development of Tapovan.
Here you have what I am going to do in the next couple of years! Rejuvenating the body! I am
excited about it. I am inviting all those of you who want to join me in the practice, because I
am not going to teach anything until I am accomplished in it. As I do it now I will share it with
you but my joy will be in the accomplishment of it. This 40 Days has brought me there in the
excitement of physical transformation, because I want to enjoy every day of the rest of my life.
Heal, stay well and transition in Immortal Consciousness
As I said on Day 38, “Heal, stay well and transition in Immortal Consciousness...” So the goal
is to come into Immortal Consciousness, where we can heal and stay well, because if we are
staying well we do not need more healing. None of us who really understand the yoga should
allow ourselves to have our body make us leave. We should leave our body while it is still
healthy. That is my goal. I do not want to die, my physical body decrepit. I must be able to say
that I am going and to leave the body masterfully. I want to take this body right to the end
faithfully, radiantly vital. What is the use of the practice of yoga if I cannot do that? What is
the use of knowledge if I do not use it for transformation? What is the use of having this
Consciousness if I do not integrate everything into it, including a world?
Models for future sustainable development
So just how I was inspired to get into the higher state of Consciousness, just how I was inspired
to master the secular world, just how I was inspired to take Blue Star across the world, so am I
inspired now to show the world that we can live completely in harmony with nature, that means
including the body, transforming it and showing that we can live differently. We can have a
model for the future of sustainable development. Tapovan will be that example.
In every country where you join me we can create these [models]. We already have a project
in Jamaica that I named “Arunachal.” We have a very beautiful disciple, German born, married
to a Jamaican girl, I gave her the name Mahadevi, and they are working very hard on Arunachal
project which is based on the same principle as Tapovan. Already we have two projects going.
So, 2014 has brought this beautiful excitement in my being of a marvellous future. I live with
passion, with excitement, and with the knowing that we can transform the world by
transforming ourselves. We can transform the world by transforming environment. We can
heal the world by being unconditionally loving. We can become the best leaders when we are
led by Higher Self! I demonstrate that to you all the time with the greatest joy in my heart, and
I invite you to join with me as we create change in the world across all levels.
Emergence of a new wave in the Consciousness
275
This is the gift that came to me in 2014. I am reborn at another level. The Vasudeva of 1978
until 2014 was a different Vasudeva. This Vasudeva after 2014 is the final version of Vasudeva
that is going to run masterfully the last leg of the race, joining hands with everybody who will
join with me. We are going to create such a wave in the Consciousness field that Blue Star is
going to exist for a long, long time to come. Why? Because we have a new Consciousness that
is emerging across the world, and when we create that wave in the Consciousness with all these
souls who are being born and all these souls that are being transformed, that is a wave to stay.
That is like a tsunami. The Blue Star is going to create that wave across the world.
[The year] 2014 had made me incredibly more empowered, and this body is going to benefit
from it, finally. I worked it hard. It has been faithful. I have abused it in many ways, not
knowing, by poor food choices based on conditioning, by not giving it the right quality of
exercise, by not treating it in the way I needed to through meditation fully, but now I know.
Now I know that this body is going to be happy. I am already happy but this body is going to
be happy and I hope that I can inspire all of you to take care of your health and join me in
healing, staying well, and learning to transition.
We must never be afraid of death and we must be able to say goodbye to souls knowing we
will meet them again in the Light. No fear of death. Join me in creating new standards over the
world.
A vision for a new world
I told you we were born with the idea of sickness, disease, hospitals, living three score and ten,
and being almost handicapped as we grow old – degenerated bodies. But let us change that. Let
us teach our young ones how to stay well. Let us teach them never to have disease. Let us
change hospitals into centres of diagnosing the condition of the body and let us make doctors
educators. Let us make the policemen our keepers in nature, to take care when we have natural
disasters, but no need for policemen to make us loving or to keep peace. And we should have
no weaponry across the earth because its greatest weapon is love.
One day it has to come. Because if we can be non-violent in thought, word, and deed we can
have a completely non-violent world. If we can respect nature and preserve her, we will have
the most beautiful planet with no climatic issues. So is there hope for the world. Yes, if only
we can change the Consciousness. And that is the wave that the Blue Star is going to produce.
These 40 Days were tremendous. It was like in 1978. I was committed every day to offering
you the best of myself and I did to the last. I enjoyed going back and seeing the kinds of
thoughts that flowed through me, of course blessings to the Masters. I know there is so much
information in 2014 that we can read and re-read, listen and re-listen to, view and review
because the energy is in the akash. When you listen to it again, when you view it again you
will feel just as inspired as when you first heard it, because it is alive in the akash.
276
Next year’s 40 Days, as I said, is not going to be like this year’s with streaming messages every
morning, because it is going to be a more powerful 40 Days based on practice. I am already
inviting those of you who will want to come and dedicate your time with me. It is going to be
mainly for the serious seekers: those who are really interested in transformation. For the
beginners I have all the CDs of the previous years, especially the last seven years. They have
all the energy, all the information for those who want to get involved. But for the really serious
seeker 2015 is your time with me. If we are going to build that wave machine that will create
these giant waves, then we need to have a group of the most mature minds across the planet
together. That is what we are going to have next year. So now you know my plan.
We have the power to co-create a new world
A world of Immortal Consciousness, a world where there is no fear of dying, a world where
we restore our power to heal and to transform, a new world. We have the power to change. We
have the power to transform. We have the power to co-create a new world. We have the power!
Let us go back to that place. That Consciousness is within us; we have forgotten it. We have
forgotten our power to heal, we have forgotten our power to stay well and we have forgotten
our power to leave the body gloriously without sickness.
Would you join me and remember? Would you join me and change the way we see things? Let
us remove the need for hospitals as they are. When you go in there you are so fearful. Let us
change that. Let us have institutions of wellness. Let us change the role of doctors, not to
prescribe pills but to show us how the body works and how to bring healing into it. Let us
change the education so we learn how to improve our minds, our emotions, and how to get into
the quantum space where we can open up the brain, all the brains. Let us change the world. Let
us change the environment. Let us stop the destruction. Let us stop the war. Only a change in
Consciousness can do that. Join me now as we honour the Masters as we stand for the Aarti to
all the Masters of the Light. They are our way back. They lead us back to that place of
restoration [All chant Aarti].
This has brought us to the end of our 40 Days period. It was a marvellous day in 1978 renewed.
(back to content)
277

40 DAYS 2014 Booklet - Talk - Meditation - Diamond

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

40 DAYS 2014 Booklet - Talk - Meditation - Diamond

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

40 Days Meditation Retreat 2014 SELF MASTERY Sri Vasudeva

Day 1 – The Need For Self Mastery 6

Day 2 – Desire to Grow in the Consciousness 12

Day 3 – Soul Sports in a Consciousness Field 19

Day 4 – Our Most Powerful Tool 26

Day 5 – Wake Up to What You Already Are 32

Day 6 – The Process of Waking Up 39

Day 7 – Stay With What is 46

Day 8 – The Guiding Power of The Universe 53

Day 9 – Readiness, Openness and Shaktipat 58

Day 10 – Take Charge of Your Journey 64

Day 11 – The Relationship between Inner Guru and Outer Guru 71

Day 12 – The Energy Path in the Consciousness 78

Day 13 – Be Mystic – Explore Within 85

Day 14 – Involution and Evolution in the Consciousness 92

Day 15 – Developing Chakra Awareness 99

Day 16 – The Play of Light and Darkness in the Consciousness 106

Day 17 – Prana - Life Force 113

Day18 – Keep an Eye on the “I” 120

Day 19 – The World as a Stage 126

Day 20 – Yoga of Self Mastery 132

Day 21 – Use The Most Powerful Tool In The Practice 138

Day 22 – Humility And Surrender On The Journey 145

Day 23 – Learn To Work With The Source 151

Day 24 – Deepening the Relationship with the Source 157

Day 25 – Learn to Ride the Waves of Life Masterfully 163

Day 26 – The Practice is in the Here and Now 170

Day 27 – Break Free from the Prison of Beliefs 181

Day 28 – Managing Thoughts in the Mind 183

Day 29 – Cultivating a Silent Mind 190

Day 30 – Kundalini As Guide 196

Day 31 – Yoga – Science of Being And Art Of Living 203

Day 32 – Stay in Your Own Seat of Power 210

Day 33 – Use All Your Intelligence in the Human Experience 217

Day 34 – Manifesting Love Consciousness in the Human Experience

Day 35 – Transforming the Human Experience Through Love 231

Day 36 – Working Through The Karma Of Relationships Masterfully

Day 37 – Mastering the Centre of Vitality 245

Day 38 – Heal, Stay Well And Transition From Immortal Consciousness

Day 39 – Develop a Masterful Practice 259

Day 40 – The Ultimate Secret to Self Mastery 266

40 Days Closing Satsang 273

DAY 1 – The Need for Self-Mastery

We carry enormous power

Take responsibility for your power

The impact of greater Self-awareness

Where are you placed?

The importance of these 40 days

Day 1 – Meditation “The Need for Self-Mastery”

Stay in that awareness of spirituality and physicality

Intention for today

Peace, peace, peace.

DAY 2 – The Desire to Grow in the Consciousness

Use desires that help you to grow

Anchor yourself in the spiritual domain

Be strong in your desire to evolve

Keep the spiritual in the secular

Etch your desire firmly in your being

Associate with positive company

Protect yourself through discipline

Day 2 – Meditation “Desire to Grow in the Consciousness”

Allow the Divine to manifest